Search results

(1 - 20 of 138)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1945-1946
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1946-1947
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1947-1948
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1948-1949
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1951-1952
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1944-1945
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1942-1943
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1943-1944
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1950-1951
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1991-1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE 731 2 1 AVENUE ~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN , 55454 :I1 yI .. ' b: 612-330-1000 in. This catalog should answer most questions students have' about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is...
Show more OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE 731 2 1 AVENUE ~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN , 55454 :I1 yI .. ' b: 612-330-1000 in. This catalog should answer most questions students have' about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone inquiries. ': I i , k 1 I ; Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin. The College moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota,in 1872 increase awareness and provide assistance for students with disabilities. cal Lutheran Church in America Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. (ELCA).Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, two in 10 represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are Roman Catholic. Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library network Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society,Council on Social Work Education, National Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schoolsof Music, National League for Nursing. School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, W b e r to June. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11. Off Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in InternationalDevelopment (MSID), Study Abroad, International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and extensive cooperative education P'ogram. Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0, and National Collegiate Athletic Assodation (NCAA), Division III. Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli- Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26 states and 28 nations. Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through August 31,1990 . StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1. Class size averages 20-30. Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr renovation 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility -Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnelelevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building modifiaations, Augsburg has a student-run program to Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments. Policy -Augsburg College does not . . . on the basis of race, creed, e-t national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as requiredby Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission policies, educational pmpms, activities and employment practices. Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2 Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7 Admissions ......................................................................................... 15 .................................... 21 Financing Your Education ...................... . College Costs ................................................................................. 22 Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25 Scholarships . ................................................................................... 30 Student Life ........................................................................................ 47 Academic Information .....................................................................-59 General Information .................................................................. 6 0 Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63 Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63 Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76 General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81 Evaluation and Grading .......................................................... -89 Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97 Art ................................................................................................... 99 Biology ........................................................................................104 Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108 Chemistry .....................................................................................116 East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121 Economics ............................ . . ............... 123 Education .....................................................................................127 Engineering..................................................................................136 English .........................................................................................138 First Year Experience ..................................................................144 Foreign Language Department .................................................145 General Studies .................................-........ 156 Global Education Programs ......................................................157 Health and Physical Education ...............................................161 History ..................................................................................... 165 Humanities ................................................................... 169 . . Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170 American Indian Studies .................................................... 171 Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172 Women's Studies ................................................................... 173 International Relations .............................................................174 Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175 Metro-Urban Studies.......................... . . . ............................... 182 Music ..... ............ .............................................................. 188 Natural Science ................................ 198 Nursing ....................... , . . ..................................................... 1 9 9 Philosophy ................................................................................... 203 Physics ..........................................................................................207 Political Science ........................................................................... 212 Psychology ...................................................................................217 Religion ......................................................................................222 Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................ 227 Social Science .............................................. 228 Social Studies..................................................... ....*. .....228 Social Work ..................................................................................229 Sociology ...................................................................................... 234 Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239 College Information ........................................................................ 247 Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248 ELCA Education Division .........................................................249 Directory ......................................................................................250 Administration ................ ........................................... 251 Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253 Academic Calendar ....................................................................254 Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6 Index .................................................................................................. 269 Maps ..................................................................................................274 ..... .................... ... ....................... . . . . ............ .. A GREETING FROM THE On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. President Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College: To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963. President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work. Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back) Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, d, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution. Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a term studying abroad. Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government and student publications. (1%7) Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from 1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class- rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills. 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966) Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street. Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place. Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services. A u g s b ~ college r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their community -the College community and the community at large. Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend classes when schml is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678. They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy (including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt. Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or % quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall,November 1for Spring. For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to: InternationalStudent Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 A l l students re~eiiw~nancial k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that difference in -fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^, foudutions and endowment income. Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education r ~ ton s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. sffs The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditionsnecessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..........................................................$10114S.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991. Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester. ,.-..-. -.-.... ..... Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course , , . , $768.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .................................... Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course $384.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......................................................$2,00400 Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ...................... Flex 5 point plan -...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00 ....................................................................................$1,616.00 Fees Billed on Student Account Fees Payable by CheddCash ACTC Bus (full-time $ 12.00 students only) Late Registration (per day after classesbegin) $ 50.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change/grade option, or combiition $ 5.00 at one time) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) $384.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) $225.00 Student Teachiig (per course $ 30.00 for full-time students) Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) $326.00 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $150.00 Student Activity Fee $ 85.00 Student Activity Fee (parttime students) $ 4250 Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests $110.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam $ 10.00 Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00 Student Parking Lot Permit -~ar $ 55.00 -motorcycle $ 25.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registra/s BOOKS AND ~ U P P w) ~ These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. ................................................. $100.00 Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable) Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. ...................................................................... $100.00 Housing Damage Deposit Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon- sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after these dates. Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in 10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. I A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the begmmng of each semester. W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Reg~~trar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100%90%80%70%60%50%- through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee) from the 6th through 10th day of classes from the 11th through 15th day of classes from the 16th through 20th day of classes from the 21st through 25th day of classes from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of i n m i n g costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83 percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. How AND WHENTO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress and fund availability. A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and others. Gift Assistance President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details from the Admissions Office. Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from the Admissions Office. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from $100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate school). StaÂ£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance their cost of education. Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12 percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed, but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal. Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability. Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to $4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in the duties assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended. All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program -Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities. Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed scholarships. Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation. The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh (6 ' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his respected advisor at Augsburg College. The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D. Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability. The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid. Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders. The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn. The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family. The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in 1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn. A Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. *Indicatesendowed schokuships. Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr. Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n . The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn., in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg College. The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities. Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College. The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62) Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann Erickson. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus. The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz. The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech, music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident. The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge Amerika Foreningen. The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland. The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace. Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education. Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion, education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev. Torgney (1 ' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts by family and friends. The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes. I Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable. McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation. The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need, diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego, Calif. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served others with humanity and wisdom. The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63), in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday. The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character. Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn. The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need, then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by Agnes and her late husband, John. I The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn. * Indiuztes endowed scholarship The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada Bakken, St. Charles, M i n . The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St. Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif. The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who reside in Minnesota. The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service project during the year. The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna. The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the Financial Aid Director. The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984by The Hearst Foundation. The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance. Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr. Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n . Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. 'Indicates endowed schoLzrships Art The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents. The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif., in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College. The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their brother, Stan Person. Biology Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical technology. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) ('74) Holmen. Business Administration/Economics Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990 by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs. Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota. First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurial development. The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in 1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The GarnbleSkogmo Foundation. The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley, Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given to majors in business or economics. The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded achievement to a student majoring in business. annually on the basis of scholastic The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic ' 61, through his performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7 participation in the Senior Challenge Program. The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate. Chemistry Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Walter Gordon Schnell Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda Wey)('74) Holmen. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of the Kleven family. David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1 in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an expression of her belief in diversity and literacy. The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson. The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated need for finandal assistance. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at A u g s b q College, 1900-1952. John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College. The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl. Mathematics and Computer Science Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department. Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and choral music. The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard. The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a), family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist with the choir. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. - Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus. Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to 10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year. St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr. John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program. Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to helping young people. Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the concert band, based on talent and academic record. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53. String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra. John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which were at Augsburg. Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven, graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science. Psychology The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents. Religion and Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958. The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca- demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn. Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation, in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in 1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Augsburg College (3 ' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36). The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927. Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J. Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister, as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes. The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother, Johan L. Weltzin ('73). Scandinavian Studies Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Social Work Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family. The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding ('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 193W35. SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded talent, scholarship and theatre participation. to a senior student based on The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year. The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice. Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College. 'Indicates e n d o d scholarships Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities @the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg will add dirnensiun to their education. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information. Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower. Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting artsprofessionals. Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination, time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that help. This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota. The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the Interhibal Student Union The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention. An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor is available (see INS, American Indian Studies). Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office. The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni Association meetings. Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development, interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs. All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by experienced counselors. The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus. The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its unique system of tunnels and skyways. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes. These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the Program. The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa- tional and social programming which balances and complements the educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning. The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are available at the Center to help students. The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from over 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and society). New international students participate in an orientation program before the begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing, banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. i Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe . cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as oncampus study. Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff. The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information regarding student health insurance. The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant, spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry facilities a~ available in each residence. Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. South H all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West H all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies. The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital status or age. Persons additional information on these topics should contact the Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the directory at the end of the catalog. A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally, spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the m l d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and camplmPXIty of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise and sporting activities. Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study. Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld. Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy, Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms). The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs. Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library. The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment, films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network services. Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson) Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS), Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work MAJORS AND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Art Art History Studw Art Biology Business Administration Accounting, Finance, International Business, Mi2~gt??nent and Marketing Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.) Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East Asian Studies1 Economics Applied Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering English Foreign Languages Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (BMS Music P e r ~ n c (BM.) e Music Therapy (B.S.1 Nursing (B.S.) American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages Chinese' French, German,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science social Work (B.S.) Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies ' speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies social Welfare Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office. I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be milable through special arrangement. Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological Uniwsity. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major(s). Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engine* while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea.. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior and senior program to Larry Gockett. Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar. Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar. Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. I E I A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office. Fall Term Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 I Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 HECUA Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies listing in this catalog. HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of cities in South America. Application deadline: March 15 HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) (Also offered Spring Term.) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included. Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term) Interim Abroad Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the followingJanuary. Application deadline: October 25 Spring Term Program in Global Community This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: October 15 Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID) Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development related internship in the country and community outreach upon return. During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms. Application deadline: May 15 HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA) This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1 HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) See description under listings for Fall term. ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria. Application deadline: Odober 15 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return Application deadline: May 15 Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the Internationaland American Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps: 1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues, reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions. Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community. The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and organizes @c projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration (specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management, and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations, marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need. Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OrFmPRContinuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs, as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa, and the Asia/Pacific region. A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s , registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their class registrations. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Ofice -Memorial 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements. Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes (unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a= assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave of absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, socialwork.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991 Students enrolled b e f o June, ~ 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores, Juniors, or Seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors; Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors . All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements" (see pages 81-89). Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-sociology Economics-PoliticalScience History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Reglstrar'sOffice. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office. Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement. Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum: The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal artsperspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program. The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: reading writing word processing critical thinking quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these inventories. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer Students: Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear. Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to take Effective Writing. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses. Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Junior and Senior Transfer Students Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are I exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments. Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements, they must satisfy the requirement in those areas. Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous college mathematics courses. Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one writing component course is required. 1 Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. 1 Lifetime Spohs Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course requirement. The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: A student will choose one course from each category. No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except: 1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." 2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." 3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as ~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following 1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and 2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Western Heritage This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. 2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Human Identity This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand behaviors. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual persons think,feel and ad. 2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as persons. 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Aesthetics Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. I From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems and the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Two courses are required for this Perspective. Perspective: lntercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon placement: Foreign Language Placement Course Requirement 111,112 112 211 212 No course required Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment, and the interconnectedness of all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classify, and model objects and events. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students who chose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0 Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/N. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performancebelow basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses) Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses) Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Program Test Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. International Baccalaureate Program Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar. t Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements I and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/ 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation. Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. / Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows: Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed standards of progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent for which they had been certified. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. m DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS Aands atruth liberal a* institution, College beliews thnt knaoledge are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn Augsburg ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can ~ be arranged in various ways to coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular individual interest. Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs. k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and minms follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/ or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work programs are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400sfor seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description.A student ky enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS). Am DETT~~ENT (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, I lI I I disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work. The f u t u holds ~ a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223, 360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from 118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in education for teacher licensw. Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240. Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240. Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art 102 Environmental Design Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. 225 Communication Design I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process. Studio Art 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. 106 108 Calligraphy Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option. Introduction to Art Therapy An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession, recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process. This course will study the various populations served through art therapy and explore the various media and processes used. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $1!5&175. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 221 Sculpture l An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.) Life Drawing See Interim Catalog. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Tribal Arts and Culture (see INS,American Indian Studies) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Communication Design II A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W)) Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118) Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow. Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art maprs. Art History 240 Art History Survey A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem. 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the 18thCenturies. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. BIOLOGY DEP- (BIO) Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the findingsof basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361, 440; Environmental: 476,481. The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group III. Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121, 122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their academic program. The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea.. Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system? What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture; three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor. (Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112) 201 Methods in Biological Research An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research, which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Pweq: 112) 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Plant Biology A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112) Biochemistry An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. ) Immunology A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular, cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Internship Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112) Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Cellular Biology A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. ) Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM 106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor) Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.) 481 Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361 or consent of instructor. ) 491 Seminar A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) BUSINESS ADMINERMION (BUS)AND MA NAG^ INFO-ON SYSTEMS (MIS)DEPANMEW The Department of Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department. Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness. Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman, Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller, James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra BUSINS (BUS) Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331, 391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315. *Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 349. Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415. Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/ MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division). Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp* hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted on consultation with the Department. *CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester. *C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency in the area of managerial accounting. Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of managerial accounting. In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (see under MIS 175) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221) 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 279.) Topics Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113) Accountlng Theory and Practice II A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322) Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252, 279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accountlng The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,279; ECO 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Marketing Communications This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat- ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal. (F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit. Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit) International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics courses or consent of instructor) Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutionson the multinational corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362) 466 International Marketing Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 479.) 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor) Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171), two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175, 279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370. Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their degree program. Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department faculty. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral examination on some aspect of the major. Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor. Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at least MPG 111. Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg. If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript to the Mathematics Department for review. If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the availabilityof computerized tutorials. see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group, consult the Mathematics Department. Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given more than five years ago. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399) 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil- ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104). Topics Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management InformationSystems. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499) Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE. (Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS). Management lnformation Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software) and various types of information systems. May involve several case studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223. Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Systems Analysis and Design Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375) lnformation Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry, howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum, Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a course program early in their college career. Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree. American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399, 497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and 224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency, Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in course descriptions. E Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw* term course in registering for the second tam. Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to 351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures, two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school chemistry within the last five years) 115,116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math Placement Group III) 199 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office. 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352. Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per week) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m, one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116) 361,364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146) 363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the Department for exemption. 399 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is ex@. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR, UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German.) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or consent of instructor.) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of instructor.) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing) 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing) COMMUNICATION (See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.) Khin Khin Jensen, Director Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history; two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor of the program. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322, 323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under History Department.) 299 Directed Study (See Director of Program.) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under History Department.) 323 Modern China (See under History Department.) 324 Modern Japan (See under History Department.) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and Analysis.) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Political Science Department, International Politics.) 382 From Marx to Mao (See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.) 399 Internships (See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.) 474 The World and the West (See under History Department.) 495 Seminar (See Diredor of Program.) 499 Independent Study (See Director of Program for guidelines.) ECONOMICS (ECO) D E P . The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr. Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study. Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service. The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS), political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian area studies are often combined with economics. Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and Weekend College. Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella. Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp, Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI 130. Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S i x Economics coursg (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division) Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy. 110 112 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis," Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113 which are also open to non-majors.) Principlesof Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other courses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS (See Business, M I S 175.) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113) History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought. Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 279.) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112) lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Contemporary East-West Economic Relations This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions for East-West economic cooperation and its will be analyzed. The focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer- cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) Comparative Economic Systems This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and similarities between market and planned economies and the recent institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.:ECO 313) International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO 112or 113) Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h& activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313) 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO 312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 479.) Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.) E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT N (EDE, EDS, EDU) Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests (prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson, JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352, 381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required. A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5 in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department. PHY 103 Conceptual Physics The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. 255 Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore standing or above) EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education.) 295 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower Division Independent Study. EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary and Fleld Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. 370 Classroom Management A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course. 375 Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.) 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences. 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 478 School and Society (SeeSecondaryEducation.) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483 and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for Student Teaching) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (SeeSpecial Education.) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 lndependent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's mapr field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS 265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music mapr for 355. Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required competencyexams. Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/ registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register- ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in internationaleducation. EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See SpecialEducation.) 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Elementary Education.) 350 Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only. 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Health and Physical Education Department.) 366 370 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department) Classroom Management A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. 374 Natural Science Methods (1/2 course) Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum development.Consult with the Education Department. 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities. 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. HPE 410 Health Methods (See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.) 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.: Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 Independent Study (1I2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 Introductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Stuart Anderson, Adviser University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineeringprograms: Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a fiveyear period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. E Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT 145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145, 146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and undentand better the world in which we live and work English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second -ge (ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the Cooperative Education Program Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John Schmit Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the mapr. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division literaturecourse, and an additional writing course. Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing. Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. 216 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. 217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two cow&. Testing will determine in these courses, and testing, as well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language distribution requirement. 223 225 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111) Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading and writing. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Introductionto Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose. Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111) 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage, Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. 245 lntroduction to Literature In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses." Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais, Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen. E Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed t have included in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer& ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor) Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and writing the i n t e ~ e w story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227) British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Creative Non-Fiction Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor) 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work Offered on demand.) 345 Introduction to the English Language This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 351 American Literature since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 438 Shakespeare Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 482 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the student's choice. The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student. The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. 005 FYE Seminar A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology." (P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.) The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguingand central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of n teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or fields such as f o ~ i g language international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry, psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignmentsin their chosen field. [i Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour = 112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chairperson for details. Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355, 351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite to other Upper Division courses. 312 French Expression A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship Upper Division Internship. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta- tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) GERMAN (GER) Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one in literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Cower Division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature. 244 German Lierature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~& origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in &rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependentStudy Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 289 Introduction to Llnguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan- ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. NORWEGIAN (NOR) Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent) 331 Norweglan Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor. 111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders. Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal heritage (though all students are welcome). Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram, which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East European Studies Program Campus Coordinator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the language lab. 211,212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0 SPANISH(SPA) Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354, and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginnlng Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See Global Education, Program in Global Community.) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand) 261 Spanish Language (See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or equivalent) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e oral and written e x ~ s i o with n emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) I 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: one survey course) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. GENEIRAL STUDIES (GST) Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global Education. General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren 009 Cooperative Education Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff.No course credit. 140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning and making decisions. 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community.) The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. macement level determined by Program Director.) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course or GST 230 required.) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology) The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives. The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for d t in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and development, economic change and international trade, diminishing resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze the current response to human needs in Latin America. SWK 399 Internship A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement. EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America will be a focus throughout the course. SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work - Upper Division or Sociology - lower division) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. (Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on the Augsburg campus.) The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca, Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism interface. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin America An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade, political ideologies and revolution. REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology) POL 495 Seminar Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes. Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities. Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson. Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC 231 or HPE 216,336. Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216. Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individualand the community. Health and Safety Education (It2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid course. Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor) Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education (112 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Prereq.: HPE 243) Tests and Measurement (112 course) S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi- als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471, 472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department Chairperson for individualprogram planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota teacher's license. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit 101 199 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. Internship A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register. I 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports. 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual sports. 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. 243 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103) 35t Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103) 354 Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education (1 /2course) (SeeHealth Education.) 355 Tests and Measurement (SeeHealth Education.) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243) 472 474 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.) 475 476 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd numbered years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball. (Odd numbered years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd numbered years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (112 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field. (Odd numbered years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and softball. (Odd numbered years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd numbered years) 499 Independent Study D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. ~ R DEPARTMEW Y (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu- tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg. The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104. 200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course. The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th Century. The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern Non-Western World An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship Lower Division Internship. U.S. History to 1877 A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War. U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. Directed Study An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. Modern Southeast Asia A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. Modern Chlna A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century. Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the 20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive fea-s of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern (See under INS, American Indian Studies.) Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900 The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism, social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism and other ideologies and movements. The American City A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs. Mexico: An Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community.) The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year. 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major. The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various departmentsrelating to that theme. The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or Six of the nine perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 499 Independent Studies Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic, worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. &CAN INDIAN Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m Sm InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become contributing members of the global community. For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs and Metro-Urban Studies. Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives. Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian Studies or Women's Studies. The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's native people. Mildred Mueller, Coordinator Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course. Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American Indian Studies minor. OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa) Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department. ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation, interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English Department. HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce among the native people of North America are explored from p r e Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government, architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties, relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed with the History Department. INS 260 Contemporary American Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/ cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry, mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is cross-listed with the Art Department. INS 320 American lndian Women This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable to Women's Studies also. REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine, healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. Also approved as an elective: INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See under Women's Studies.) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership. Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future learning. mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and China. INS 265 Women in American Culture Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives (See Global Education Programs.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies.) INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. INS 499 Independent Study In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar. See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from other departments: ART352 Women and Art ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century WL421 Topics in American Politics POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics PSY 371 Psychology of Gender REL441 Feminism and Christianity International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the InternationalRelations major. Norma Noonan, Director Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL 158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO 360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn 356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language. Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113, E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward the minor. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. 1 Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s . MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit, Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245, 246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure, the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require ments. Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355, 373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441. Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take. 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only) 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224) 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID 145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology, dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146) 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV) 211 Number Theory An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224) 245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus, vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245; 245 for 246) 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra. (Prereq.: 245) 299 Directed Study Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor) Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246) Analysis An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247) Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See PHY 327) Complex Variables An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247) Modern Geometry A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246) Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or 245; CSC 170) Probability and Statistics I A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques, special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality, the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245) Probability and Statistics II A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance, nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship Supervisor. Foundationsof Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems. (Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145 Core Courses: 320,330,345,450 Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses, the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT 355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses; the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT 373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and any two of the four core courses. 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward either a computer science major or minor. Structured Programming An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV) Data Structures Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171) Electronics (See PHY 261.) FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) COBOL Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124or MAT 14.5) Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145) Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210) Principles of Computer Organization An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza- tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 210) 399 Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science Internship Supervisor. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. mereq.: 345) 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium (See MAT 491.) 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. METRDUANSTUDIES (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The M-Urban Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public .. admmstmtion, environmental studies, social government, community organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki (POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY) Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Micrc-Economics. Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC 381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program. 199 lnternship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211) 399 lnternship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. b - 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor) URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH S HEWA Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities. This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challengeit. 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. 399 Internships (2 credits) Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments and writing to meet the objectives of the internship. n. SGWDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM(SUST) This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Norwegian Language Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the appropriatehome college faculty adviser. III.SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMEER (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the Third World. 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin America. 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and applied to Latin America. 363 Wealth, Poverty and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private agenciesdealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required, supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by SAUS faculty. N.CITY ARE This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich sources for the program. 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. 399 Internships (2 Credits) Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences. A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of socialrealities. 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manikted in major artistic periods. 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America. 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia and Marxism. 499 Independent Study All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and others appropriate for Spanish language credit. (See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies. Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas. I 1 Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber, Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund, Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson, Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1 repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are necessary for the education licensure program. All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication, during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311, 312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one Music Repertoire test. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the secondary levels. Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS 265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser. Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements. Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music elective. Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music electives. Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two quarter COW in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles (MUD: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops). Areas of Concentrations The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury examination and performance. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per week One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per week One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.) Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists. Departmental Sponsorship Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals may be departmentally sponsored. Duration and Repertoire Level All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the Music Department. 1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level IV for Music Performance majors. 2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music Performance majors. 3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111. Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.) Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term. Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. 102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in or completion of 101) Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102) Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102) Form and Analysis (1/2 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201) Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201) Aural Skills IV (1/2 course) Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202) Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course) 16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211) Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course) Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg, Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301) Composition 1 (1/2 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. Composition 11 (1/2 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger forms are studied and used. Basic Conductlng (1/2 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. Choral Conducting (1/2 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. 344 InstrumentalConducting (112 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. History and Literature 130 Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112, 201) 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.:231,232) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course) 332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course) 334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp* rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. 435 Voice Repertoire (1I2 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232) 436 Piano Repertoire (112 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course ) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. 499 lndependent Study Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151,152 Voice Methods (114 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course) Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101) 157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (114 course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students rqjstered for vocal instruction. The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (1I4 course) (Prereq.:251) 253 German Diction (114 course) (Prereq.:251) 254 French Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 458 Senior Recftal Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course d t . 459 Senior Recital (1 12course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and Level V for Music Performance maprs. Therapy 110 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof recreational music activities to cliical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and developmentof an experimental research project. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course) 114 Advent Vespers Choir (0) 121 Orchestra (Y4 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (Y4 course) 142 Brass Ensemble (0) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor -Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and attain V. l l x Voice 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, 15x Piano Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute Recorder, Horn 4 16x Guitar Percussion 18x Organ 19x Harp Note carefully the following provisions: 1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes. 2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science (minor), grades 7-12 Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12 Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12 Physics (minor), grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grades 5 9 Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General Chemistry). Biology Major (For licensure in L ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic Chemistry. Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363 (PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended. Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics: PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362 (Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry. Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above PHY 122. Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a college major. Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote, maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential health problems. The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers, leaders, managers, administrators and consultants. The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and professional values. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for School Nurse certification. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily. In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive Examination during the last semester of their senior year. Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423, 427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro& sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice. A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p proved Upper Division science class) 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development is provided in this course. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic health assessment is required. (kereq.:305) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community. Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330) Community Health Nursing II: Practicum* This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific community system and the community's provision of health related s e ~ c e s(Prereq.: . 310) Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment) Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330) Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior to or concurrentlywith 423.) Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq.:403) Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family* This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment) Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management* This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 404) Topics in Nursing This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv of the theoretical content. The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong, the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize great texts of Western civilization. In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. I Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s (other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344. I 110 Introduction to Philosophy Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking 120 may not take 125. 125 Ethics and Human Identity This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120. 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy. 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St. Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 343 Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and 19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242) 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy) 360 Political Philosophy By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 230 or one course in natural science) 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,343 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. See Health and Physical Education Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e , the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields. In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois and the advanced degree levels. The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby NASA. Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms. Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension. Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma. Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122. B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122, 245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486, plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145, 125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and 226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 103 Conceptual Physics An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration) 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. F'rereq.: 122) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 320 Introductionto Space Science A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a . (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245) 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247) 362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247) 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295, 351) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486) 499 Independent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval. P O ~SCIENCE L DEP- (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom, Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles Stenshoel Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or 160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper Division courses in three out of five political science areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor.) E 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.) 342 Mass Communications In Society Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.) 370 Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) 371 Topics in Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand.) II. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporaryissues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.: one course in politid science or consent of instructor) 359 Topics: Women In Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of instructor) 459 Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand.) Ill. lnternational Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 461 Topics in lnternational Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 490 Seminar in lnternational Relations Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations; analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence) IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor) 371 Topics in Constitutional Law Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of -. -.--, :- -. 375 Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section 11for description) A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 381 Topics in DemocraticTheory A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) 382 Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of instructor) 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 399 lnternshlp Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.: consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception) 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) 490 Seminar in International Relations (See W o n 111for description) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 IndependentStudy Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (prey.: consent of instructor) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts. Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. I I Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the Psychology Department. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. 101 Self-Identity and Values A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology courses.) 102 The Individual in a Social World An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology courses.) 105 Principles of Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological concepts to everyday situations is emphasized. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options. See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other psychology course) 230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and MPG III) 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include: adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105) 325 Social Behavior Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis- tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Brain 81Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On demand) Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 102or 105) PsychologicalAssessment Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand) Personality An introduction to the field of personality study including theory, research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Behavior Disorders An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105) Psychology of Gender A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals, differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor) Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations. (Prereq.: 102 or 105) Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement. Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology courses) Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362;SOC 363.O n demand) Counseling Psychology Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing) Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of instructor) Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed Study. Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt, Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis* This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the Department of Religion may be achieved. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department. Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the minor. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to consult with the Department Chairperson. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 199 Internship Internship on Lower Division level. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 231 Religion in African-American History (See INS Minority Studies.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study on Lower Division level. 342 Theology of Youth and Family Living Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to marital relationships. Philosophy of Religion (See Philosophy Department) Denominationsand Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. Religlon In America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of religion to the challengesof its environing culture. Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See Global Education, Program in Global Community) American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought (See INS,American Indian Studies) Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department guidelines. The Gospels and Personality Theory The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others. Eastern Orthodoxy This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union. Church Music and Worship (See Music Department.) Feminism and Christianity This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. Jesus and His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe "quest for the historical Jesus." Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his writings. The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the Religion Department. Contemporary Theology An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Psychology of Rellglon and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the view of human nature. Special attention will be given traditional -tian to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. Independent Study Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental guidelines. Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW in Scandinavian design, political science,social work, history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year. Major: Eight Upper Division courses. Minor: Four Upper Division courses. Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language Department. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations, sociology or socialwork Frankie Shackelford, Advisor 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See Department of Religion.) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 3T7 Scandinavia in the World (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Department of Art.) 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 394 Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 499 Independent Study In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course (ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. 1 JerryGerasimo, Coordinator Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW (SWK) The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student empowerment model for teaching and learning. Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals. Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 average is required in the supporting program. Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview. SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361, 463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325. School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting. 1 Elective Courses Open to All Students: 230 Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace, development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human kind. The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural, geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or racially segregated communities. 257 Exploring Human Services Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/ ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or consent of instructor) 361 Soclal Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor.) 399 Internship* Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor) 468 Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.) 498 Independent Study Metropolitan Resources An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) - 499 Independent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor) *Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for work in fieldsites. Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361, junior standing) 364 Field Work I* Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462) 462 Field Work II* Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/ discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with 461) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)' Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463) 467 The Soclal Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463) 469 Field Work IV' Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent with 467) *Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr& work in field sites. payment for Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world. SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon Nelson, Garry Hesser Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above). 121 Introduction to Human Society Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 211 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand processes. 220 Sociology of Law This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to the exam. 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and processes within families are studied within their institutional and culturalcontexts. 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N grading only) 273 Crime and Corrections This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison, probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor. ) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121) 349 Complex Organizations Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or permission of instructor) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: 121recommended) 362 Statistical Analysis The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For maprs, to be taken preceding 363.) 363 Research Methods An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.: Level 111 Math Placement Test) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior students only) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site s u p e ~ s odesign r a learning agreement which enables the student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries. (Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor) 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependentStudy Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor) - Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired. This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from approved electives. Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives. East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communicationskills. Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology. The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication. Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson), Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest, Martha Johnson Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five courses within one of three concentrations. Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments. F General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362, SOC 375. Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357; PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375. Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375, 399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327. For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or Department chair. Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355, and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a Communication faculty adviser. Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350, 351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama. Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343, 350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation). 111 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. 132 Photography (See Department of Art.) 199 Internship Consult mapr adviser for details. 225,330 Communication Design I, II (See Department of Art.) 227 Journalism (See Department of English.) lntroductlonto Cinema Art (See Department of English.) Dlrected Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Advanced Journallsm (See Department of English.) Intercultural Communication This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge - of how these principles relate to particular c u l d groups. Mass Communications in Society (See Department of Political Science.) Junior and senior students only. Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, scriptwriting, directing and for video. s t u d i t s will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment. Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to their own experiences in organizations. Broadcast Production II This course is an advanced television production course in which students apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast Production I) Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes and individual coaching. Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small BOUPOrganlzational Psychology (See Department of Psychology.) Media Regulation, Law and Ethics (See Department of Political Science.) Internship (Consult mapr adviser for details.) Communication Topics Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 Independent Study in Communicatlon Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life. Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to provide students with realistic guidance and contacts. The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design. Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion. Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship, one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting management, directing and dramaturgy. This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video). Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228. Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366. Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management. Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or 229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media). 116 Creative Drama A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some fundamentals of acting are introduced. 199 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. 228 lntroduction to Stagecraft Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts, magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.) 229 Stage and Llghting Design An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, some materials needed.) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend and review one live production. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended.) Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study, discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before small and large groups. Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Theatre History and Criticism II An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course) Stage Direction II Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor) Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Advanced Technical Methods Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee) 429 Advanced Deslgn Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition. 495 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. 499 Independent Study In Theatre Independent study for Upper Division credit. Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under Interdkciphary Studies (INS). COLLEGE BOARDOF REGENTS Chak Wee Chair Raymond A. Grinde Trnasurer David L.Swanson RodneyP.3urwd betaw Barbara C Gage Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis the expi~ationdate of current term. Nancy H. Bottemiller (1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn. Rodney P. Burwell (1994) Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn. The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, Ph.D. Minneapolis, Minn. H. David Dalquist III (19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn. Darrell J. Egertson Julian P. Foss (1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co., St. Paul, Minn. (19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz. Barbara C. Gage (1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn. Raymond A. Grinde Carolyn T. Groves (19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn. (19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Norman R. Hagfors (1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn. Elling B. Halvorson (19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc., Kirkland, Wash Men A. Housh (1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal, Edina, Minn. George 0. Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head, Health ServicesAdministration, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas (1995) Judge, Hennepin County Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn. L;lngt=J.D. Gary H. Lohn (1994) Control Data Business Advisors, Bloomington, Minn. The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota House of Representatives, 9. Paul, Minn. The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, Minn. I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D. Donald G. Oren Harvey M. Peterson Curtis A. Sampson Richard L. Shepley Ronald K. Speed Gladys I. Strommen Leland N. Sundet David L. Swanson Michael W. Thompson Pamela L. Tibbetts William A. Urseth flo wiger, Ph.D. May Ka-Yee Yue DMSION (1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen, St. Louis Park, Minn. President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minn. President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, Communications Systems, Hector, Minn. Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group, Minneapolis, Minn. Vice President, Public Afhirs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn. Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn. Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn. Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn. Vice President, Strategic Planningand Development Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant Minneapolis, Minn. Associate Professor, St. Cloud State University, 9. Cloud, Minn. President, Financial Services Associates, Inc., Edina, Minn. m~ED~CUION THEEVANGELICAL LUTHERAN CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA) Board Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman Secretary:Solveig Gregory Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider Executive Staff Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell I I I I I Area Code: 612 President ..............................................................................................................330-1212 Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024 Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001 Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678 Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179 Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029 Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732 330-1162 Career M c e s ................................................................................................. College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121 College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180 330-1171 Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-............................. ..................... 330-1120 Facilities Office ...................................................................... Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000 Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234 330-1786 Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251 Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025 Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017 Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................ 330-1179 Personnel Office ............................................................................................. 330-1058 Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036 Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111 Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160 Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110 Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109 Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786 Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782 ...-.... The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances: Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026) Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133). 504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap) William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S 1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the Personnel Office. Office of the President President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter Director, Admissions .................................................................................1 A. Stack Cook Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson Associate Academic Dean for Graduate Vander Schaaf and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde Director of Library ......................................................................................... e Cline P. Hackney D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer Student Affairs Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ............................................................................... a m R. Rosser Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault Warren Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace I Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs Development and College Relations Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson o m s I. Benson Director, Planned Giving ..................................................................... C. Carlson Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes Pam Meyer Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations .......................................... Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/ Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom -or, College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren Publications Specialist ...................................................................... Holland-TUE Finance and Management Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson Financial Aid Counselor ..................................................................................................... Director, Personnel .................................................................................a Jacobson Dick Adamson Controller ................................................................................................... Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien Manager, College Center ................................................................... M A. Nelson r e E. Christopherson Manager, Central Services .................................................... Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&, B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education. LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D. Mus., Lakeland College. Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fall 1991 Labor Day recess ....................................................................................... Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration M, Sep 2 Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4 Last day to register, add a class, drop a class without notation on record, move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10 Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25 Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25 Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1 Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6 Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15 Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28 Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2 Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13 F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16 F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19 F d grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27 Interim 1992 Classes begin ........................................... ............................................ M. Jan 6 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7 Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17 Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17 Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29 Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7 Spring 1992 Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7 Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23 Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30 Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3 Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17 Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17 Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20 Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8 Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15 Fiiexaminations begin ..................................................................... ...M ,May 18 Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21 Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24 F i i grades due and Incompletes due from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29 Summer School 1992 Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21 Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2 Correct as of February 8,1991. Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary,New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania. Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M. Northwestern University. Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., PhD, University of Minnesota. Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St. Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University. Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State College; M.A., University of Notre Dame. Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University. JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A, University of Minnesota. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State University. Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College. Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan. Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's University;J.D., New England School of Law. Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College; M.A., University of Iowa. Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown University. Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin. Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota. John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor. Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Minnesota. Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary. Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota. Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand. Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University. Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State University; D.BA., Kent State University. Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of Minnesota. Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University, M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, B.A., Augsburg College. Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Earlham College. Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Southern University. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University. Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana University. Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University. David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St. Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin. M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota. I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota. JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A., University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South Dakota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM, University of Minnesota. Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The Qaremont Graduate School. Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., California State University. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley. Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm. Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a . John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado. Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Toledo. Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College. JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary. Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M., University of Nebraska. Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonorniczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A., Lone Mountain College. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College, Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University. Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School; M.M. Northwestern School. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northwestern University. Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School. Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota. Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University. Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary. S Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R. Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany. William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion. Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College. Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National University, Korea. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas. Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S., M.S., University of South Dakota. Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato State University. Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., MA., Boston University. Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University. Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College. Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota. William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological Foundation. Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Augsburg College. Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. , Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. G l o M. ~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts, Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University. Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees, South Dakota State University. Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University. Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University. Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg ..........................8 ElAbout Academic Affairs .....................251 Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254 Academic Internships................73 Academic Information .........59-96 Academic Organization and Programs ...................................63 Academic Policies and Procedures ............ ... .....76 Academic Progress. Probation and Dismissal ...........................94 Academic Requirements and Credit .........................................69 Academic Skills Enrichment .....50 Accessibility..................................2 Accounting Specialization ......109 Accreditation ............................2. 9 Accreditation and Memberships ........................211 Activities ..................................... 53 Adapted Physical Education Major .......................................163 Administration ......................... 251 Admissions ......................1215-19 Advanced Placement Program Test ............................92 American Indian Studies .........171 American Indian Support Program ................1250 Annex Houses ......................13. 56 Application Procedures .............16 Art ............................................ -.-99 Art History ................................103 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program .........92 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities ( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71 Associated Support Organizations .....-.,-............... 13 Athletic Affiliation .......................2 Athletics .................... . ...... 49 Audio-visual Services ...............62 .-..... Audit Fee .................................... 22 Auditing Courses ....................... 91 Augsburgian ..............................49 Augsburg Echo .......................... 49 ................................ 37. 104 :%Student Support Program ..................... 51 Board of Regents ...................... 248 Books and Supplies ...................23 Business .................................... 109 Business Administration and Management Information systems ................................... 108 ..............................60. 254 ElCalendar Campus ......................................... 2 Campus Guide ......................... 269 Campus Location ............... 11. 270 Campus Ministry .......................48 Campus Tours ............................ 16 Canadian Program.....................76 Cancellation of Courses .............78 Career Services ...........................51 Center for Global Education ............................ 12. 76 Chemical Dependency Program .................................... 68 Chemistry ................................. 116 Chinese ..............................121. 146 Choir ......................................... 49 Christensen Center .........12.49. 55 City Arts ....................................186 Class Confinnation ....................77 Class Schedule............................ 98 Classification (Sophomores. Juniors. Seniors) .......................92 Coaching Endorsement ...........163 College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22 College Level b i n a t i o n Program (CLEP) ....................... 93 College Relations ..................... 252 Commons ................................... 55 Communication ....................... 239 Computer Resources .................62 Computer Science ....................180 Concert Band ..............................49 Continuing Education Program ................................... 75 Cooperative Education ........72, 73 Costs and Financial Aid ............69 Counseling Services...................51 Course Descriptions ...........99-246 C.M.A. Certification .................110 C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109 Credit Assessment Program (CAP) ......................... 93 Credits ......................................... 98 la Dean's List .................................. 95 Degrees Offered ......................... 60 Departmental Comprehensive Exams ............93 Departments and Programs ............................ 97-246 Deposits .................... . . ............. 23 Development and College Relations .................... 252 Diredory ................................... 250 Disabled Student Program ........ 52 Distribution Requirements .......80 Division for Education (ELCA) .................................... 249 Dismissal ..................................... 94 Divisions and Departments ......63 Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137 Early Admission of Freshmen .................................. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies ..................................... 121 49 Echo ............................................. Economics ................................. 123 Economics-Business Adminstration Major .............109 Education .................................. 127 Education for Senrice .................. 9 Elementary Education ............. 128 Eligiiility and Application ........69 Employment ............................... 30 Engineering .............................. 136 English ......................................1 3 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program ..........................94 Enrollment .................................... 2 Entry Level Skills Requirements ........................... 83 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) .....................2.49 Ethnic Studies ...........................172 Experiential Education Programs ...................................72 Evaluation and Grading ............89 Explanation of Grades ...............90 Facilities and Housing ...............12 Facts and Figures .........................2 Faculty .................................61. 256 Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253 Fees ........................................2 3 Finance and Management .......252 Finance Specialization .............109 Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69 Financial Policies ........................24 Financing Your Education .............................21-46 Fine Arts .....................................49 First Year Experience Program .......................52.79. 144 Food Service ...............................55 Foreign Study .................54.68. 72 Former Students ...................18. 79 Foreign Language Placement ...89 Foreign Language Department ..,,.......,............. , ................. -145 Foreign Study .................54.68. 72 Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship. Drama and Communication ....................... 12 French ........................................ 146 Freshmen , 16 Full-Time Student ......................22 ..................-.......-...- Education Curriculum ElGeneral Requirements .................79.8 1-89 Skills Component ....................83 Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85 General Information (Academic) ................................60 General Studies ........................156 George Sverdrup Library ..........13 German ...............................72. 149 Gift Assistance............................28 Global Education Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157 Grade Point Average ...........79. 91 Grades .........................................90 Graduate Program .....................75 Graduates .................................... 2 Graduation Level Skills ............. 84 Graduation Requirements ........78 Graduation with Distinction .................................% Grants ....................................27. 28 and Physical HHealth Education ................................161 Health Education ...................161 Health Service ............................54 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71 History ................................40. 165 History of Augsburg College ........................................ 8 Honors Program ........................67 Housing ...........................12.23. 52 Humanities ............................... 169 Ice Arena ..................................... 12 Incomplete Grade ......................90 Intercollegiate Athletics.............49 InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170 254 Interim ..................................... Interim Abroad .. 70 Inter-Institutional 67 Programs ................................... International Baccalaureate Program .................................... 92 International Business Specialization.......................... 109 International Programs .............53 International Relations ............174 International Students .........19, 53 Inter-Race ....................................13 Internships, Cooperative Education and S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72 Intramural Athletics ..................50 Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13 KCMR Radio ..............................49 Kindergarten-Elementary Education ................................128 27 Kinds of Aid ............................ Learning Disabilities Program ....................................52 Leave of Absence .......................78 Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84 Library .............................. 2.13. 62 Licensure Program for Science Teachers .....................198 Lifetime Sports ...........................84 Linguistics.................................151 Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) ....................................187 Living on Campus ..................... 55 Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8 Location ...............................11. 270 Majors and Minors (also see Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3 Management Information Systems (MIS) .........................113 Management Specialization ....109 Maps ..................................269. 270 Marketing Specialization ........109 Master's Degrees ..................60. 75 Mathematics .............................176 Mathematics and Computer Sdence .....................................175 Melby Hall ..................................12 Memberships .......................... 2,11 Memorial Hdl ............................ 13 Metro-Urban Studies ...............182 Metreurban Studies Term (MUST')..........................184 Minors ...................................63, 64 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) ................13 Minnesota Studies in International Development ........................3. 71 Minority Studies (see Ethnic Studies) ................172 Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56 Murphy Place ............................. 13 Murphy's .................................... 55 Music .........................................188 Music Education ...................... 190 Music Ensembles ..............191. 197 Music Hall ..................................12 Music Performance Studies .....................190. 191. 197 Music Therapy ..................190. 1% Natural Science ........................198 New %dents .Regular Admission .................................26 No Credit Grades .......................91 Norwegian (NOR) .................152 Numbering of Courses ..............99 Nursing ..................................... 199 Off-CampusPrograms ................2 ....................................... 153 Old Main ..................................... 12 Orchestra ....................................49 Orientation (First Year Experience Program) ...............52 m. . Part-Time Students .................... 22 s-No credit .................... 90. Pastor ........................................ . 48 Payments .................................... 24 Perspectives ..........................84. 85 Philosophy ................................ 203 Physical Education ..................163 Physical Disabilities Program .................................... 52 Physics ...................................... 207 Policies .........................2.11.24. 76 Political Science ........................212 Pre-Professional Programs ........65 PreRegistration ......................... 77 Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99 President's Greeting ...............- 5 President's Office ..................... 251 . Probation .................................... 94 Program in Global Community .......................71, 157 Psychology ................... . 217 .. Refunds El Ewts ........................*.*...........24 ...................................... 248 Registration ....................-.-....... 76 Religion ..................................... 222 Religious Affiliations ...................2 Residence Life ............................ 52 Residence Requirement .............79 Room and Board ........................22 ROTC .............-..........*................68 Russian ......................................154 Center ..................13 QScandinavian ScandinavianArea Studies .....227 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term ( S u m ........................... 185 Science Hall ..............-............ 13 Scholarships.....................27, 30-46 Secondary Education ...............132 Senrice-Learning 74 Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208 Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54 Social, Cultural, Recreational .............................. 49 Social Policy and Human Servicesin Latin America ......158 Social Science ............................228 Social Studies ............................ 228 Social Work ...............................229 Sociology...................................234 Society of Physics Students .................................. 208 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ....................186 South Hall and Annex Houses ....................13, 56 Soviet and East European Studies ...................238 Space Physics ............................208 Spanish ...................................... 154 Special Education ..................... 136 Special Interest Houses .............56 Spcial Students (Non-Degree) ............................ 18 Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts ............................ 239 -- ........................ Sponsored Scholarships ............30 Student Activities .......................53 Student Affairs .........................251 Student Affairs Division ...........50 Student Employment ................30 Student/Faculty Ratio .................2 Student Government .................48 Student Life ...........................47.57 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)..........72 Student Publications..................49 Student Rights ............................56 Student Teaching Abroad .........72 Studio Art ....................,.......,.. 101 Study Abroad (also see Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72 Sverdrup Library .......................13 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall ..........................13 Teaching Licensure also majors) .......................65 Test Scores .................................. 16 Theatre Arts ......................239. 243 Transcripts ..................................16 Transfer Students .................17. 83 Tuition. Fees. Room and Board ..................................22 Tutor Center .........................13. 53 . ( Midwest Association DlUpper for International Education (UMAIE) ...................................70 Urban Studies Options ............184 Umess Tower .......................13. 56 veterans ...................................... % Weekend College ...................... mW&W .................................. Withdrawal from College ........... Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives 160 ....... Work Study Program ................a O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall (S) 4. Old Main (OM) 5 . West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall (M) 11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP) 12. Melby Hall (MH) 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. ScandinavianCenter 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (F) 18. Youth and Family Institute 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Inter-Race A. Admissions Parking Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Riverside Medical Center Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only Accessible Entrance From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College Spring 1993 731 21st Avenue South Mlnneapolls, MN 55454 6121330-1000 This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993 Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions. Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages in the Catalog for complete information. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog, consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the Registrar. A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. Tuition, Fees, Room and Board Special Fees .....................................................-5 ............................................................................. ,5 Refunds ...................................................................................- 6 Financial Aid ................... ...................................................... -6 ........................ ....--... ACADEMIC INFORMATION Kindsof Aid Graduation Requirements ................................... 7 ...................... . .................................. .8 Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9 ..................................................................10 Map ...........................................................................~........ 11 Academic Calendar Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices I I I TUITION, FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94) Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ......................................... $11,292.00 Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course Room Rent (includestelephone) Full Board (19 meals a week) ........................$ 434.00 $ 2,168.00 ....................................... .................... ...............$ . . . 2,036.00 Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00 ............................................................$ Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$ Flex 5 point plan Fees - Student Activity Fee ................... ..... OTHER SPECIAL Fm (NoN--ABLE) (P. ................$ 1,800.00 12.00 100.00 23) Fees Billed on Student Account Fees Payable by CheckICash Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00 Application (new and/or special students) ............$ 15.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .................. $ 5.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests ............$122.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam ...$ 15.00 Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ...$434.00 LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00 Student Parking Lot Permit -car ........................$ 72.00 -motorcycle ............... $ 36.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ......$ 38.00 Student Teaching (per course for day school part-time students) ......$240.00 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $184.00 Student Activity Fee (part-timestudents) ......$ 50.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Scheduleon file in Registrar's Wce) Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees, and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed with the financial aid notice. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or part-time employment. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. How AND WHEN TO APPLY (P.26) General Information The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant, Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source. Application Process 1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a high school or college financial aid office and complete the application form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in the envelope provided. 3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg. I, ,I 1 4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July 1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of the term without financial aid. 5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer. 6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript. These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student Financial ServicesOffice. KINDS OFAID (27) Gift Assistance I B Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to $4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution Requirements for Graduation - No changes. Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below. Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33 total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major. Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below. Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34 total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: 1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and 2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: Western Heritage Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) Perspective: The Social World Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) Perspective: The Natural World Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) [ 1 Fall 1993 Interim 1994 New student orientation Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7 Freshman registration W, Sept. 8 Upperclass validation W, Sept. 8 Classes begin W, Sept. 8 Last day to register Classes end Last day to designate grading option F, Od. 22 Spring 1994 Mid-term break F, Oct.22 Interim registration M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29 Spring Term registration - M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3 F, Nov. 19 Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record F, Feb. 4 Last day to withdraw from a class F, Mar. 25 Mid-term break begins M, Mar. 28 M, N ~29 ~ Last . day to designate Final exams end M, Jan. 31 F, Feb. 4 Classes resume Final exams begin W, Jan. 26 Last day to register n,N ~25 ~ Classes , resume F, Dec. 10 F, Jan. 14 Classes begin Thanksgiving recess begins Classes end I Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record Tu, Sept. 14 Last day to withdraw from a class II T"* Sept. l4 Interim classes begin M, Jan. 3 Last day register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record T, Jan. 4 grading option Tu, Apr. 5 F, Apr. 8 M1Dee. l3 Early registration for fall M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6 Th' Classes end F, May 13 Final exams begin M, May 16 Final exams end Th, May 19 Baccalaureate/ Commencement Su, May 22 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdmp Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Umess Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11.2222 Murphy Place 12 Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22 Oscar Anderson Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking Accessible Entrance
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1949-1950
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR Founded 1869 Calendar FIRST SEMESTER 1950 September 12 September 12 September 15-18 September I 3- I 8 September 19, 8:00 A.M. September 22 November 3-5 November 18 . Novcinber 23 December 15, 4:so P.M. Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests T ...
Show more EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR Founded 1869 Calendar FIRST SEMESTER 1950 September 12 September 12 September 15-18 September I 3- I 8 September 19, 8:00 A.M. September 22 November 3-5 November 18 . Novcinber 23 December 15, 4:so P.M. Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests T d a y Evening . . . . . ........ .Opening Service Tuesday to Monday.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration Wednesday to Monday. . . . . . . .Freshman Week T d a y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cl?sses begin Friday ............. . . . .Late Registration Fee Friday to Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Homecoming Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Scmester Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Th&giving Lhy Friday .............. ..Christmas Rscess begins I9SI JanJanuary JanJanuary 3, 8:00 A.M. 22-27 17 22-30 Wednesday. . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess Monday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F i t Semester cnda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester SECOND SEMESTER January 31, 8:00 A.M. February 3 February 12 February 2s March 21, 4:2o P.M. March 27, 8:00 A.M. March 31 May 24 May 24-31 May 30 June I Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lincoln's Birthday Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . ..Washington's Birthday Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Sunester Thursday . . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CollCge Examinations Wednesday , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decomt:on Day Friday . . . . . . - . . . . . . . ..College Commencement BOARD OF TRUSTEES REV.CLARENCE J. CULLSEN, President, Minnupolia, h. Tcfm expirw 1952 MR. GEORGE S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn. Term MR. R. E. MYHRE,Treasurer, Mirmaplis, Minn.. . . . . . . . . .Term MR. B. A. BALERUD, Minot, N. Dak.. .................. .Term REV. CHRISTIAN G. OLSON,Willmar, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term MR. L. A. HENNINGER, MInneapob, Minn.. .............-Term REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Dulurh, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term REV. EILNEST G. LARSON,Minneapolis, Minn.. .......... T m n MR. EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires expires expires expires expiru expires 1953 1951 1950 I 95 I 1952 1953 expires 1954 expires 1g 54 Advisory Members DR. T. 0.BURNTVEDT, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn. DR. BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College a d 'I;heological Seminary, Minneapolis, Mian. REV. (XAF ROGNE,B u s h a Director, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn. OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION BEINHA. CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presidmt ARTHURNASH.. . . . . . . .Dean of tbe College and Director of Vetcrms A#&s OLAF ROGNE......................................... Busmess Director R. E. M n u ............................................... ~ Tremrer ................................. AStistmt Tremrer ETHEL INGEBREDTSEN K. BERNERDAHLEN. .................................... .Dem of Men .................................. . D e b of Womm GERDAMORTENSEN. ......................... .Director of Public Relations RICHMD F. P A U ~ . MILDRED J o u ............................................... Regktrar AGNESB. TANGJEIID ......................................... Librarian MARTINWANBECK. ...................... .Director of Teacber Pbcmrent M~RTON P. SVROMMEN. ................................. .College Pator H. NORMANHANSON. ........................ .Admissions C m s e b r and Acting Executive Secretary of Alnmni Association LARSLILLEHEI............................................... A r c h t IRVING HOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S~petvisorof Buildings and Grounds EILEENQUANBECK ................................... Asktat Registrar MARY KAHN. ................................. .Director of Food Sewice KENNETH SORENSON.................... M a # g m of M d ~ d OrpniZdhS JAMESBUEIDE... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant in Public R e k t i m ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Medical Stafl: Dr. C. R. Wall, M.D., Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Loiraine Lundh, R.N., and Camla Mosby, R.N., Assistant Nurses. Office Staf: Beverly Hagelie, Secretary to the President; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Oflice; Anna Strand, Clerk, Treasurer's Office; Margery Manger, Secretary, Veterans Affairs; Tena Mehus, Assistant, Registrar's O&e; Ruth Moldenhauer and Vivian Stockmo, Secretaries, Public Relations Office; Doris Swanson, Secretary, Alumni Oilice; Mrs. Olaf ,Rome, Secretary to the Business Director; Carol Seaberg, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Mrs. Iris Brustad, Secretary, Deans of Men and Women; Marguerite Hamilton, Secretary to the College Pastor; Meriderh Foss and Mrs. George Sverdmp, Library Assistants; Mrs. Dora Quanbeck, Mimeograph Operator; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator. S~rpervisorof Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. Head Residents: Memorial Hall, Robert Anderson; Sivertsen Hall, Milla Thompson; Morton Hall, Margaret Sateren; Edda House, Alice Swensen. The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARDMARINUSCHRISTENSEN,Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, rgar; Augsburg Theological Seminary, rga2-zy ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminaq, 1927; PL.D., Hardord Seminary Foundation, r 929. AdditionaI smdy : Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GGttingen Teaching: Oak. Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. work, Brooklyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. Presiden since 1938. ANDREASHELLAND, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of New Testament A.B., Stavanger Cathedral School, I 88 8; A.M., University of Oslo, I 889 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 893. Additional study: Oslo. Pastor, M c I n d , Minnesota, I 893-4; Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1894-1902. Secretary, Lutheran Board of Missions, 1907-19; Treasurer, 1924-28; Secretary-Treasurer, 1933-46. A t Augsburg, 1905-1940. LARSLIUEHEI, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1901; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1907. Additional study: London, Chicago. Teaching: Lutheran Bible Institute, Wahpeton, North Dakota, 1908-19; President, 1911-14. A t Augsburg since 1919. KARL ERMISCH,Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritus of Church History A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925 ; S.T.D., 1933 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1921; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1927. Pastor, 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augsburg since 1928. MELVINA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament, Secretary of the Theological Faculty A.B., Angsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 I 8; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, I 9 z I -3 8 ; Prof essor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941. IVERB. OLSON,Th.B., A.M., Associafe Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19 3 5 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 36; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1941. Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1941-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, I 939-44. A t Angsburg since I 941. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Cburcb History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 94 5. Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago, 1947-49. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of OM Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 194s. JOHN REV. FREDRIC NORSTAD,A.B., C.T.* Special Lect~rer, 1949-50, Director of C b a p k c y Service, Llatheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. O L ~ PROGNE, A.B., C.T., Lecturer in Practical Theology. A.B., Augsburg College, 19s r ; C.T., Augsburg Theologicd Seminary, 19s5. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Henning, Minnesota, 1925-30; Duluth, Minnesota, 1931-40. At Augsbulg since 1940. AUGSBURG COLLEGE H. N. HENDRICKSON, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of History and Latin A.B., Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbia. Pastor, Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37. At Augsburg since 1900. LARSLILLEHEI,A.M., C.T., Profesor Emeritus of Greek For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty Listing. MANNALD ALDRE,M.Ch.E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, Tallin, Estonia, 1941. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg since 1949. ERNESTW. ANDERSON, M.Ed., Director of Health and Physical Edzlcation, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. M.Ed., Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. NORMANC. ANDERSON, A.B., C.T., Assistant Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1930; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1934. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I. Pastor, Tacoma, Washington, 1935-39. At Augsburg, 1934-35 , and since 1939. * In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Scciety of Minnesota. RAYMOND ANDERSON,A.M., Instructor in Speecb B.S., Univeisity of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950; Teachiing: University of Vermont. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t Augburg since 1949. HENRYBERTNESS,A.M., I n s t m t o r in Education A.B., Augshwg College, 1947; U. S. Navy, 1943-46; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Ausburg since 1949. WILLIAMW. BOARDMAN,JR., M.S., P.h.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry AB., C m College, 1938; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., 1942. Teaching: South Dakota School of Mines, 1942-43. Reseatch Chemist, U. S. Government Service, 1943-49. A t Augsburg since I 949. ESTELLEG. BRENDEN,A:B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; B.Mus., MacPhail School of M d c , 1930; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Colorado .and Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1928-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Dean of Men and Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-1939; Cmby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. KARLERMISCH, Ph.D., S.T.D., Prof essor Emeritus of German For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. FLOYDF. FOSLIEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education and Mathematics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.Ed., 1949. Additional study: Minesota. U. S. Marines, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1947. H. NORMANHANSON, A.M., Admissions Counselor and Acting Executive Secretary of Alumni Association A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1942. High School Teaching and Administration: 1934-1944, 1946-1949. U. S. Naval Reserve, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949. A.B., Instructor in Philosophy and History JOHN E. HANSON, A.B., Augshrg College, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. U. S. Marine Corps, 1945-46. A t Augsburg since 1949. MELVIN A. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek and Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HOLMAN,A.B., M.S., Instructor in Bacteriology A.B., University of h'ii~esota,1943; M.S., 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teachiing: University of Minnesota Bacteriology and Surgery Department, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1950. JANE ALMA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Socidogy A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. Additional study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eastern State Teachers College, Madison, South Dakota, 192 1-2 5; Dickinson State Teachers College, 192836; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational research: University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. A t Augsburg since 1943. J. VERNONJENSEN, A.M., Instructor in Speecb A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1948. MUDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar A.B., Augsbusg College, 1940; University of Saskatchewan, 1940-41; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, Hudson, Ontario, 1941-44. Lutheran Bible Institute, Outlook, Sask., 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. LOIS R. ~IBPER,B.S., I n s t m t o r in Pbysical Education B.S., University of Nebraska, 1948. Teaohing: St. Olaf College, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. PHILLIP A. KILDAHL, A.M., Associate Professor of History A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1939. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary, Luther Theological Seminary. U. S. Army 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1941. MMI B. KINGSLEY, A X , Instructor in Spanish A.B., Mupville College, I 93 6; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Teaching: High School, 1922-3 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947. KLINNER, B.S., Instructor in H m e Economics MARGARET B.S., Stout Institute, 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Fairmont High School, 1944-47; Bemidji High School, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. BJARNEE. LANDA,A.M., Associate Professor of Germunic h g u u g e s A.B., Vou State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High S C ' ~1930-3 , I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 194547. U. S. 09ice of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947. AUDREYLANDQUIST,M.Mus., I n s t m t o r in P k o and Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of Music since 1937. At Augsburg since 1946. C FACULTY 9 CLAYTONLEFEVERE,B.S., LLB., Instructor in Speech B.S., University of Minnesota Law School, 1946, LL.B., 1948. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1943-41. Law ~racticesince 1949. A t Augsburg since 1946. MARIONWILSONLINDEMANN, A.M., Associate Professor of Ronrcnrce Lungwges B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1926. Additional study: M i e s o t a . Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26. A t Augsburg since 1926. 0.HERBERT LMDQUIST,M.S., Instructor in Pbysics and Mathematics B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., Iowa State College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Iowa State College. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy, 1944-46. A t Augsbwg since 1949. SHIRLEYPUTNAMMILLER, Ph.D., Lecturer in Biology B.S., South Dakota State College, 1903; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; Ph.D., 1922. Additional study: Berlin, Munich, Chicago. Teaching: b u t h Dakota State College, 1904-08, 1912-20; University of Minnesota, 1920-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN MILTON, A.B., Instructor in Englisb A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Faces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women mad Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hank- Private School, Hmkow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Dean of the College, Director of Veterans Afiairs, and Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: M i e s o t a ; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1922. Dean since 1946. EDOR C. NELSON,A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Cocch of Football and ~ k e b a l l A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. JACKNIENABER,B.B.A., A.M., Instructor in Accolrnting and Business Administrotion B.B.A., University of Minnesota, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. IVERB. OLSON, Th.B., A.M., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HENRY P. OPSETH, B.Mus., Professor of Mwic B.Mus., St. Olaf College, 1913. Additional study: Piano under Madame Chenevert (Minneapolis), 1916; cello and composition with Jessie Law (Northfield, Minn.) and L. Paladeaux (Chicago), 1918-19; orchestra conducting with Eugene Ormandy. Private teaching and professional service, 1914-17, 1920-zr; U. S. Army, 1917-18. A t Augsburg &ce 1922. F. PAUTZ,A.B., Director of Pzlblic Relations R~CHARD A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota; Minnesota School of Business. U. S. Department of Labor, 1943-44. U. S. Navy, 194446. A t Augsburg since 1938. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Assistmat Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Mbnesota. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, San Mateo, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg, 1932-44, and since 1946. in Piano MARGRETHE PETTERSON,Instfi~~tor Private study in Germany with Conrad Ansorge (Pupil of Liszt), and with Albert Jonas (Pupil of Rubinstein), 1905-1908. Teaching: St. Ol'af College, 1901; Lutheran Ladies Seminary, Red Wing, 1903-05; Albert Lea College, 1908-16; Private teaching, 1916-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. -TIN QUANBECK,A.M., Professor of Edzccation A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933. Additional study: Minnesota. High school administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929-3 6. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augshrg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1938. STANLEYJ. REMENESKI, B.Chem., Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.Chem., University of Minnesota, 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1942-46. Minnesota State Board of Health, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. PAULI. ROTH,A.B., Assistant in Chemistry A.B., Augsburg College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Marine Corps, 1943-1945. At Augsburg since 1949. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. hiusic Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946. MARGARET SATEREN,A.B., instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949. RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Associate Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Teaching: High School, 1925-28 ; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer, 1936. At Augsburg since 1944. BRYCEW. SHOEMAKER, A.B., G.T., Instructor m Philosopby and Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1944; G.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1947. Additional study: Mhesota. A t Augsburg since 1947. SKURDALSVOLD, B.Mw., Assistant Professor of Ma& B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago College of Music. Private study: Mynn F. Stoddard, H d i n Hunt, Herbert Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-. A t Augsbulg since 1922. JENNIE GEORGESOBERG,A.B., Professor of Mutbemtics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Suninary Faculty listing. PAUL L. SPOONER,JR., A.B., LLB., Instructor in Business Jkw A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; LLB., 1937. With Civil Aeronautics Board, 1939-42. U. S. Navy, 1942-41. Law practice, 1937-39, and since 1945. A t Augsburg since 1947. hf. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN MERTONP. STROMMEN, A.B., C.T., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of Religion A.B, Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor of English, Secretary of the General P m l t y A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota, 1908-10; ~fllsworthCollege, 1913-15. At Augsburg since 1915. AGNESB. TANGJERD, A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in Lib.Sc., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaohiing: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, I 93638. At Augsburg since 1940. GERALDTHORSON,A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Instructor in Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-41; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOHN VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. Jam S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg, 1938-42, and since 1947. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychdogy A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-35. P , ~ c i p a l Cannon , Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. Az Augsburg College since 1943. hvmc H. WALLACE, B.B.A., A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics B.B.A., Univerity of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1945. A t Augsburg since 1949. R u m l v h u x s o ~ZIEMANN, A.B., Instructor in Secretarial Science A.B., Luther College, 1949. Teaching: High School, 1949 (second semester). A t Augsburg since 1949. COMh4ITTEES OF THE FACULTY 1949-1950 Faculty Council: N u h , Miss Joel, Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Stensvaag, Torstenson, Landa, Soberg, Nelson, Thut, Rogue, Christensen. Cmrricdum: Nash, Sveeggen, Christensen, Quanbeck, Miss Joel, Helland, Stensvaag. Admissions and Scbohship: Miss Joel, Dahlen, Nash, Kleven, Miss Mortensen, H. N. Hanson. Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Joel, Miss Mortensen, E. W. Anderson, Urdahl, Strommen. Library: Nash, N. C. Anderson, Olson, Miss Segolson, Shoemaker. Atbkfics: Soberg, Kildahl, Pautz, E. W. Anderson, Nelson, Sonnack. Socid: Miss Mortensen, Mrs. Lindemann, Torstenson, Miss Segolson. Studies: Quanbeck, Olson, Remeneski, Miss Tangjerd, Landa. Convocations: Miss Jensen, L. Sateren, Thorson. Student-Famlty: Quanbeck, Urdahl, Miss Mortensen, Foslien. AudieVis1~1Education: Urdahl, N. C. Anderson, Quanbeck. General Information HISTORY AND AIMS FUNDAMENTAL AIMS T h e educationai purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is rhe fundamental force for good in human life. All rhe aims of rhe College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctty the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the studemt to a deeper understanding and pe~sonal realization of the truth and power of the Chr3stian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. To fawiliarize fbe d t ~ d e n twith the rult7~r.cof 01tr owrt a d other rhilizothtr~,not only for the enjoyment this knowledge aÂ£fords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o dmelop fbe student's ititeresf it# flse attainment of t h ~ r o ~ ~ ~parposes w m of m&rcu?~.rr.try, so that he may work f o r the wetfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in communiry and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participarion in human affairs throughout the rest of the worId. T o cultivate in the student a Cht-istian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the shcdefzt to discijlitre his own urges, interests, ambitions, and Aemunds in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the studercf in scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. To stirnd.de intellectuul iderest and dewelup schhzrly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o a w b n and foster in the student an intelligent appreciatfon and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the 1cnderstading of sochd relationsb@s in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the studeat in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his Zife purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o t r h s t d e n t s in voc~tionaland professicmctl lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his egciency in the various relationships of life. T o aford tbe student wblesome r e m e a t i d experieme which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o iastrzcct the student in principles, attjtudes, and ideas pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promate his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct tlnder~tanrl;agthat&M*tisb&ginall* ~ a r e o s f t e d t o ~ ~ ~ y i n t h t p r o g r a m o f t h 6 - mwmhthotend, T h e e a t i r e p r o g r o m o f t h e ~ ~ S L C t d exm~,andtEtt~Zinethou~twkindertom;rke &ble~~guutoftbkprognan,springfrcau&esim"to see&thin&~thmu&tHe~&of~" h o b e u t in Aupburg G k g e d Thabgid ! b i n a r y p s rmponthepwtdche~tfdl~donimtfteway~ prlscriM for the a m k m e u t of t h e e aims. H~TORICAL SKETCH Augsbwg Seminary was fgpnbed in zgdp, at IbbrMl, V m - aia. Ic~&firscthedogicaldeminnrystvtedbgNm* IrOFfbeflPB in A m i r h T h o & an ~~t witb a ~mtiankmown~~~~tbeSeminacywosbwrsed iu the academy baiId;ng- Studem w b needed fmhr psefrrra~iuocpdemicsnbj~~~eretosbtrriatbisinthezcademy. Tbjs a r r m m f a i l e d t o w w k o u t ~ y ;~ 0 t p p -ed to a p h e e dw&g, whm chsa amtinned Pntit 187s. fntheautumnof&atyartbe ! h k r y ~ t e m o v e d t o &&map& w h a bddbg had k t m etected for i t s USE. h I n & s m e ~ ~ & ~ w a s ~ d u n d e r * h m of M h w m m TheabnoftheWtu~~totnin~f~theLudmm mgregatims which were bdng org&d in growing umnbwnr in die pjrweex s d m e o t s that were spreading rapidly over theNo&we$L I t s m n b e a m r e * t & a t i p ~ d e r t o ~ i o ~ ~ t a wtw adqua+ p p d fur thdogkd study a d b g c &p a ~ t w a s n e d e d .Soinr87qae$legecu~&~dumwas~lPaed whi& provided for one year ob pqmatory studies a d f a y e of d e g e wokk dmg two lina, a c h i d to prepare adenrsfror t h e d o g y , d a h t I h E ~ w , p r e p f o rtheprof&mm Tbe h e r -however, had to k d i m d u d , &y f0r~ot:frrndsdpPmly~ugetoo~mdmtsselectedthe course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the in 1879. In ~ g o a high EIChPoIcawme covering three years was e s d i & d which in 19x0 w a ~ w a standard four-pr came, This was Wntieaed in 1933. In the years I ~ X & E ~ Xthe ~ cnlIep first class was graduated course was thoroughly revised in conformity with modern developments. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the strictly classical course has been largely modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. During 'the past ten years Majors' have been added in the fields of Business Administration, Sckiology, Physical Education, Music, and Home Economics. Until 1921 only men were admitted, but in that year coeducation was introduced. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been introduction of new courses and enlargement of the faculty. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved such an arrangement mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five Presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of oflice of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first President was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, I 876 t o 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 191I and was followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from I 9 I I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937 until the election of Bernhard Christensen in 1938. From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the aililiation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to ditFerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Luthcrzn Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than haIf a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Cor- poration through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief hancial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a' growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially t o the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American college& the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration oaces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best music and lectures. They may contact modern life at one of its focal points. BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and osces, and a number of college classrooms and ogces. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49 and taken into use at the beginning of the present school year, is a large and completely modern college building. I t includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms,. and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a splendid dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Plans are under way for the erection of an addition to this dormitory. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 2 0 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on 23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, a well-built and well-equipped temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall, formerly the Tabernacle Baptist Church, was acquired by purchase, and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a beautiful residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented manv valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Col- lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Curator. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Archivist. The collectio~sin the Library aggregate about 26,000 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. Two hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:00 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one 'of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storeroams for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the callege provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: 16mm. sound movie projector, 3 I / q q inch slide projector (several), 2 y ' ~ 2 yslide y projector, Balopticon, sound ampliiication system, film strip projector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. The Book Shoppe of The Messenger Press is located at 2120 Riverside Avenue, one block from the campus. Here are readily available not only text-books, stationery, and supplies, but $50 a fine selection of Christian literature. EXPENSES For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of Seminary expenses, see page 92. The tuition for the College students is $ I 50.00 a semester. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $ I 3.00 per credit hour up to I I credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $6.00 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee. GENERALINFORMATION ESTIMATED EXPENSESFOR ONESEMESTER' Tuition in College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 5 0.00 This covers instruction, laboratory fees, health service, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .zo.oo to 3 5.00 Student activity fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Key deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yo Board, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 Room ...................................................... Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,375 .oo to 390.00 NOTE:See page 28 for information concerning opportunities for part-time employment to assist in meeting expenses. All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may %e made with the Treasurer for partial payment and payment of the remainder in monthly installments. A charge of fifty cents per month is made on such installment payments, if the balance is over $25.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per month. All accounts must be paid before a student is permitted to register for a new semester. Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks. Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $9.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Subject to change. w SPECIAL FEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration unless the change is necessary because of errors in registering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Teacher Placement Bureau. . . . . . . . Teacher Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3.00 to Diploma fee, for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition. . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7-50 2.00 2.00 5 .OO MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER Piano for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3 5-00 Voice for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00 Organ for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 -00 9.00 Class instruction in voice for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.oo Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. I t is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an at- GENERALINFORMATION mosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in the life of each student. 23 In order to help toward attaining these goals the faculty and students gather in chapel every day for a brief meditation upon the Word of God and the deepest needs of the human soul. Regular attendance is expected of all students. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses &red in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are urged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is heId twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development. CONVOCATION Regular convocation programs are held a t Augsburg &roughout the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientzc, political, social, religious, and artistic. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION The coordination of the many ~ersonnelservices is the responsibility of a twelve-member Faculty Council headed by the Dean of the College. Individual members of the Council or subcommittees direct the various activities, which include academic and personal counseling, housing and food service, recreation and health, employment and placement, and student activities. 1 The Luther League, the Mission Society, the Lutheran Student Association, the National Student Association Council, and a large number of departmental and special interest clubs are directly supervised by the Student Council. A Student-Faculty committee of eight members promotes and supervises student activities serving as a liaison between the Faculty and Student Councils. The counseling program for new students begins as soon as the Admissions and Scholarship Committee has approved their applications. All available data concerning each prospective student are combined with test results obtained during Freshman Week for use during registration. Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor, generally on the basis of mutual academic interest. This assignment continues for the first two years. At a scheduled period during Freshman Week, the student meets with his counselor for registration. At least three additional counseling periods are scheduled for each semester. Whenever he feels the need, the student is encouraged to see his counselor for help to discover and develop as fully as p a sible his latent abilities. Upper-class students are counseled by their major advisers. Additional counseling is provided for the students by the use of student counselors. Each entering Freshman is assigned a student counselor, who works with a faculty counselor in each instance. The program is organized by a Student Counselor Steering Committee working with the Personnel Committee. Adjustment to college is one of several subjects introduced during Freshman Week. The various phases of this important problem of personal adjustment are given thorough study in the Orientation course which meets one hour per week throughout the first semester. Vocational possibilities within the divisional organization of the College are presented and course sequences are discussed. Personal and health probl&s, social adjustment, vocational and educational aims are examined from the point of view of individual needs. Special problems in counseling are referred to the Personnel Committee, which is composed of a member of the Department of Christianity, the Registrar, a professor of Psychology, the Director of Physical Education, the Dean of Women, and the Dean of Men, who serves as chairman. The administration of the counseling program is the work of the Personnel Committee. A system of referral makes available to any student the resources and special abilities of the entire faculty. Through all phases of the counseling program, the primary aim is the welfare of the individual student. The personal problems of the students are dealt with in the light of the following spiritual purposes and ideals. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg must, therefore, not participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right t o dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable t o advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. RECREATION AND SOCIALLIFE "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. A t Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards the use of leisure time in general. Wholesome social activities of many kinds are fostered and encouraged. Also in this area the goal is "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." The Stdent Center, in the new Science Hall, serves as a social, cultural, and conference area for students. During the day, students use the Center as a general reading and committee room. The campus post o6ce is adjacent to the Student Center, as are also The Student Council Room and The Echo and The Augsburgian o0ices. The Prayer Chapel in the tower of the new Science Hall is open at all times for quiet meditation and prayer. Smaller groups may request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings. A room for off campus men is located in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall and for off campus women in Morton Hall. All students who are not living at home are required to room in the College dormitories, unless permission to room elsewhere is granted by one of the Deans. Such permission must be secured before final arrangements are made. Residents in dormitories are required to take their meals in the College dining hall except those students who are employed away from the College. The charges for room and board are payable in advance. The residence halls are open for the occupancy of students on the day preceding the beginning of registration. Temporary arrangements may be made for students who have permission to come early to seek employment. Meals are served commencing on the morning of the first. day of registration. Dormitories are officially closed daring all vacations within twenty-four hours after the last session of -class work except by special arrangement with the Deans. Dormitory residents are held responsible for breakage or injury to the furniture and furnishings. The College believes in the educational value of group living under faculty supervision. It is expected that life in the dormitories should foster the development of Christian character, selfcontrol, and consideration for the rights of others. SVERDRUP-OFTEDAL MEMORIAL &L This dormitory for men, erected in 1938, accommodates about students. The modern arrangement of the dormitory, with its suites of two rooms for every three or four students, helps to make this an inviting College home for men. The rooms are furnished except for bedding and linen. I 50 HOUSINGFOR WOMEN The college operates a cottage plan of supervised residences for women, pending the building of the planned additions to Sivertsen Hall. College-operated residences for women include Sivertsen Hall, 2323 South Sixth Street, which houses fifty; Morton Hall, 730 rznd Avenue South, which houses twenty; Edda House, 2222 7% Street South, which houses twenty-four. Rooms are furnished except for bedding and linens. Laundry facilities are provided in each unit. Assignment of rooms is made after the first of August. An attempt is made to assign the rooms so as to meet the student interests and needs, and to create congenial housing units. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939 through the generosity of Dr. Ivar Sivertsen, accommodates about fifty Freshman women students. The first floor has a large reception room used for social functions. In the basement are a kitchenette and a recreation room. Applications for rooms should be sent as soon as a student is notified of his acceptance. Applicants will be assigned to dormitory rooms in the order in which their applications are received. Rooms are assigned to present occupants of the dormitories by August first. After that, they are assigned to new applicants in the order of application. Students who cannot be accommodated in permanent dormitories may find rooms in temporary housing units. Rooms in approved private homes are also available. Arrangements for these rooms are made through the Personnel Office. For married students, the college has two temporary housing buildings, each accommodating four families. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of the Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining-haall, a social room, and a private diningroom. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining-hall will furnish food at cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. The program of health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the School Physician and the School Nurse. It includes regular physical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary Rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The ogce is in Room I I I, Memorial Hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free. A large number of college students find it necessary to secure part-time employment while carrying on their studies. The Employment Service, operated by the Oflice of Public Relations, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in part-time positions. Many Minneapolis institutions and firms have gladly cooperated in this enterprise. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. AppIication forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Oflice of Public Relations. The Placement Bureau seeks to assist members of the graduating class, as well as alumni, in securing positions. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. STUDENT ACTIVITIES GENERAL The Studmt Society. The Student Society is an organization of the entire student body. It delegates the authority "to promote and govern the all-student activities" of the school to The Augsburg Sti~dcrtfCoumil. The president of the Council is elected by The Studmf Society. Other members are elected by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Student Association has been formed by the Student Council. The Associated Women Students. This organization directs the activities of special interest to the women students, all of whom are members. In order to aid one another "to eee d h g s &ugh & eyeri of Christ" and to work together for the r&s&m of the spifi'rtul p ~ ~ e ~ t i a t h e c h r i s e i a n f ~ t h e m ~ d t h md S t h j have formed a number of 01cgmkths. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. To those interested in missions the M & h Socidy ip a d y i n g point. There is also during the school year mu& for bringing the Christian message to Gospel char&. and other organizations. The Luther League affords the student an opportunity to share in local and general Luther League work. The Student Society is aHiated with the Lzctheran Student Association of America, and Augsburg students participate in the v a r h s regional and national acti* of tbis large# f&w&ip* . AU studmw m q h d iaspiratim in the hfidwe~k W a g , Bible S d y * and mher regular m d g s far prayex and feIIow&ip. ReFighsw Epwpbds Week and the The hfisdion F e d i d are Anl~cpZ outstanding religious events of each school year. A W s Gostel Q w t e t represents the school in many places, espedallp during the summer. Other musical groups having a religions pare developed each year. Also during the summer, a number of students do parochial school teaching, carry on home mission work, travel in Gospel duos, or engage in similar types of Christian service. DEPARTMENTAL AND STUDENT INTEREST GROUPS SOCIALSCIENCE The Znternathd Relations Club is an organization of students who major in one of the social sciences or who are particularly interested in international relations. Organized Field Trips. The Department of Sociology arranges for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions. The Augsburg College League of Women Voters is an organization af6liated with the Minnesota League of Women Voters aiming "to promote education and citizenship" and stimulate interest and participation in effective government. The Republican Club gives the student a chance to engage in the discussion of political issues of the day. NATURALSCIENCE The Aristotelians is a society made up of students who specialize in the natural sciences. Monthly meetings are held, at which speakers address the society on scientific topics. LITERARY The Scribblers Club. This is an organization open to freshmen who wish to do creative writing. The Writers Club. This organization is composed of advanced students interested in creative writing. Members submit -articles for group criticism at the regular meetings. The best selections are published in The Dial, an annual literary magazine. Le Cercle Francais. Membership in Le Cercle Francais is open to past and present students of French. Meetings are held from time to time at which the group listens to broadcasts of French short stories, plays, songs, etc., or the group presents its own program of vocal and instrumental music, skits, and readings. The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity t o exercise the use of their knowledge in informal gatherings. The German ~ocie;?. This organization is for the purpose of cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture. Tbe Norse Club. This club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. In order to become members of The Norse Club students must maintain a C average in all their work. The Sigvald Kvale Silver Medal Contests are given by members of The Norse Club. JOURNALISM For those interested in Journalism several avenues are open for securing practical experience in campus publications. The Augsbzcvg Echo, the College paper, is best adapted for this purpose. Besides serving the need of such a publication at the school, it is given considerable circulation among high schools in the Northwest. The Augsburgiun is published as an annual, giving a- story of Augsburg life in word and picture. The Dial is a literary magazine published regularly by the Writus Club. DEBATE,ORATORY, AND DRAMA Augsburg is annually represented by men and women debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory. The Drama Club has been formed to give interested students opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama. The Junior Toastmastqs Club aims to give experience in public speaking and instruction in the art of toastmastership and parliamentary procedure. ATHLETICS Physical Education and Recreation. Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation. Intercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Intramural Athletics. Through the intramural department is maintained in six-man t o d b d , Park Baard basketball, interdm basketball, ping pmg, badminmn, diamondball, h n d b d , archery, voolleyU tetherball, *, tennis, s h d e board, and h d e y . clhaxing the baamudprogram is the Conference Exrxamud a specid Minnesoza Interc~Negiaa A&letic Conference event in && champiom of all intramural sports of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships. The "A" C l d . M d x & p in the "A"Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsbwg, The aim of this organization is "w b i d the 'A*men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." .Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary orpnization. Membership is gained by par&patiost m individual and kaap recreation activities with awards given on a point basis. T h e Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Associarion of a l l e g e Women. The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports. Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. -on e, A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel through the fellowship of music and song. ' Membership in the choirs and the band is based upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music. Atrgsbvrg Cdlege Cboir. The College Choir consists of about L fifty members. From year to year the Choir has toured in various parts of the United States, singing an average of eighteen concerts during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast, Canada, and a number of the Midwestern states. Azcgsburg C h d Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. Augsburg College W . In addition to presenting its fall and spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Men's Chorus affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets twice a week. The Pep Band affords an opportunity for training in band music as well as for taking part in the creation of spirit and enjoyment at the college athletic functions. Miscelluneotcs Grwps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The Class of 19I 8 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the Main Building. The I927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Two prize scholarships (tuition for the second half of the Freshman year) are offered by the State Council of Minnesota Colleges, one to the first ranking Senior boy and one t o the first ranking Senior girl from any Minnesota high school. Outside of Minnesota, where the regulation of the State Council of Minnesota Colleges does not apply, a limited number of scholarships of this kind are awarded to students of superior ability. The George Sverdmcp Graduute Fellvwsbip was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 191I to 1937. I t is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hojhuzn Memorial Scholurshp was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Assochtion Scholarship of $ 2 5 o is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from I 93o to I 93 5, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredrichon Scholmshtp consists in the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. To assist students in meeting their financial problems in emergencies several revolving funds have been established through which loans, at a reasonable interest rate, may be arranged. The Augsbwrg College Wonten's Club Loan Fund extends assistance especially to members of the Senior class, and also a limited number of short-term loans to other students. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Lovm Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. Tbe Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hotcr, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. The General Student k n Fund, established through the gifts of a number of individuals, provides short-term loans for students of all classes. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present ofljcers are: Lawrence Quanbeck, President; J. Vernon Jensen, Vice-president; H. Norman Hanson, Acting Executive Secretary; Marvin Gisvold, Treasurer; Esther Aune, Margaret Hulburt, Advisers. . THE FOUNDATION FELLOWSHIP The Augsburg Foundation Fellowship is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The 'Fellowship was founded in 194I by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association and has had a steady growth of membership since that time. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine me-mbers. A Foundation Day is held each year. The present membership is about seven hundred. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Public Relations Oilice or from the Registrar's Oilice. The application, together with two letters of recommendation, the high school record, previous college record if any, and for veterans a certified copy of the separation papers, should be sent to the Registrar's Oilice. Previous college records of veterans may include V-12 and ASTP records. Forms combining the application and the high school record are generally available in ,Minnesota high schools. They can also be secured from the College. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 15 and for the spring semester by January 2 5 . Augsburg College admits as students men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. These four years of high school must total at least 16 units and should include the following requirements: English, four units, or English, three units and a foreign language, two units; social studies, two units; mathematics, one unit. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. High school graduates without specified high school subjects and graduates of unaccredited high schools will be considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of suilicient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or recorded aptitudes make success at Augsburg doubtful. DEFICIENCIES ficiency in English will be required to register for two extra hours of work per week. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pro- TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted a t Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations. This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General APPLICATIONSOF VETERANS Veterans who wish to apply for admission under the provisions of Public Law 346 (G.I. Bill of Rights) or Public Law 16 (Rehabilitation program) should obtain notice of eligibility from their regional Veterans Administration. This notice should be presented to the Registrar at the time of their application. Application for credit on the basis of educational experiences in military service may be made in two ways: I. Those now on active duty may apply through United States Armed Forces Institute on Form 47. This form may be obtained from the U. S. Armed Forces Institute, Madison 3, Wisconsin, or from the educational oflicer. 2. Veterans not now on active duty should submit a certified copy of W.D., A.G.O. Form 100, Separation Qualification Record, or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service, NavPers 5 53 ; or U.S.M.C. Report of Separation; or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service-Coast Guard, 5 5 3 . In the case of Naval commissioned or warrant oflicers, the Oflicer's Qualiiication Record Jacket (N-avPers 3o 5 ) , a certified copy thereof, or a statement from the Bureau of Naval Personnel covering the data desired should be submitted. Credit is given for several types of educational experience: I. Basic or recruit training. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. Physical education Hygiene 2. 6 semester credits semester credits 2 Service courses. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. The recommendations of the American Council on Education, Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experience, are followed. Not all service courses are recommended for credit. 3. ASTP, V- I 2, and some other college programs. Credit is granted on receipt of ogcial transcript from the college where the course was taken. Full credit will be granted for all work applicable to an A.B. degree at Augsburg, except where the work duplicates work previously taken. 4. Correspondence courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. These courses fall into two classes: those prepared and given by the Institute, and those prepared and given by colleges and universities. In the case of Institute courses, credit is. given upon receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above and based upon test results. University and college correspondence courses will be accredited by official transcript like other college work. 5 . Other credit. General education not indicated by any of the above methods can be demonstrated by means of the General Educational Development Tests. Veterans seeking advanced standing on the basis of informal study and travel may take these tests either through the Armed Forces Institute while still in service or at Augsburg after their discharge. No credit on this basis can be granted on the Senior College level nor counted in the total credits required for the major and minor fields. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. Students are required to complete their registration on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who in either semester register later than three days after classes begin shall pay a late registration fee of $3.00. The Veterans Administration does not pay late registration fees. The normal registration is 16 credit hours per week. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. All students register under the direction of the Registrar. Special problems of registration are referred to the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. Students working part-time are required to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes without special action by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. In registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College requirements during the first two years. However, if such registradon is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. r AUGSBURG COLWE AMOUNTOF CLASSWORK The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may only honor to students have gained an previous average recordbeofgranted By or two points who per credit, in their college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires t o make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's of6ce on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. This procedure is necessary in order to avoid a record of failure in any course dropped. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration unless the change is necessary because of errors in registration. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes except by special permission of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student may cancel a course after the middle of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's of6ce in order to keep the record clear and to receive an honorable dismissal. A P ~ ~ ~O T NTHE H LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be-allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. ACADEMIC REQUIFLEMENTS CLASS~ICATION College credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Saphomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION , There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cummittee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .S or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing grade in at least 12 hours of coilege work, 6 of which must be C per credit at least. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. No "cuts" are allowed. However, students may be excused from class if there is a valid reason for absence. Valid reasons for absence include illness and trips by extra-curricuIar organizations sponsored by the school. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not c o d i c t with classes. Any exception to this r u l e must be agreed to by the teacher of the class agected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. I AUGSBURG COLLEGE Students are required to present to the instructor a written explanation of absences upon their return to class. The validity of the excuse is determined by the instructor. Classwork lost because of necessary absences must .be made up. Each unexcused absence reduces the grade to be awarded on the completion of a course. When a student has four unexcused absences, he shall be reported to the Registrar, who will drop the student from the course with a grade of F. Students who absent themselves from Christianity classes will not be allowed to continue in school. Absences before and after vacation will be counted double. Teachers will deal with tardiness as they see fit, but may count three tardinesses as equal to one absence. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. At the end of each week every teacher will report to the Regstrar's Oilice the names of all students who have been absent from class the whole week, as well as the names of those whose recent absences from class have unduly interfered with their progress. Those in charge of tours and trips by musical organizations, athletic teams, debate teams, and other groups will apply for permission to the Faculty Council a t least two weeks in advance and will leave a list of participants in the Registrar's O&ce before the group goes. Blnm must be reported immediately to the school nurse so that she may have a record of all illness in the student body and be able to give assistance where needed. All students are expected to attend the daily chapel service regularly. GENERAL RULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning, since tests are given regularly throughout the semester in all courses. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, final reports are made at the cloie of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester in all classes. No student or class may arrange t o take a final examination in any course before the examination week. ABSENCE FROM EXAMINAXIONS Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. DELAYED FINALS If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a final at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Office in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. STUDENTSBELOWGRADE Within a week after they have received the reports of their grades, students below grade must see their instructors in order to arrange. for making up their deficiencies. Failures must be made up in class when the subject is offered again. Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination mast apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured a t the ofice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oflice. GRADEVALUES A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit M e r y good, 2 honor points per credit C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D-Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E-Condition I -Incomplete JUNIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Junior College, laying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education. 2 credits each semester Group A Christianity Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 6 credits Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature Group C Foreign Language (Norse, French, Spanish, 8 credits German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are exempted from this requirement. Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I an$ 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 25-26 6 credits (Humanities) Group E Natural Sciences Group F Physical Education: Courses, and qb Psychology required in certain fields 8 credits 2, 3a, 3b, 4a, Orientation required of all Freshmen Speech required of all students for graduation 4 credits 4 credits I credit 3 credits SENIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. In planning his choice of a major as well as in planning the minor or minors, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. l e is well for rhe student to know in his Freshman yezr what major line of study he will pursue. T h e major subject & determined by the student's aims as weil as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College, where basic courses prerequisite to the major are &red in sequences which lay the foundation for rhe major work. When a student enters the Junior year he shall have determined in what field of study he will specialize, so that the work in the majors and minors may be well planned. Smdencs who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the Junior pear, should, before they register, consult with members of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee and the heads of the various departments in order to derermine their held of major work. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing 3 student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correladves of the major. Senior ColIege stfidencs should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Senior College Courses. The amount of work required for g r a h h n comprises n minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit. A credit equals one reduuon period a week throughout one semester. Honor p0i.t~ are cmnpured a t the rare of one born pidt for each credit with a grade of C, two hwor pints for each crgdit w i t h a grade of B, and t h e e h o w points for each credit wirh a grade of A. An average of 328 homr points m a be attained for the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the conchding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor points per credit 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79-k 2.1-2.49+ Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent at least two years in residence are eligible for honors. GRADUATE STUDY In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per credit. CURRICULUMS .. The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. The Christkz Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies .Ae student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors DE m b i o d a %e fdImdrq pmgrm &a Ehe rpprozhte PWWw*-haveh~~w~ by wbichast&ntmay r m j o r i n ~ ~ o t ~ h a o p p p h y y , m E n g r i $ h , a r M l q y * T % e s t n b s h o u l d ~ * d o f tbe SeminvJr ad* as early as posible, as v&tbm a c c d h g to the major &sen F*ge;rr. 14ag a8em the r~biceof- course wen in tbe Seminary adviser, Mr. ella and. F r k Christianity ................... 4 Orientation .................... I Hygiene ...................... z Physical Education ............. I English Composition ........... 6 Foreign Language .............. 8 European Civilization ........... 6 or Natural Science, 8 Cr. Sociology ..................... 6 - ' Sophomore Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science ................ or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. ......... Psychology .................... History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. physical Education ............. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . 8 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Humanities or Philosophy . . . . . . . 6 History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hymns of the Church.. . . . . . . . z - 8 8 4 6 1 35 34 Junior 6 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Philosophy or Logic.. . . . . . . . . . . Economics or Education.. . . . . . . . English (for major or minor). . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 4 8 3 6 6 -3 30 The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. Parish and Missionary Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and AUG~BURG COLLEGE 48 as parish -workers. The ~0.w is so arranged that the student will, upon its s a d a c b r p ~ndr&n, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificae indicating &t he is a qualified parish worker. Parish work a,dviser, Mr. Stensvaag. The -sugg&d sebedule p r o d m .for a minor in Cbcistiaaity, .andmakes it p d l e to plan for smajor in History or En&& It 'would also be &Me to pian ,fora ~ j q i rn i n t y with a .~GUQT in some otber -ad T. h e coww eaenria for &e &of theJ?arishWorker's G r t & c a t e are iIkFlic9wd in &e.ou.tIine bbw. Freshman Sophomore Chzistianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Survey of European Civilization . General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy and Physiology.. 6 6 4 4 Elementary Tyfiezun'ting . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . - 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology . . . . . . . . . -3 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Electives A 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise. . . . . . . Principles of Christian Education. The Chistian Churches.. . . . . . . . The Lutheran Church.. . . . . . . . . . Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child Welfare or The Family. . Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 32 Senior Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . z Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Educational Psyclmlogy . . . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church. . z Fundamentals of Journalism.. . . . . 3 Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Crime and Society or Introduction to Social Work.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Office Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the head of the Department of Education for admission'to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qual&cations. In addition to. departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and commercial education. Sophomore Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . . . . . . European Civilization . . . . . . . . Foreim Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Educztion . . . . . . . . . Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2 - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . 3 Teachiig in High School. . . . . . . . 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Electives in Major or Minor. . . . . . 1 6 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Observation and P,ractice Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5 Specid Teaching Methods.. . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 32 32 Junior - The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation ' and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . European Civilization or Social Problems . . . . Principles of Accounting Foreign Language . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Junior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 United States History. . . . . . . . . . . 6 Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . 3 Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . 3 Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics. . . . . . . . Introduction to Statistics. . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 8 4 6 _t I 3 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations . 3 Senior Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 . Preparation for teaching commercial subjects in high school requires work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. A description of the course in commercial education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies. Training for secretarial work can be secured by taking the work in the Department of Secretarial Studies together with the proram of general education offered by the college. t Vocations in Home Economics From the vocational point of view, the work .inthe Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for home- CURRICULUMS 51 making, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. The teaching major is described in the catalog under the departmental heading. Medicine Most medical schools require a ,minimurnof three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . - . 4 English Composition . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . 8 College Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 T r i g w e t r y . . . . . . . . . - - . . . - - 4Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Zoology 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I 36 Senior Junior Christianity ................... 4 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Medical German . . . . . , ......... 4 Organic Chemistry . . . , , ... 8 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Christianity ................... 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . ,............ 3 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Chemistry ............. 5 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 36 32 ..... - - Dentistry and Dental Hygiene Preparation for the study of dentistry or of dental hygiene can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission: Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 English Composition ........... 6 European Civilization ........... 6 Inorganic Chemistry ............ 8 College Algebra 4 Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . r Christianity ................... 4 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education ............. I 36 33 ............... - Sophomore - Nursing Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schools have at least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of Nutrition. . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . I Electives ................... F 32 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. First Year Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anztcmy and Physiology.. ...... 4 Bacteriology .................. 4 Chemistry .................... 3 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z - Second Year Sociology ......................3 -3 15 Engineering is a field requiring a great deal of technical preparation. One year of the engineering course will meet the needs of students interested in further study in any field of engineering. A two-year program may be arranged with the Registrar for those preparing for certain engineering fields. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition ............ Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry ........ Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . College Algebra ............... Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hygiene ...................... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore 4 6 6 8 4 4 I t I 36 Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry ................ . 8 or Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 9 8 I 7 32 ' S o d Work For students who plan to enter the field of social work the foly lowing program is suggested. The same program is app'ropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Human Anatomy and Physiology. . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .... American Government . . . . . . : . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 6 I 3 - 32 32 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . Principles of Economics , , ..... , Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . History of Philosophy.. . , ....... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . ....... 4 6 9 6 7 - Christianity ................... Sociology Statistics Electives ...................... I I I1 I 4 ..................... g ......................3 I x6 - Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to recommended courses, minors, and electives. Diaconate A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be:arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. . I1 I rn i = ~ v F i L K ? . * W ' ~ ' S C N Y . ? M ~ Divisional Organization College courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Mr. Stensvaag, Chairman Christianity Philosophy DNISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Mr. Helland, Chairmart; Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Speech, Journalism German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music - SOCIALSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman History, Sociology, Political Science Education, Psychology Economics, Geography Library Science Business Administration, Secretarid Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE DNISIONOF THE I NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education I rn Mr. Nash, Chairman COURSES OF STUDY Starred Courses are not offered in 1gfo-19g I I Division of Religion and Philosophy Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The relate himself to Christ student is challenged to accept chis point of view-to as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make a consistent use of a11 hi talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian .personality dedicated to the realization of W s kingdom on earth. Department of Cluistianity The courses in Christianity are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare hi for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement. Major, 28 credits; Minor, 22 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor. BOOK STUDIESw THE BIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the snidy of one of the Gospels and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. I, 2. CHURCHHISTORY. I. r Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for .the purpose of developing a mare intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. CHRISTIANETHICS. 11. 2 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 4. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen hnds. 5. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.11. z Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and parochial school teaching. 6. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. 11. See Coarse ro under the Department of Music. z Cr. ORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY. I. See Course 23 under Education. I 10. 23. Cr. Senior Cdlege Courses COMPARATIVE RELIGION.I, 11. 4 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten o r twelve of the great non-Christian religicm of the world. 5 I, 52. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES. I. 2 Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, 53. doctrinal position, and practices of the various 'branches of the Christian Church. THE LUTHERANCHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 54. 55. GIIEATMEN AND WOMEN OF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH. I. 2 Cr. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until rhe present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. ~ O B L E M SM CHRISTIANLIVING. 11. 2 Cr. A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 56. PARISHWORK. I. 2 Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. I t ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures will be supplemented by actual field work. 57. 58. YOUTH WORK IN TIIE CHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 59, 60. ADVANCED BIBLE. I, 11. 4 Cr. A careful study, especially from the point of view of religious content, of a number of Biblical books and passages representative of the various types of literature contained in the Old and New Testaments. n. z Cr. 62. CHRISTIANSTEWARDSH~.* The evangelical view that all of life is sacred and is to be used to the glory of God is presented on the basis of Biblical passages and specific examples in literature and contemporary life. Special attention is given to the consecration of material possessions to che Kingdom of God. Department of Philowphy The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the systems of thought developed by the great thinkers, t o create an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 41, 42, 5 3 , 60 .are required for the major. Courses 41, 42 are required for the minor. Jzcnim College Coarses CHRISTIAN ETHICS. IT. 2 cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. Same as Christianity 4. 4. THE HUMANITIES IN WESTERNCIVILIZATION. I, II. 6 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of Western thought as reflected in outstanding works in the fields of phibsophy, literature, political and social thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences. I 5 , I 6. 41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 6 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the modem period. * Not offered in 1950-1951. RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Senior College Courses 11, 52. C O M P A R ARELIGION. ~ I, 11. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. Same as Christianity 11, 12. 53. LOGIC. I. 3 cr. A study of the conditions, forms, and principles of logical thought. Problems of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to human experience and conduct. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 41 or 42. 11. 3 c~ A survey of recent philosophical emphases and ,their expressions in the various 56. areas of life in modem culture. PLATO.Prereq. 41. II. 3 Cr. careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including selected portions of the Replblic. 5 8. A 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. H. 3 Cr. The spirit and substance of art and the art experience i n their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. 61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. I @ * Not offered in 1950-1951. Division of the Humanities The Division of the Humanities seeks to pass on to the coming generation a knowledge and interest in the field of rhe human cultural inheritance of the ages, and to give to each student the development that comes from finding hi place within this culture. The Division seeks t o promote the knowledge of these treasures of mankind, in language, literature, and ,the fine arts, and to connect their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life. Department of Ancient Languages The courses in the classical languages aim to train the student to master forms and syntax, to acquire some facility in translation, and to get some insight into clasical culture and its bearing ,upon the present. Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the understanding of historical documents and scientific terms. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 oredits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the Christianity requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor. 1-2. ELEMENTSOF NEWTESTAMENT GREEK. I, 11. 8 Ct. Text: Essentials of New Testament Greek, Huddilston. I John and the Gospel according to John I-X. Open to Junior College students. Senior College Cowrses MARK,AND ACTS I-=.* I, 11. 8 Cr, Careful readiig and analysis. Grammar reviewed, and special attention given to forms. 5 I, 5 2 . LUKEI-XX AND ROMANS.I, 11. 8 Cr. Special emphasis on syntax and parsing. Collateral readiig and acquaintance with the hitory and paleography of some ancient Greek manuscripts required. 5 3, 54. 'Not offered in 1950-1951. 8 Cr. The elements of the language are studied. Daily exercises in forms and dementary syntax. Senior College Courses JZ. XENOPHON'SANABASIS.*I, 11. Books 1-111 and the grammar are carefully studied. J I, Minor, 24 csredits. BEGINNING LATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar, easy prose, composition. A year's course. 3, 4. CZSARAND CICERO. SO. I, 11. Reading of Cmar's Gallic War and Cicero's Orations. Composition. 1-2. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. Senior College Courses CICEROAND VERGL* Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. 52. Reading of Cicero's Orations and Vergil's Aeneid. Composition. Pmrivate life of the Romans. Survey of Latin literature. 70. TEACHING OF LATIN. Sr. I. I Cr. J I, HEBREW BEGINNER'SCOURSE. 1, TI. See Theological Seminary. 53, ~ 4 . ADVANCED COURSE." I, II. See Theological Seminary. J I, J 2. 6 Cr. 4 Cr. Department of English The English Department a h to ~r&i thc student in the proper usz of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and notctaking and in handling thought materials; to develop r deeper understanding of the fundvnentzl rru~hsand realitia of life revealed in great literature; and ro iatcgrate all these purposes rh.rough the principles of Cbrirtianity. The deparment prepares specifically for graduate study and for the teaching of English in secondary schools. Freshman English, Course 1-2 or 3-4, required of all. * Not offered in 1950-1951. Major: 26 credits above Freshman Englisb, courses 7, 8, and 5 1 to 60. Minor: 17 credits above Freshman English, courses 7, 8, 55, 56, 57, and r credits elective. It is recommended that students who plan to teach English in high school include Courses 5 and 76 and also close correlatives in language, history, and social science. A minor in Speech is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in Literature. I+A. A course designed for students who fall below in their entrance English tests. Drill in elementuy matters of Engliih usage. Five hours a week. Three credits, provided the student improves his work sui3iciently. FRESHMAN ENGLISH. I, U. 6 Cr. For students attaining the required entrance standard. The ~rinciplesof writing and their application. Weekly themes and semester papers. Reading of literary selections. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. 1, 11. 6 Cr. For students who are somewhat above the average in the entrance English tests. Study of p ~ c i p l e sof writing. Written work equal in amount to weekly themes and semester papers. Selected readhgs emphasized. 3-4. COMPO~ITION. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5, 6. ADVANCED Semester I: Fundamentals of grammar and principles of writing. Stress on expository writing. Semester XI: Elements of style; emphasis on narration. Both semesters provide individual projects in chosen fields and also study of selected masterpieces. ENGLISHLITERATURE.SO. I. 3 Cr. A course in English literature emphasizing literary backgrounds and movements together with the study of representative authors and some of their best works. 7. - AMERICANLITERATURE.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in American literature, with an emphasis upon its origin and development, together with particular study of selected writings from a number of authors of influence and distinction. 8. CORRECTIVEWRITING. SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week. Noncredit Caurse. This course offers additional training to upper class students who are found to be belaw in their writing of English in various courses. The purpose is to help them reach the standard required for the college degree. 11. 51. Lhgnarty GUITXQSM.~ Jr. I. 52. MODERNENGLISHr n AMEBIC4N W T D Jt B 11. ~ ~ A study of the more impwtpnt 1;in England and America from abuut I 890, concentcnfing upcm lo& h and notable productions. - AMERICAN POETRY.~ Jr. I. t Cr. The major American poets of the nineteenth century, with a thorough study of selected poems. 53. $4 Stndy of tht C I u d v& i E - I m a u m L Jr- ~WTU~&Y &EW . .e . n. of eighteeprh c e n m n H ~ Wtickivnl,and&&of poeD d assnJr;am" c h ~ -tare in FuqIand, int k P 'Rctam i ~ m~ Ha-5 rbe d~modemmrval.Empb%npon&e&ef 3 The chief poet8 md wasppias of & a- and Victorian p e r i d , O W B ~ ~ n p ~ n , t ~ ~ t ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ n m d i n & t e n e e s & o c t Iive~arid~of&pprifex& 56. THE BRITISHAND AMERICANNOVEL. Prereq. 5 1 or equivalent. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. 57. Sr. L d Sh&spuda plays according to ideas and practices of drama in day d in relation to later critical study and appreciation. ~ 8 ,bo. CEIAUCRR awn MILTQX.Pretcp. 56. Sr. IS. 3 Cr. W y r st+ of T h e 6 n d a c y Tah d Milton's poetry as part of the c d d d d o p m n t of I&&thcs, their peratanent value and influence, and ths m a l i h of tht 72. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I. 76. ENGLISHGRAMMAR. Jr., Sr. 1% IT. z Cr. Designed for those who plan w teach English in high school. 1 Open to sophomores in certain situations. See Cr. Head of English Department. Department of Speech MR. R. E. ANDERSON, MR. LBFEVERE,MR. V. JENSEN The speech department aims to refate &e devehpnmt of tptcch to personality with the purpose of improving the adjustmmz of & indipidud to his environment. I t seeks to develop skill in platform dtpmtment d speech com,position, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Thro~&i m c o w L h e r pretative reading and dramatics an appreciation of puetry imd drama k SO* The department also sponsors an intercollegiate forensic p*ognm d i r h is open to all students. All students are required to earn 3 credits in Speech for graduation. Course I I is designed especially for this requirement. Minor, 16 credits. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH. So. I. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of egective speaking: selecting the subject and determining the purpose, gathering speech materials, organization and delivery of speeches, with emphasis on informative speech. I I. 3 Cr. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. So. 11. A study of narration, description, exposition, and argumentation as they apply I 2. to ~ u b l i cspeech; an introduction t o discussion and debate forms; preparation and delivery of common types of speeches. No credit. CORRECTIVESPEECH.SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week. A course for students who need ad&d t r d p g in order to reach the ~ r o f i c i e n cnecessary ~ for the s u c c e d d p d t ab rbeir college studies as well as for proper adjustment in social aitrutbm w&de of school. 14. INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE. I, II. Open to all students. 1-2 Cr. The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate question for the year. The amount of credit to be given rests with rhe discretion of the debate coach. 21. ORATORY.I. Open to dl strldentk I Cr. ul odghal oration for collegiate oratorical conPreparation and dtlivvy tests. Arrangements to be made witb rbe instructor. 23. Senior Colkge Cowses z Cr. I I, or consent of the department. Jr. I. A study of the principles of argumentation and [the psychology of persuasion; preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches. 61. ARGUMENTATION. Prereq. z Cr. 62. DISCUSSION. Prereq. I I , or consent of the department. Jr. 11. A study of the principles and types of discussion; participation in organized class discussions. DRAMATICS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. The theory of aoting and intqretation is combined with a practical training in play production. Designed for those who may teach dramatics o r coach high school plays. 63, 64. INTERPRETATIVE READING. Jr. II. z Cr. Training in the techniques and mental operations of effective oral reading. 68. STORYTELLING. Jr. TI. I Cr. 66. A study of narration as a form of discourse; app1ica.tion of the principles of description and characterization to preaching and teaching. z Cr. 71, 72. GREATOIUTIONS. Jr., Sr. I, H. z Cr. A study of speech composition through analysis of great orations. Ancient orations are studied durinuring the ,&st semester, modem orations during the second. 75. PHONETICS.Jr., ST. I. z Cr. A study of speech sounds with .reference to their nature and structure; application of the principles of articulation in effective speech practice. 95. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. I % Cr. JOURNALISM MR. N. C. ANDERSON FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to che theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit may be earned. See Courses 4 to 7. I. EDITINGTHE SMALI.PAPER.' 11. 2 Cr. A continuation of Course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and church publications are studied. Participation in work of The Augsburg Echo is required. Alternates with Course 3. 3. FEATUREWRITING FOR PUBLICATION. II. z Cr. The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in various publications. Ability w write good English is a requirement. Alternates with Course 2 . 4, 5. Echo STAFFMEETINGS.I, n. I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augshrg Echo Staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open t o members of G u r s e I. Hour arranged. 6, 7 . Angshrgian S T A MEETIMGS. ~ I, 11. I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meet2. ings. Department of German MR. LANDA,MR. ERMISCH The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is w provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the Not offered in 1950-1951. candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, 24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor. BEGINNINGGERMAN. I, EL 8 Cr. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 1-2. 3-4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY. I, 11. 8 cr. ?This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and offers a brief survey of German literature. 5-6. MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11. Training in the reading of professional articles written in German. 4 Cr. 5 I , 52. GERMANLITERATURE.I, TI. An introduction t o the study of classical German literature. 74. TEACHING OF GERMANICLANGUAGES. Sr. I. 8 Cr. I % Cr. Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a symparhetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples. M i r , 24 credits. 1-2. BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3-4. INTERMEDIAE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 6 Cr. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. H~STORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES.*I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. 16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.' 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 t o the present day, studied against the background of ,$he general conditions in Europe. Senior College Courses LITERATURE: EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. I. 51. MODERNNORWEGIAN A study of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonas Lie, and others. LIERATURE:LATERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. 11. 54. MODERNNORWEGIAN Bjernson and Ibsen are studied especially, through selected works. * Not offered in 195C-1951. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. THE HUMANITES THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Prereq. 3 -4, or six credits in lizera2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. I. 67 The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4,or six credits in litera56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN z Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. 11. The course includes dramas by Bj@rnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. 74. TEACHINGOF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. I % Cr. 5 5. Department of Romance Languages The Romance Language D e p t m e n t aims first, t o train students for graduate study, high school teaching, missionary work, and business positions involving the use of French or Spanish; next, to assist in developing an appreciation of the best in literature and encourage the reading of great i h k s as a use of leisure time; and finally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in students an understanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, culture, and ideals. FRENCH Minor, 24 credits. BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, U. 8 Cr. The course includes che study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 1-2. 3-4. INTERMEDIA= FRENCH. I, n. 8 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, compsition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Smiur College Courses FRENCH LITERATURE.I, n. 4 Cr. The course comprises lectures by the instructor on authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, and readings and reports by rhe students. 5 3-54. FRENCH PHONETICS, CONVERSATION, LVD CUMPOSITION. I, 11. 4 Cr. During the h r semester rhere is a thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, and dictation. During the second semester phonetic drill is replaced by composition. Courses 11-52and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or during .two successive years. 78. TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. 1-52. SURVEY OF I Minor, 24 credits. BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of stories in the Spanish language. 3-4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, TI. 8 Cr. The c m e includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 1-2. Senior College Cmses 5 1-5 2. SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. 4 Cr. I, 11. The course consists of readings and reports, and provides a general survey of well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. 13-54. SPANISH CONYERSATION AND COMPOSITION. I, 11. 4 Cr. Some further study of Spanish grammar is included with special emphasis on developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. Courses 5 1 - 5 2 and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or during two successive pears. Sr. I. 78. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES. 1% Cr. Department of Music This department ogers general instruction to students who are interested primarily in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters, in addition to giving special training to those who wish to become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. The department also affords preparation for those who expect to continue specialized study in the field of music. A graduation major (36 credits) requires completion of the following: Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . .4 Cr. 2. History and Literature of 5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique or Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 3-4. Harmony .............. 4 Cr. 53-54. Choral Technique . . . . .4 Cr. 5-6. Advanced Harmony . . 4 Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. I. Electives, 4 credits from the following: Hymns and Music of 58. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . s Cr. the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 59. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 57. Musical Analpsis . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 60. Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 10. Applied Music (including at least - . .. - . ' .I ' 2 - credits in piano) . . . . . . . . . - 8 Cr. . . -. .. . . .. - - L - - THE HUMANITIES A teaching major (36 credits) requires completion of the following: Far Tnining . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. I. History and Literature of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . . .4 Cr. 2. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . - 4 Cr. 5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique or* 53-54. Choral Technique . . . . - 4Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . -4Cr. Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music.. . . . . . . . . . . . . , 4 Cr. Electives, t credits from the following: 57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . .z Cr. 5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. $9. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Cr. Applied Music (including a t least z credits i n Piano) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CI. One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of all mwic majors. A graduation minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following: I. Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 2. History and Literature of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . . 4 Cr. 57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. Electives, 4 credits from the following: 5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . .4 Cr. Hymns and Music of the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 10. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . t Cr. Applied Music (in which a t least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in either vocal or instrumental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cr. A teaehiig minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following: Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 3-4- Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr5 1-5 z. Instrumental Technique or 5 3 -54. Choral Technique. . . . 4 Cr. 57. Musical Analysis. . . . . . . . . z Cr. I. Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music. . . . . .4 Cr. Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr. * A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes both techniques courses, his work in applied Music, except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technique. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 70 (If the student has registered for h t m e n t a l Tedmiqw, a t least 2 credits i n Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in instrumental music. If he has registered for Choral Technique, at least 2 credits in Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in vocal music.) Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral Club, or the Band. Credits are not offered for less than two complete semesters. One credit per semester is granted to students taking sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, p'iano, or organ. Fees per semester: Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00. Piano rental is $y.oo per semester. Organ rental (entitling the student to use the organ per semester. I hour per day) is $20.00 EAR TRAINING. I. r Cr. A course including the basic fundamentals of music: notation, terminology, scales, intervals, triads, rhythm, and melody. Special attention is given to sight singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and harmonic dictation. I. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. II. 2 Cr. The evolution of ,music from its earliest forms up to the present t e e . The lives of rhe composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature of music, iboth instrumental and choral, is stressed. 2. I, TI. 4 Cr. 3-4. HARMONY. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $ormation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. HARMONY. Prereq. 3-4. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5-6. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course 3-4, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Students should have some knowledge of piano. APPRECUTIONOF MUSIC. I, 11. 4 Cr. A course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's greatest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For students with or wifhout a musical background. 7-8. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. z Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian 10. Church, with special attention to Protestant Hymnody. Designed for the general student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and preseminarians. The course is accepted as fuldling rhe requirement of a course in Christianity. Senior Colkge Colcrses 51-52. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 53-54. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class in~tructionin the fundamentals of voice -as related to singing, preparing the prospective public school 'music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 55-56. C ~ N D U CPrereq. ~ G . I, 3-4. I, II. 4 Cr. A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or 'both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. 57. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. I, 3-4. I. 2 Cr. A detailed study of rhe s t r u c m e and form of ,music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 58. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 3-4, 5. 11. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 59. ORCHESTRATION. Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57. I. A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber groups. 2 Cr. 60. COMPOSITION.Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57, 5 8. 11. r Cr. Composing choral and instrumental music in the various musical forms. Students admitted only upon recommendation of the department. 87. TEACHWG OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 88. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. OfIered as Education 87, 88. JI. = 2 Cr. 2 Cr. CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, 11. 2 Cr. These organizations exist not only #or the benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes t o participate in groups affording the opportunity for musical expression. PIANO. I, 11. 2 Cr. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modern, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One shirty-minute lesson per week. ORGAN.I, 11. 2 Cr. Instruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. VOICE.I, 11. I or 2 Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. Division of the Social Sciences MR. QUANBECK,Cbairmun It is the general purpose of rhe work in this division to improve the studends understanding of human relationships and ,his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in .their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and t o improve the individual's adaptation to Department of History MR. KJLDAHL, MR. KLEVEN, MR. J. E. HANSON The Department of History aims to awaken in the student an intelligent interest in social phenomena, a clear conception of the basic factors in historical development, a critical evaluation of social and political movements, and a sympathetic attitude toward the human elements involved. Furthermore, this department trains the student in the application of social and historical principles to practical life situations. Finally, it affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; 'minor, 21 credits. For teaching, the major and minor must include History 21 and 22. SURVEYOF EUROPEANCNILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up t o the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1-2. This economic as well as the political factors in the development of American ideas and institutions. Prerequisite, six credits in social science. 22. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES(since 1 8 6 5 ) . So. 11. the American people, on their ~oliticalinterests and party organizations, on their cultural development, and on the relations with rhe rest of ,the world. Senior College Colcrses AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 51. THERENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, ~olitical,cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval .to modern civilization and culture. 52. HISTORY OF ENGLAND UP TO 1776.Prereq. 1-2. Jr. factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. 11. THE SOCIJU SCIENCES HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN A survey course with emphasis upon colonial administration, the age of revolution, and the twentieth century. EUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.' 54. EASTERN The history of eastern Europe with emphasis on the development of Russia. HSTORY OF THE UN-ITEDSTATES.Prereq. History 2 I and 55. CON~WPORARY 2 2 . Jr., Sr. 1 . A history of the United States from the Spanish-American War to the present, including considerztior of domestic and international policies, and cultural and economic development. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. Prereq. U. S. Hist. or Am. Gov. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. 61, 62. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Political and military history is subordinated to the study of the cultural aspects of ancient civilization. The student is introduced to the pmblems and methods of the several fields of archmlogical investigation. 71-72. NINETEENTHCENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. A study of international relations as dected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War II. I War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation. I Department of Political Science MR. KLEVEN Minor, 15 credits. I, II. 41-42. PRINCIPLESOF AMERICANGOVERNMENT. Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federal, state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular control of government, political parties, governmental functions. Senior Colkge Cmrses PARTIES OF THE UNITEDSTATES. Prereq. Political Science 41-42; 53. POLITICAL or, United States History. Jr., Sr. I. A review af American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. OF POLI~CAL THEORY. Prereq. Political Science 41-42; or, United 54. HISTORY 56. AMERICAN DIPLOMATICHISTORY. 'I. See course 56 under History. 86. TEACHING OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 3 Cr. I % Cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41 -42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have rhe further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services. Sociology major, 24 semester credits including Sociology I. (Supporting hours in other social studies subjects t o be approved by rhe Sociology Deparment). Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed in History Department. Sociology minor, 15 semester credits including Sociology I. Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of sociology, economics, and political science. History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology or Social Science. Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the Sociology Department. I. IN. SOCIOLOGY. A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. PRINCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. Offered both semesters. A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change. 3 Cr. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11. 2. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems together with an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of these processes and adjustment problems. I. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. A smdy of geographical factors influencing social institutions. 16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.*n. 3 Cr. See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 I. INTERCULTURAL RELATIONSAND MINORITYPROBLEMS.Prereq. Soc. I. So. I. 3 Cr. Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes and consequences cif race and group prejudice, mechanism and pmblems of group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. 22. SOCIOL~GY OF RURAI.LIFE Prereq. Soc. I. SO. TI. 3 Cr. Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community, and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis is placed on the dynamics of change. 14. Senior CoLLege Cotwses Prereq. Psy. I, 2 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 5 I . SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, ,the development of ,personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social conflicts, and social control. 3 Cr. 53. THE FAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr. Sr. I. A study of the ,history and function of the family as a basic institution, the influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization, and disorganization. OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 54. SOCIOLOGY Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. WELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I, Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 55. CHILD A study of rhe factors in our civilization which affect the physical, mental, and spiritual development of children. Topics stressed are changing concepts of prablems, laws pertaining to children, private and public agencies dealing with children. 56. ,LABORAND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.TI. 3 Cr. See Course 56 in Department of Business Administratio~. . Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. $ 8 . CRIME AND S o c ~ n Prereq. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. TO SOCIALWorn. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 59. INTRODUCTION An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 86. TEACHWGOF SOCIALS ~ D E S Sr. . I. I % Cr. *Not offered in 1950-1951. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Department of Psychology and Education MR. QUANBECK, MR. URDM-IL, MISS MORTENSEN, MR. TORSTENSON, MR. BERTNESS The work in general psychology is planned for all students and intended to improve their understanding of human nature. The courses i n education are intended primarily f o t those preparing to do high school teaching. Attention is given to problems of the learner, to philosophy of education, uld to methods and materials of instruction. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate f o r further study in the field of education. In addition to the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required t o have four semester hours in general psychology. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved by a committee on teacher education. Application must be made during rhe sophomore year or, at rhe latest, early in the first semester of the junior year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality ratings, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major and 1.0 ratio for the overall average. ORIENTATION ORIENTATION. Required. Fr. I. I Cr. Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and preparation, and development of personality. I. PSYCHOLOGY _ IN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. z Cr. An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. SO. I. z Cr. An introductory study of human behavior and its basic physiological mechanisms in the nervous system, followed by a psychological interpretation of emotion, motivation, habit, attention, perception, memory, imagination, thought, and intelligence. I. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. SO. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the roots and formative factors in developing personality, the more common conflicts and maladjustments, and principles of mental hygiene. Special attention to individual interests in applied and personal psychology. 2. I w I THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Senior College Cowrses SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. See Course 5 I in Sociology. 5 I. their name, caases, prevention, and present treatment. EDUCATION 23. LABORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY.m e r e d both semesters. tianiry 6, 57, and 5 8 ; Physical Education 6 . I I, r 3, 14,and 5 2 ; %&hgy Z, 5 I , and 59; and Home Economics 36. The n a m e of the experience will vary with the course with which it is m c i a t e d , md may include such activities as reaching, sapervising recreation, and advising clubs. Tbe cooperation of the agmcia involved is necessary, wish reporcs from cbe supervisor and the studenc to the reacher of the course with which rhe work is connected. g5 , Senior Colkge Cmses pects of the psychology of adolescence with its application to education. TEACHING m- HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. g ~ Jr. . 11. Teaching procedures and class man2gement. Includes a study of the secondary school in relation to r h e nsds of pouth. 73. I 55. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11. The guidance function of the classroom teacher. The home room and extracurricular activities as instruments for guidance. AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 58. HISTORY The course traces the development of modem education with special reference to the underlying philosophy. Special Teacbing Metbods The special methods courses include the srudy of the materials, organization, and teading pmedtues of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of =aching u e made in h e specific field. Usually, each student is required to t&e two of c b a coum:s to prepare for student teaching. Thii means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education 53. In special situations, a student may be permitted to register for more than these courses. I 54 hours of credit in certain of TEACHINGOF LAT~N.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. I % Cr. TEACHING OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. I Cr. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. 154 Cr. TEACHINGOF NATUAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. I 54-3 Cr. TEACHINGOF COMMERCE.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. 2 Cr. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. 11. z Cr. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. TEACHINGOF HEALTHAND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. 95. TEACHINGOF SPEECH.Sr. I. I % Cr. 96. OBSERVATION AND STUDENTTEACHING. Prereq. Educ. 51, 5 3 . Sr. I. 4 to 5 Cr. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 70. 72. 74. The following courses prepare the student to meet zhe state requirements for endorsement for the position of part-time librarian. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a small school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. C N I L D ~ -LITERATVRE. 'S Jr., Sr. I. r Cr. A coarse in evaluating historic and modern types of literature for children in relation w their developing castes and needs and with regard to the educational responsibilities of parents, teachers, librarians, and guidance workers. Open to sophomores by arrangement. 5 I. ADOLESCENT LITERATURE. Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. A continuation of Course $1. It includes a study of the construction and content of representative junior and senior high school reading programs. Course 5 I recommended but not required as a prerequisite. 52. 6 Cr. L~RAKYCOURSE FOR T~CHFX-LIBRARL+.UP Jr., Sr. 1, 11. The basic subjects of I i b r ~ r yscience: ~Iassjfrcation.caralo3ing, reference books, g j , 14. library adrninisrrarion. and h l r selection for school libraries. Lectures, class Iabcntor). work, rssigned duties in the library, and occasional visits ro school libraries. Each student does 30 hours of practice work in rhe college library during the second semester. * Not offered in 195G1951. Department of Business Admidstration and Economics and Secretarial Studies The objeclive of this depxment is ro help students g& a broad knowledge and sound perspective of busin- m d o w ecanomic society. Such knowledge and pspcccive is nefessaq for success in speczc positioab in oar complex business vorld arrd &odd provide the background to facilitate adpnncement, with experience, to p i c i o n s of responsibility. A degree with a W i n m s major is a common reqajsemmt of b i n c s s firms and government agencies. Thc department gives a general background in economics; rogether with secretarid studies, ir provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepam for graduate work in business and economics. Major, 36 credits; courses required are 1-2, 4, 15-16, 51, 53, 54, 55, 56, 59, 62. Also required are Speech I I and History 2 1 and 22. Minor, 21 credits; courses required are 1-2,4, 15-16and six credits in Senior College courses. PR~~CIPLES OF A C C O ~ Fr. G I, . TI. 6 Cr. An inzmduction to the ptinciph of accounting and their application to the 1-2. single proprietorship, parmenhip, and corporate f o m of business; preparation and analysis of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording tmsiness transactions; and nn introduction to rnanufacmring and cast acwunchg. h o n u c n o u TO S~~mncs. Fr., So. II. A smdy of rlrc colledoa, presenration, anal&, 3 Gand interpreration of smtistical data. It inclndes a s d y of the measares of central tendency, time. series, tabaIation, graphic representation, and rbe application of these statistical techniques to various types of data. 4. 6 Cr. honvcno~ TO ECONOMICS. SO., Jr,, Sr. I, TI. A t d y of the social arganization of our ewmmy, the pIace of money, value, and prices, the diseriha'on of wenlth, dternative economic systems, and cansumer problems. The objective is to help the student appreciare the eomplaities of our economy, the ecunoraic problems o f our times, and h place in the sygtem. T h i s course is for non-businm maiors taking no other manes in economics and business ur o d p a limited number. G u m 7 may be t a k a alone, or 7. 8 together. T h i s unuse d m not satisfy the prerequisite requirements for advanced busines md economic^ courses. A snrdent may not receive credit in both 7, 8 and rj-16. 7, 8 . ~ P U OF % S FXONDWCP.SO. 1, II* 6 Ct A smdy of &E social orgmization af our economy, fiscal and mmetnry policies, uahe, prices, the distribahn of wealth, md alternative m d c syst e m s . T h e objecri~eis ro Help rhe student to d d o p the abitity ta d y z e e w n m " c h e s ns &ey arise in bis p c r d and vocationa1 a c t i V i t i ~ smd in pubIic life. This course ie far Bmines majors and is designed to be a background for pmfessbnal buskm study and practice, A student may not receivt credit in both 7, 8 and rr-16. IS - T ~ . ~ Senior College Courses .. m m u m a h p r & d d p in regard m con-, sakk, and aagaisbÂ£e hmcaln. ~ n i m i s m p w ~ w d l e I ~ i a s r w d pro'- cedures important in business. j Cr. G . P-, 1-2, 4, XI-16. Jrr Sr. L A ~ a f t b s ~ m l * h a a d ~ o f inaUrournwtlP*, r ~ f inchding mnrk&ng ftmcdm nnd wmeio* pn inv#cig5tiom af *-d- ST. i n g ~ ~ u e s i n t h e ~ e t i n g ~ o f ~ a n d p n a n m ; n a t ; o n o f ~ is fo of &&tg qtipim aw -p. The: d imp* g i P e t h t s t r a d m t a u a a P l ~ ~ f w ~ ~ i I ~ t i ~ d P I s government legislation. 5 6. L ~ O AND R ~ A G E M E N TRELATIONS.Prereq. 7 or I 5-16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 cr. Aatnd70f mpengemept,of U , a f ddrrtktkmLpndaf d d r d b y : ~ i d v k h l l p d Thcobjectiveiarnpictmetbt k ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ d t h e g e g p o u ~ i n o u r e c u n m y P n d t 9 i n ~ t of a&iedng h p pad &etEirenes of the whole tho& educatbm otrd government control. Atwmuzu A c ~ ~ ~Prereq. w G r-2, 4, rg-r3. &. L 3 cr. p u q e of tbis c o w is tn prapide s a a l y a ewmtitig PPebniqtlw wh;cb d lmnble the d m t ar inrcrprer -id .dam, and to %mint rhe d t with wt accmmtbg principleb aud paaotmtter. P-tb a d +Pntysia of h d d sazcmmts, comparative s t a m - aad statements s b w b g the -tian aP workbag upid: a d prweedhgs in $b-oder d &d cast59. The ing are stressed. P&a m bmnax~. Fsereq. r-a, 4, IS-xb, r9. Jr-, St II. 3 Ct. ~stud~afthehcvnrious~4f~Pies~~ia~Coasidera .dam~~iponindhfnMmandcxternnl~ktth~~chptT~ee &tingtktcpdcesd=cutiriek T n & d e d b r ~ 3 t f i t ~ ~ e s d g m & gopen&# tbe d* of &andint S C a ~ O nnd -tin& data of w w h & have b â¬ o m & d as jnvesrment *&aa 62. ~ T O P B ForSdot.binBukmodF.Sr.T,II. ~ S . 6 Cr. Aze6mobbnainesspacdoed~inour~,ph&gattt tae a p p b t i e s fm idvidtd d i a v a r , f a b y an &gkd m*&b y d - m d e n z in wbieh he pn h + & m af of om. Tbc gro+ m y fs 7% + be in-anyk i m s Md; for a m p k acmmrin& market research, economic analysis. mvwumanr, felfing, These courses aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of commercial education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. A major may be obtained in commercial education by completing a minimum of 36 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 5 I, 52. 53-54,Business Administration 1-2, 7, 8, 53, and one other Senior College Course, and Education 82. A minor may be obtained by completing a minimum of 24 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 51, 52, 53-54,Business Administration 1-2 or 7, 8, and Education 82. I,2. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITZNG. I, 11. 4 Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Five hours per week. 3-4. ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, IL. 4 Cr. Training in the fundamentals of Gregg shorthand. Practice in simple dictation. Four hours per week. 6. OFFICE TRAINING. Brereq. I, 2, 3-4. 11. 2 Cr. Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the mimeograph and other types of duplicators. Instruction in fling and the keeping of simple office records. Two hours per week. Senior Colkge Cmrses ADVANCED TYPEWRITING. I, 11. 5 I, 5 2. 4 Cr. Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the ,typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to students having attained a speed of 35 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 3-54. ADVANCED SHORTHAND. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of ,the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to studenu who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe a t a high degree of accuracy. Four hours per week. 82. TEACHING OF COMMERCE.Sr. I. 1% Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Non-teaching major, 33 credits plus one course from the Senior College Courses. Required courses are I,2, 3, 7, 41,42, 44, 52, 57, 66, 68, 71,72. Graduation minor, I 8 credits including courses I,3, 7, 41,and 42 or 44 or 7 I. Teaching major, 39 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 76. Also required are Chemistry I or 5-6, Physics z, Economics 7, Sociology I, and Biology z and 54. Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech, Social Science or Physical Education. Consult a member of the home economics faculty for course plans. CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I. I. A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty i n design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics suitable f o r difleren.t uses are topics considered. 11. CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. z. z Cr. Thii course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3cr 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as i t is met in the activities of everyday living. Open t o all students. ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION. I. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 7. EXPERIENCEM GROUPA c m n . 23. LABORATORY See course 23 under Education. I Cr. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, 33. and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS.I. 2 Cr. Lzboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. Prereq. 7 or per41. PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATIONAND MANAGEMENT. 3 Cr. mission of instructor. I. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week. 42. THEHOME.TI. 3 Cr. A course applying principles of cultural living t o everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. I C THE SOCIALSCIENCES 83 Senior Colkge Courses ~ N ~ - n A E MANAGEMENT. ~ Prereq. 41. 11. 3 Cr. 52. h ~ m FOOD C&~timuatiDn of 4 began in Economics 41 with emphasis on time and w t . T h e aoabk laboratory periods a week. 57. TEXTILES. I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and G i h e s with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. II. 2 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. ffw W C AXD FI ~ B X I S R ~ GII. . 3 crinch& a comithtiun d housing, pn a d + of f b r +, a study of the d e b of meriors'and hte&rs, and pmblw m sefEGtina amu&n$. and om bane ~ ~ g Hame s . 3 preteqate for harm! E b c s E d u e a h mrrpra. 9 h c doubIe Wwawrp periods per 66. Th mme ~~ w ~ k 68. HOMENURSING. 11. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating t o environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT LECTURES.I. 2 Cr. C o n b i k t h n of proMmm relating to planning, directing, guiding, and com&natbg Ebe regotrrces of the home for happy, satisfying family living. Two lectote prim3 per we& 72. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. 2 Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Given in summer. Cost to be determined by the group. 73. CONSUMEREDUCATION AND INCOME MANAGEMENT.I. 3 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will 'be w n sidered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 76. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. This course provides lzboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also given. Two 3-hour laboratory hours per week. OF HOME ECONOMICS.Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics 91. TEACHMG and Education 53. Sr. I. z Cr. . Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics It is the purpose of tbe division of hratural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; ro interprer N z m r d Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student w i d f h e significance of Natural Science in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific 'background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology MR. NASH,MR. URDAHL, MR. MJLLER,MISS HOLMAN ' The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, t o further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses I and 2 satisfy the one-year requirement in Natural Science, but do not count toward a major in Biology or in Natural Science. GENERALBIOLOGY.Fr. I. 4 Cr. A smdy of biological principles. A survq- is made of the animal and plant kingdom with emphasis on morp~oIogp,physiology, adapration, and heredity 2s applied to type organisms. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. I. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. II. 4 Cr. A short course dealing with the anatomy, physiology, causes of disease, and maladjustment, hygiene, and heredity of man. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 2. z N. ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and p;hysiology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. ~ i I, . a. 8 Cr. survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and production of type animals. Biological principles re emphasized. Two lectures and rwo double laboratory periods per week. 3-4. GENERALZOOLOGY. 5-6. GEXERAL BOTANY.SO. Jr. 1, E. 8 Cr. This is a study of the morphoIogy and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe p l a t kingdom. Emphsis is also placed on ,botanical principles. Flowering planu are identified in rbc spring. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Senior College Courses 4 Cr. GENETICS.'Prereq. I and 2 , 3-4, or 5-6. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is 5 I. placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 Cr. ECOLOGY.*Prereq. 3-4 or 5-6. So., Jr. 11. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general prin- 5 2. ciples of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory period or field trip per week. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 3-4. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 53. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II. 4 Cr. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prereq. Chem. I . I. 4 Cr. 54 N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.'Prereq. 5-6. Sr. I. Taxonomy of flowering ~ l a n t s .Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of class%cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 5 5. 59. BIOLOGIC~~L LITERATURE. Jr., Sr. I. I Cr. A review of recent biological literature. One class conference per week. Open to students who major in Biology. TECHNIQUES. Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 60. BIOLOGICAL Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. OF NATURALSCLENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. 80. TEACHING The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary schools. Department of Physical Sciences MR. REMENESKI, MR. BOARDMAN, MR. ALDRE, MR LINDQUIST, MR. ROTH The courses o6ered provide fundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientific approach. Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the natural sciences in secondary schools. Tbe courses in Chemistry will prepare * Not offered in 1950-1951. him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields. The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied Mathematics. CHEMISTRY Major in Chemistry, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. I. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course involving the study of the laws of Chemistry, metals, non-metals, and organic compounds. N. CHEMISTRYFOR NURSES. I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. I CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. 5-6. GENERALINORGANIC A study of laws and theories of Chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Senior College Courses 4 Cr. 51. QUALITATWEANALYSIS.Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. Laboratory work in macro and semi-micro qualitative analysis. Lectures; theories of solution and ionization, ionic equilibria, precipitation, dissolution of precipitates. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 5 Cr. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric Introductory course in and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours of laboratory per week. 52. 8-10 Cr. 53-54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.* Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 51 and 52, and Physics 5 Cr. 5 and 6. Sr. 11. An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 55. PHYSICS PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light and electricity. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 2. So. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-,hour laboratory period per week. 2. * Not offered in 1950-1951. THE NATURALSCIENCES 87 . GENERALP H Y ~ P -,. P k y d 5. So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continnstion of Gn. Plxp. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Tlrrw Iectnxep. one qnia, a d one two-hour laboratory period per week. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Gen. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or con4 Cr. current registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 5 I. 52. LIGHT. Prereq. Gen. Phys. 5 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. II. 4 Cr. A n advanced course in the study of geometrical and physical optics. Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 80. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Science Major for Tcaching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either I I and 5z or 53-54;Biology 3-4 and 5-6;Physics 5 and 6. D-ent of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them eficient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 27 credits; minor, zo credits. Courses A, B, 5, and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. 4 Cr. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I. Fundamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. A. B. S a m GEOMBTBY.Pareg. Plane &&way. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. Axes and volume formulas developed. Gatmm &ie.d to dids and Spherical trbgIes a d &pm introduced. I. COLLEGEA L G Bfmq, ~ A. Fr. I. 4 Cr. omof Algebra. Study in radicals, quadraReview of the -f -ts, theory of equations, permutations, tics, the binomial &acombinations, ~ r o b a b i l i t ~complex , members, series, and partial fractions. TRIGONOMETRY. Prereq. A. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. The right and oblique triangle. Formulas containing the trigonometric functions developed and applications made. Logarithms and De Moivre's Theorem. 2. 4 Cr. ANALYTICGEOMETRY. Prereq. I and 2. Soph. I. 'I'he straight line, conics, and higher plane curves are studied analytically. Their equations are developed using rectangular and p l a r coordinate axes. 3. 4 Cr. DIPFERENTIAL CALCULUS. Prereq. B and 3. So. IJ. Concepts of constants, variables, limits, and inhitesimals are introduced. The derivative is d e h e d and its application made. 4. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. Math. B. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 ,do not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. 5. 6. ENGINEERINGDRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY. Prereq. 5 and Math. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. B. 11. Senior Colkge Cwrses 51. INTEGRAL CALCULUS. ,Prereq. 4. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Integration by inspection and by use of formulas developed in class. Applications to insure mastery and to give full view of the field. DIPFERENTIAZ. EQUATIONS. Prereq. 5 I. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. DSerential equations defined and formed. Solutions found for various )vpes, such as: first order, &st and higher degree, linear equation with constant or variable coeficients. Singular solutions and Clairant's equations. 5 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. Prereq. 3. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 84. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. I Cr. Dqartment of Health and Physical Education MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MRS. KIEFER, MR. FOSLIEN The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship through the intramural and intercollegiate sports program, ,to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. A course in personal hygiene is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. Two years of physical activities, courses 3a, gb and 4a, qb, are required of all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or minor. ad Mino* Requirements: Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, 4b. 5, 6, 11, 12, 27, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 58, 62, 84. Major for women, 30 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84. Minor, 21 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 11, 12, 51, 53, 62, and 94 for men; 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, 62, and 94 for women. Biology I, 2; Psychology I, 2; and Education 5 I, 53, 55, 58, and 96 should be included for a teaching major in physical education. Major 2. HYGIENE. Required of all freshmen. Fr. I or 11. Personal and community hygiene. 3a, 3b. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr. I, 11. 2 Cr. I Cr. I G. qa, 4b. PHYSIC~L A C T I V I ~ S(Men). . Fr. I, 11. Touch football, soccer, speedball, volley ball, table tennis, handball, basketball, tumbling, apparatus, badminton, softball, and horseshoe. 3a, ~ b . PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, II. I Cr. I Cr. qa, 4b. PHYSIC= A C T I V I ~ S(Women). . Fr. I, 11. Posture and correction, basketball, field hockey, softball, volleyball, stunts and tumbling, and selected recreational sports. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E ~ R E A ~ OFr. N .I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school system. 5. RECREATIOXAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. 11. I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet game, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modzed gama. 6. I I. TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of rechnique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speed- ball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, sof~ball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf. 12. SO. I, 11. 4 Cr. 13, 14. T m SPORTSFC)R WOMEN. Theory and practice in the m & g and officiating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 17. SELF-TESTINGACTIVITIES. (Women). So. I. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. 27. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology I, 2. So. I. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. 29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I. basketball, baseball, and track. Senior ColZege Courses PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTEDPHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. Biol. I, 2 , and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. I. 5 I. SELF-TESTING Theory and practice in teaching, individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. 52. FUNDAMENTAL MOVEMENTS.Jr. II. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women. 5 0. ims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. COACHINGOF SPORTS:BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. 11. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. Sr. I. 55. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 58. FIRSTAm. Jr. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. 62. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH AND QHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. 54. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. 11. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. 85. COMMUNITY RECREATION. Jr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational 84. Augsburg Theological Seminary Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It ogers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both rhmretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated t o the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. GENE= REQUIREMENTS Aclmkion The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal a r s college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek German, or Latin, or Norwegian Philosophy 2 years t years year I In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. In order that students mag derive the greamt pssible advancage from their theological studies, it Is recornmendud that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling rrquiremenw as to a major and z minor, in addition to the subjects indicated aborc, include as many as possible of the foIIowine: English Speech Psychology History Natural Science Sociology, or Economics Typewriting 2 I I 2 I I I years year year years year year year All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a goo academic record in their preparatory studies in college. Applications for Admission Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: I. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, spiritual experience, and doctrinal convictions. ' 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents must be i n the hands of the Secretary of the Seminaq Faculty before July &st. The Committee on Admissions consists of t h e Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first. year of study is always considered a probationary year. Transfer of Gedits and Advanced Standing Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their srudies are to be pursued under doe dircztion of the Theological Faculty. Any arrangemenr ro rake 2 p2rr of rhe the&gical course a t another serninzry must have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty a t Augsburg. Advanced standing is giantPd in certain instances, as when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher theological seminaries of recognized standing. Seminary srudears pap no tuition. They do, however, pay t h e regular student activity fee and a genergl Seminuy fee of tm dollnrs per semester. Seminary students living in the dormitory rece;vc a special grant to cover the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See page 20. Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of Icct-ures m d study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are gaduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits; including a seminar course in each of rhe following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.1 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of ~racticalChristian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,ooo wvrds in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject mast be submitted for faculry approval before November I and the thesis must be completed by May I of t h e Senior year. 6. A comprphensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Tesmment, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the thud week of Much. Written and oral examination sermons. Students w b complete &e required number of credits for graduation witb an Honor pint ratio of 1.0 (C average) uld the six m o n t h of practical ~ r vice, bur who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admibn, or who have not attained ul honor point ratio of 1.5 in their strrdies, are gtadmted with the degree of Graduate in Theologp. Practical Christian Service of Aeol~gicdstady kt t h e Seminuq a c h stuIn addition w the three dent i requimd to spend six m n t h in prrctieal Chrigtian s f i c e , as appoinred urd supervised by ,the Commitre on Service. This work i doae dduriag the summer vacarions between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary come. T h e Seminary studenrs are also encau~gedto engage in a Iimited amount of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Practical Service. COURSES O F STUDY Theological Orientation Cmses Jumior Year THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief I. source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of ,the hiitarical origin of the Biblical writings. 2 Cr. 3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from the great classics of Christian devotion are studied. I Cr. 4. THEOLOGICAL P R O P A ~ ~A Csurvey . of the main divisions of Christian Theology; their subdivbiom; heir relation to the entire field of Theology and to the whole realm of h w m ~howledge. I Cr. 5 . INTRODUCTTONTO DOGMATICS.A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of I Cr. Luther. THE THREE-YEAR CYCLE OF COURSES Old Testament 10. SURVEY,OF OLD TESTAMENTLITERATURE.A general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament 2 Cr. Canon and text. AND ~ ~ E T H O D S . A study of selected problems of history and 11. PROBLEMS interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with 2 Cr. an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism. 12. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the 3 Cr. books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. 13. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the his3 Cr. torical books are studied. 14. THEPROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. 3 Cr. I 7. THEPROPELETJEREMIAH. Alternates with 16. A study of the political, mord, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's persnnal character, his Messianic hope, and to h i portrayal of the 2 Cr. struggle for spiritual freedom. 16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL. Alternates with 15. A study of the Babylonian 2 Cr. Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God. 17. PSALMS. The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of 3 Cr. Psalms. 18. THEB ~ OFK JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems in l i e . 2 Cr. 19. PO~T-EXIIJC LITERATURE. Alternates with 18. A m r s e in the literature, history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile periods from Ezekiel to the New Testament times. 2 Cr. New Testament MR.HELLAND 20. SURVEY OP NEW T E S T ~ E N LITERATURE. T A n historicd in~rsigation of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the hrcw Testament. History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special, artention to chose baoks not treated in other courses. 3 Cc. 21. T ~ T U ACRITICISM L or THE NET TESTAMENT.An introduction t o *he principles of texrnal cririckm. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by studies in specific seiecrions from the New Testament books. I Cr. 22. EXEGESIS OF GALATIANS. The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to 3 Cr. the basic problems of the authenticity of the New Testament records. 23. X N ~ R E T A T I O K OF hriARfi AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry of Jesus based on Mark as our oldssr murce, with suppicmentary passages horn Lvke. The origin and grow& of rhe Synopdc tradition; the literary relation of &e h t three Gaspels, an anernpt to hnd a satisfactorg solurion of the Synoptic Problem, 3 Cr. 24. INTERPRETATION OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and uansmission. The rela~onof Matthew's !&pel w ,the Old Testament, aad irs presentation of Jesus' person, ministry, hand wching to the Jewish mind. 3 Cs. 2 5 . INTERPKETATION OF JOHN. A stlppIementary srudy af the life of Christ, with special reference to the dcvelopmenr of faith and unbelief, the Person of 3 Cr. &st, and the advanced spiritual teachkgs of rhe Fourth Gospel. 26. T H E JEWISH SECTION OF THE EARL\- C I * P . I S ~CIIURC~~. A study of Acts, Chapters r-12, showing the development of the Early Church on Pdestiniul soil. This will be followed by a m d y of the Epifcle to he Hebrews and tbe Epistle of James as literature wrirtcn especiaUy for Jewish Chxisrians. Several paprs are required. j Cr. 27. THE L n d AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acrs, Chspters 13-28, as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in their historical sequence, as a part of his minisrry. Several papers are required. 3 Cr. 2 8 . I~~ERPETATIQN OF ROMANS.T h e purpose of the course is to gain a compteh&ve view of tbe Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the fundamental Christian doct-trinal system set forth in this Epistle. 2 Cr. OF ~ H E I ~ L A X S . In the smdy o f Ephesians special em29. 'I~RPRETATIOX phasis is laid upon the place o f the universal Christian Church as rhe Body of Christ and t b e spiritual goal of history. Alrernates wicb 30. 2 Cr. 30. T m Fmsr EPISTLEOF PETER.The Epish of the Chr;stim hope. It contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of Cluiir, the nevr b i d , redempion by the brood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a difEerent approach to &we cardinal truths. Altcrnat- wirh 29. 2 Cr, 31. INTERPRETATION OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literas Cr. ture. Church ,History 40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. Tlte H i s ~ t of y the G k c i a n t%u& &om tbF Apostolic Age to the time of G ~ s r tghe h a t {jao). 7 % ofgad%& ~ btrine, government, and worship of zhe E d y C h d ; tbe M d S of h m b ism in the Roman Empire, and tbe dea d rha hpq- 7 h wms~ % t g h dtb a brief survey of the Book of Acts. 4 Cr. 42. TEIB mmr of Chri#id&y OF TI-IB MIDDLEA.GES. A general survey of the develop- ia Wetern Europe from ggo to the period of the Protes- tant & d o u n a t h ~The w m includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. 3 Cr. 43. THEREFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman Catholic Counter-Reformation. 3 Cr. This course covers the period 44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFO~MATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, wirh special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. 41. AMERICAN CHURCH HISTORY. Early c&&+tioo; d *; church government, religious life and worship; -tion of c h d md 8tnk; revivals; denominationalism. The history of fhe Lwbe~pnC b d im -ka is studied with special care. t C=r. OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development 46. THE HISTORY of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. 2 Cr. Systematic Theology A course intended to introduce the student to the field 10. INTRODUCTTON. of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of 2 Cr. the entire field. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A study in the systematic exposition 11. THEOLOGY of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers o n special topics. 3 Cr. 12-53. ~ O L O G Y . The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of ,the true communion ,between God and man. The Person of Christ and His work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relation to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church. 4 Cr. A study of the religious and ethical implications 54-15. C W ~ NEMU. of the Christian experience. Special attention k give& to the development and iadividd pr&d inapplication of Christian ethics with reference stiturions, and miety as a whole. 4 cr. I , m>:teee F-' 56. S ~ B O L I C SA . careful study of r h e B w k of Concord, containing the creeds subscribed .to by the Lutheran Church. The gene& of each creed, its doctrinal signikance, and its place in thc present life of the Church. I Cr. AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study 57. COMPARATIVE. SYMBOLICS of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teachings of various modem religious sects and cults. 2 G. 58. THE PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations of .&story, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied with reference t o antagonistic theories. 2 Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY. ThiS course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr. tions of the pastoral oace and the New Testament ministry. 61. PASTORAL PSYCHOLOGYAND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in the light of the teachings of the great spiritual leaders of the Church. The 2 Cr. relation of psychiatry to soul-care. 62. EVANGELISTICS. A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions, including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue missions, street meetings, special missions, etc. 2 Cr. B. Hmiletics 65. PRINCIPLESr n ~ PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychological 2 Cr. elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 66. H o ~ m n c s .The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and prrsracazion of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preplration 2 Cr. and constant praccice in delivery. Middlers. 98 AUGSBURG THEOLOGIC~Z. SEMINARY 67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers are studied. Seniors. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worshp, amd Parish Work 70. Cnua- P o L ~ ~ YA. course dealing with tbe Biblical theory of the congregation; ofiicers, organization, and governmenr in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a frec church. I asd ll Corinthians are studied os the best wurce. 2 Cr. 71. CHURCHADMINIS~ATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing eficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of I Cr. Christian stewardship. 72. PASTORAL PROBLEMS.A series of Iecrure~and discussions dealing with pracrical problems in rhe p r o f s work in the parish and the locd comnuniry. The approach co the unchurched. Cungregational evangelism. Making the gccasionaI services effective. Problems of p ~ t o r derhics. r Cr. 73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on I Cr. its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. 74. H n t ~ o r o ~ uAn . hkisrorical survey of the best selccuoas of hymns from the early Chrisrian Church and the Church in Germany, Scmdinavia, England, r Cr. and Arncricz. Special artention is given to Lutheran hymacdy. D. Christian Education and Sociology 75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION. r Cr. 76. MEKHODS OF PARISH E ~ n u r o h . . Smdia in the application of basic principles and methods of educarLon to the subject matter used in catechetical instnrction, Sunday schmls, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the wbole parish. 2 Cr. 77. C R E n m RECREATIOK. A study of recreational activities, their place a.nd possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr. SOCIETY. A study of the relation between 78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task 2 Cr. of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement. 79. CHRIS'IUNITY AND SOCIALWORK. This course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits. 2 Cr. Student Register THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS 1949-1950 Third Year .............................................. .Minneapolis ................................................ .Minneapolis Haakenstad, Marius Quanbeck, Russell Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Everett, Wash. .Valga, S. Dak. Bergh, Oliver G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Knutson, Alton T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul Velvo, N. Dak. Ovewold, Carl M. .............................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls Parbst, John N. Quanbeck, Philip A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sortland, Howard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,Fargo, N. Dak. Swenson, Jasper S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks Torgerson, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Bakken, Norman K. First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marinette, .. Wis. Bewig, Arthur L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Feig, Gilbert H. ................................................. .Minneapolis Kordahl, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nerge, Lowell ...................................................... .Madison Anderson, Robert W. ................................................. Northfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. Dak. Nystuen, Theodore Torgerson, Sheldon Viland, Melvin Special ................................................. Minneapolis Ozolins, Karlis 2 ................................................ .Minneapolis pearson, Vincent 1 ................................................. .Wyoming Soberg, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Edward 1 Registered for first semester only. 2 Registered for second semester only. STUDENTREGISTER COLLEGE STUDENTS 1949-1950 SENIORS ...... Alberg, Edward Tigerton, Wisconsin Amberson, Roger .......... .Minneapolis Amlund, Curtis .............Minneapolis Amschler, Adelle ........... .Cambridge Anderson, Ethel .Hanley Falls Anderson, Marion ......... .Minneapolis Anderson, Walter Ray ..... .Minneapolis Andress, James ................Walker Andrew, Vincent ......... .Minneapolis Anhalt, Elmer ............ .Minneapolis Ario, Frank .............. .Minneapolis A ~ H~~~~~ ~ ~ ............ , .underwood .......... Balerud, Andrew .......... .Minneapolis Bard, Charles ............. .Minneapolis Berntson, Gordon ...... .â¬dinburg, N. D. Blom, M. Donald .... .Calumet, Michigan Bodin, Raymond . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Braun, Richard ........... .Minneapolis Bueide, Ann .................. Willmar Campbell, Eugene ............ .Luverne Carlsen, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Carlson, Robert .............Minneapolis Dahlen, Shirley ............... .Luverne Dale, Phebe .................. .St. Paul Dillon, Dovid ............. .Minneapolis Hedberg, Fred ............ .Minneapolis Holden, Raymond. ........Pittsfield, Mas. Holte, William ............ .Minneapolis Hone, Ernest .............. .Minneapolis Hoplin, Miriam .................. Lowry Hoversten, Garfield ...............Lynd Hoversten, Vincent ................Lynd Howells, Robert ........... .Minneapolis Hruska, John ............. .Minneapolis Huglen, Raynard ............Newfolden Jacobsen, Marion ......Racine, Wisconsin .Minneapolis Jacobson, Milton 1 Johnson, Esther ..............Minneota Johnson, Everette N. ....Rockford, Illinois Johnson, Harvey ............Minneapolis Johnson, Hilbert ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Lillian ........ Racine, Wisconsin Johnson, Mae .............Carpion N. D. Johnson, Oliver ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Wilbur ..... .Osnabrock, N. D. Jones, Richard ............ .Minneapolis ~ , , ~ t ~ dT~~~~~~ , ........... ,wanamingo ........ Kallevig, Lloyd ................ .Willmar Kleven, Sylvia ....... Blanchardville, Wia. Knutson, william .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ paul ~ ............ ~ ~ ~ ~ i l~ i ~~ Elmberg., Donald .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ l hi^ i ~ ............ , . ~ iN. ~D. ~ ~ , Elstad, Vernon ....... .Coos &Y, Oregon bndahl, Robert 1 ........ .Minneapolis Emberson. Curtis ..... .Argyle, Wisconsin Landvik, Elden ............ .Minneapolis Engelmm* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clarissa Lanes, Georgette .......... .Minneapolis Englundr .Pasadena, California ............... .St. PaulLarson, Bernice Ennen, Louis ............. .Minneapolis L ~ ~~~~l~~ ~ 1~ ......... ~ ~.sauk, kapids Erickson, Charlotte ......... Fergus Falls ............... Minneapolis Leak, Roger Erickson, Donald R. 1 ...... .Minneapolis Lideen, Cyrus ............. .Minneapolis Erickson, Harold .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ ~ ............... k ~ ~~ ~, t ~ h Erickson, Orville .......... .Minneapolis Lucas, Richard ............ .Minneapolis ............. .Minneapolis Fagerlie, Kenneth ......... . ~ Lundin, Lynn ~ ~ ~ ~ .... Farm, Delores ................ Guckeen Felix, Mavis 1 ......-......Minneapolis Felland, Elizabeth .... .Colfax, Wisconsin Forsell, Alfred ............Lake Bronson Foss, Arden .............. .Minneapolis Fredman, Merlyn ............... .Carlos raml ling, ~ o r o t h y ............. .Climax ......... .Thief River .......... , Harvey ........ .Lancaster, Green, Helen Falls Hagen, Robert 1 Registered for first semester only. 2 Registered for second semester only. Mateyko, Albert .......... .Minneapolis ~ i ~ h somuel ~ ~ . .l . . .~. . .~. ~ ~ ,i ~ ~ i ~ h~ ~ ~l F.~b1 ~. .~.~. . .,*. ~ i ~ ~ i ~ k ~ ~~ l bT.~~............ ~r t~ , . ~ i l Nelson, Nelson, Nelson, Nelson, ~ ~ ~ ~ Daniel ................. .Spier Euna ............... .Evansville Richard R. 1 ........... .Austin Robert P. ............ .Zumbrota ............ ~ .Minneapolis ~ ............... .Mclntah Gordon ....... .Manistique, Mich. ~ Nolan, Dolores ~ Nornes, ldelle Oberg, Olson, Donald B. .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Paul .................... .Tower ~ Parker, Mrs. Marilyn I . . . . . .Minneapolis Paulson, Robert ....... .Twin Falls, Idaho Pederson, Grant 1 . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Pegors, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, James . . . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Juliet ....... . . . . . . .Constance Peterson, LaVonne . . . ...... .Minneapolis Peterson, Wayne ..... ..... .Minneapolis Pohren, Robert E. . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Quanbeck, Dagny Quanbeck, Quentin . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis ............. .Bertha Radmacher, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Reitz, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Richards, Walter . . . .Oakland, California Robbins, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Robbins, William . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Roe, Marion .............. .Minneapolis Rvan. , . Robert . . . . . . . .Lacrosse, Wisconsin Sandberg, Bertil 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Schroeder, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Schumack, Lavern . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Shaw, Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sivertson, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Skonnord, Harriet . . . Valley City, N. D. Ahlness, Miriam ................. Milroy Anderson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Augustine, Douglas . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Aune, R. Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Baxter, Joan ............. .Minneapolis Becken, Betty ............. .Minneapolis Berg, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Bergeland, James .............. Dawson Berkland, Theodore . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Binder, Freda ....... Devils Lake, N. D. Blager, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Botko, Willard 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Botten, T. Joyce . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Brennan, William .......... .Minneapolis Bretheim, Doris ............ .Minneapolis Bringle, Marion ........ Estherville, Iowa Bruns, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Bue, Tilfred .............. .Minneapolis Bungum, Theodore ......... .Minneapolis Calderwood, Dave ......... .Minneapolis Capetz, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Carlson, Donald V. ....... New Brighton Carlyon, Thomas R. 2 ...... .Minneapolis Christopherson, James . .Valley City, N. D. Collin, Merida .................. .Morn Cote, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Smith, Russel ................Hendricks Snodgrass, Wesley . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Sorenson, Angeline. ........ .Minneapolis Strand, Herbert ................Bayport Stuempges, Neil Hinckley Thorson, L. Dwayne ... .Omaha, Nebraska Tollefson, Harold . . . . . .Osnabrock, N. D. Twiton, Dorothy ... .Sun Prairie, Wisconsin Vaagenes, Carl ........... .Minneapolis Vettel, Jean .............. .Minneapolis Vorland, Gehard .......... .Minneapolis Wagner, Raymond Wasgatt, David . . Wessman, LaVonne Wilberg, Marjorie Willeti, Jay ..... Wroge, Vernon 2 . . .Minneapolis ... .Waylato ...... Dossel .Taylors Falls . .Minnaapolis . . . . . . .Plat0 Yattaw, Edwin 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Yoshikawa, Edward . . . . . . .Minneapolis Men ............................ ,104 Women .......................... 35 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,139 Daniels, Earl ............. .Minneapolis Davis, Gerald .............. .Monticello DeBoer, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dick, Frederick ........... .Minneapolis Ditmanson. Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minnea~olis Dyck, Doris . . . . . . . . . ..Paramount, Calif. Ekblad, Leola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Emerson, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Engelstad, Stephen ....... .Astoria, S. D. Erickson, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Raymond . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Stanley .......... .Minneapolis Everson, Oliver .......... .Corsica, S. D. Ewert, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Felland, Orion ............ .Colfax, Wis. Flaa, Dolores ............. .Minneapolis Fladland, Donald .......... .Minneapolis Fraasch, Forrest 1 ......... .Montevideo Framstad, Clarence ......Williston, N. D. Garland, John . . . . . . . . . .Morinette, Wis. Greseth, Lyle ............ .West Concord Hall, Enoch .............. .Minneapolis Hallberg, Grant 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Wyoming Halling, Lloyd . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Halverson, William . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Halvorson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gully Hanson, Elmer ..... .Elk Mound, Wis. Hanson, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Hegge, Hjalmer 2 . . . . . . . .Williston, N. D. Hendrickson, Glen ...... .Seattle, Wash. Hengler, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hjelm, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Hofflander, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoifjeld, Clairold . . . . . . . . .Eureka, Calif. Hoium, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmquist, lvar . . . . . .Hyde Park, Mass. ... . Jergenson, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Johnson, Everet R. . . . . . . . . . Rockford, III. Johnson, Merlin . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis. Johnson, Quentin . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks Kleven, Luther . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Krenz, John .................. Faribault Kulterman, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Laffin, Glen . . . . . . . . . .... .Minneapolis Landvik, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Shirley ..... . . . . . . . . . .Braham Law, Albert . . . . . . . . ..... . .Minneapolis Lee, Harold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lee, Mavis . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Mora Lindberg, Alfred . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lowen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundh, Lorraine . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundin, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Maher, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Manlove, LeRoy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Martinson, Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Meier, Thorlough . . . . .Cumberland, Wis. Miller, Perry . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Moe, Marvel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boyd Mohn, Donald .... . . . . Enumclaw, Wash. Morseth, LaWayne . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Mosby, Carola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Earth Nelson, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nielsen, Jeannette . . . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville Norby, Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck Norrbohm, Robert . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Norton, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nystuen, Beverly. .Erickson, Manitoba, Can. Odencrans, Shirley ......... .Minneapolis Olfert, Richard 1 ......... .Frazer, Mont. Olson, Donold H. .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Everett D. .......... .Cottonwood Olson, Muriel ............ .Buxton, N. D. Olson, Walter ............ .Cadott, Wis. Olson, Williom ............ .Minneapolis Omdahl, lngierd .... .Stavanger, Norway Ott, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Oudal, Robert ...... .Orchard Park, N. Y. Parker, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Petersen, A. Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Herbert ........ Pomeroy, Iowa Pratt, Wallace ............ .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Rasmussen, James .......... .Minneapolis Romfo, Melvin ............ .Minneapolis Rosten, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood Quanbeck, Robert Sannerud, Alfred ........... .Hazel Run Schafer, Harold. .Wessington Springs, S. D. Schramek, Richard ......... .Minneapolis Schultz, Floyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watertown Severson, Leland .......... .Minneapolis Sevig, Palmer . . . . . . .Minot, North Dakota Sevold, Raymond .......... .Minneapolis Sheldon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Twin Valley Slarks, J. Don ............ .Minneapolis Sletta, Robert ............. Fergus Falls Smith, Robert G. .......... .Minneapolis Solberg, Arthur ........... .Minneapolis Solberg, Viola ............ .Minneapolis Sotnak, Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Luverne Staub, Erika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stenvig, Charles ........... .Minneapolis Storley, Calvin . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D. Svendsen, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Swenson, Carol. .Dawson Creek, B. C., Can. Thom, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Thompson, Jennings. . .Blanchordville, Wis. Thorsgard, Kathryn .....Northwood, N. D. Thorson, Donald .......... .Minneapolis Thorson, Marvin. . . . . . . . Menomonie, Wis. Toussaint, Stanley .............. .Milaca Triplett, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Tweed, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . .Tolna, N. D. Unruh, Pete ............ .Mountain Lake Unseth, Einar . . . . . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis. Vaagenes, Morris .......... .Minneapolis Waller, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Walther, Stephen .......... .Minneapolis Weinreis, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brookston Williams, Warren .......... .Minneapolis Winquist, Mawin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Woolson, Loren . . . . .St. Croix Falls, Wis. York, Beverly ........... .Brockton, Mass Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Alfsen, Thomas ............... Rochester Allar, Donald 1 ......... .St. Louis Park Anderson, Evgene .............Willmar Anderson, Fritz ............ .Minneapolis Anderson, John C. 2 ...... .Minneapolis Anderson, Kenneth ............Ellendale Anderson, Norman C. ........Ellendale Anderson, Victor . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Andros, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anenson, LeRoy ..... .Wallace, So. Dak. Aune, Wilfred ............. .Underwood Gilbertson, Glen .......... .Minneapolis Glans, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolir Green, Paul ................. .St. Paul Gryth, Beverly ................ Pembina Guderian, Ronald ......... .Minneapolis Gudim, Milo . . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Haas, Marvis .............. .Minneapolis Hage, Robert ............. .Minneapolis Hagen, E. James .......... .Minneapolis Hagert, David ............... .Starbuck Holler, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Bockie, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul HaIverson, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anoka kckstrom, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H~~~ Hans". Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ha"s0"n Allen D. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nisswa Bagley, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gatzke Boker, Phyllis ............... .Lakesville Han~on, Celia ................. .Aitkin H""son. Herbert . . . . . . . .Elk Mound, Bekken, Oliver ............ .Minneapolis A. ......... .Minneapolis h t James ~ Bennethum, ~ ~ . . .colUmbia ~ ~ ~ l ~ i d ~Hanson, Hanso", John A- . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Benson, Carl ................ .Clarkfield bnson, K~~~~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . ,clarkfield Hanson, Sheldon . . . . . Blanchardville, Wis. Benson, Stanley ............ .Minneapolis HadleY, Dale ............. .Minneapolis Benzel, Jerold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hedlund, Jack . . . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis. Bergstrom, Dean . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hird, Murray 2 ........... .Minneapolis Bergum, James . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnwpolis Hjelle, Orlette .............. Newfolden . . . . .~. . . .l. .Minneapolis Bodin, earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Howells, ~ ~Richard ~ ~ i ~ men, E. ~ ~ ....... l ~ ,se0ttle, i ~ , wash. Hume, Paul ............... .Minneapolis Bozony, Martha ........... .Minneapolis Hustoft, Theodore 1 . . . . .Astoria, Oregon Brodahl, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis B ~ william ~ ~ .......... ~ , pequot ~~k~~ Jacobson, Arvild .......... .Minneapolis . . . . . .Minneapolis . , ti ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . .d. b. . .~. .~. . .~.~ ~ ~ Jacobson, ~ Donovan ~ ~ ...~ ~ l i B ~ william ~ ~ . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Jacobson. ~ Luther ~ ~ ........ ~ .New ~ Richland l i Johnson, Anton . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson' Dennis . . . 'Newman Grove' Neb' Carlson, VerDella . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Johnson. Gordon . . . . . .Blooming Prairie Caviness, David . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Harold ....... .Kloten, N. D. Christensen, David.. . . . .Kenmare, N. D. Johnson, Richard A. ....... .Minneapolis Cornelius, Arthur .......... .Minneapolis Crowell, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul JOhnSOnn Roger . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ronald. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Cummings, Frank . . . -Atlantic City, N. Johnstone, Donald ........ .Minneapolis ~ ~ J. Dahlager, Arlo ............ .Minneapolis Dahlberg, Thomas . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kidder, M. Worden . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dalberg, Leonard . . .Stratton, Ont., can. Kleven, Charlotte . . . .Blanchordville, Wis. ~ i~ ~~. . . .~. . .~ . . .~~ ~ li d~ ~ Knutson, ~ ~ Millard ~ ~ 2, . . . ~ . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ l i it^^^^^^, ~ ~ . . . .~. . . . . ~ . . . ,willmar l d Kohls, Allan ................. Lindstrom Dixen, Arvid .............. .Minneapolis Kottke, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eagle Bend Kottom, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Renville Kristianson. Burton . . . .Rugby, N. Dakota Elofson, Robert ............ .Minneapolis Eng, Leona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kgley Krueger, Wallace . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ i ~~l~~~~ ~ k .~. . . ~. . . ~ . . . ., . .. ~ r t h ~ dKU~OSS, ~ William . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Landsverk, Eleanor . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Erickson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Larson, Alyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Larson, Benjamin . . . . - - . . . . . . ..Wadeno Faul, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Elwood . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fenske, Delmour 1 . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Larson, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples Flonn, Morrielgien . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Larson, Luther . . . . . . . . . .Brockton, Mont. George, John 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Mabel . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ Larson, Robert D. 1. .Newman Grove, Neb. Larson, Violet ............. .Minneapolis Lindquist, Robert .......... .Minneapolis Linxheid, Vera ..............Buttefield Lodahl, Helen ... .Medicine Lake, Mont. Loe, Julian .............. .Sauk Centre Lund, Ronald ............. .Wanamingo Lyngdal, Lloyd ................. Duluth Madryga, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Madsen, John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Madsen, Roger ........... .Minneapolis Malm, Ellen Jane . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Markland, Finn 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Massoll, Cornelia . . . . . . - ..Aurelia, Iowa Mattson, Harold . . . . - - . . . . . . . . .Hoffman McGinnis, Msrle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis . Mitrnoen, Winnifred . . - - - . . . . . . .Dulvth Mortensen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Mosby, Arthur 1 . . . . . . . . . ..Blue Earth Myhre, Richard . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Nagel, Audrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington Nelson, Harland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Nelson, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brooten Nelson, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennock Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . .Peerless, Mont. Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Nyhus, Leroy . . . . . . .Tacoma, Washington Odegard, Robert . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ohno, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Orville L. . . . . .Oakes, N. Dakota Olson, Oscar E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mound Onischuck, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Oscarson, Donald 1 ... .Chicago, Illinois Ott, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pangburn, Danny . . . . . . . . ..Sauk Centre Paulson, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Perry, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Petersen, Marlo . . . . . .Valley City, N. D. Peterson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renville Peterson, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Lloyd 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Peterson, Vera . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis. Powers, Dayton - . . . . . . . .Jefferson, Wis. Pressnalle, Irving . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Puterbaugh, Karl . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ramlo, Arden 2 .............. Hendricks Riley, William . . . . . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ringdahl, Irving . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Roberts, Donovan . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal Robertson, Elwood 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Robinson, David 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rodvik, Erling 2 . . . . . . . . Bluffs, Illinois Rokke, David .............. Strandquist Romano, Pasquale . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Romansky, Ruth ............. .St. Paul Ronholm, Palmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Erskine Roos, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ryden, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rykken, Franklyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau Scheuerman, Gerald . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Schmidt, Ruth ......... .Elkton, So. Dak. Schuenemon, Eldred ....... .Minneapolis Schwartz, Laton ........... .Minneapolis Siegel, Donald 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sigler, Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sjoquist, Thure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lsanti Skjei, Lola ............. Williston, N. D. Skolas, Franklin ...... .Chaseburg, Wis. Smith, Lynn .............. .Minneapolis Snodgrass, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield Solberg, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Solem, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Soli, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Solum, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle Soulis, William 1 ......... .Minneapolis Swanson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Swanson, Sylvia . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Swenson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Tallman, Mary Joyce . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Thompson, Rod 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Thorpe, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis. Thorsen, Floyd ............Minneapolis Underbakke, Leland ........... .Argyle Varner, Joanne . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Vartdal, Roger . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Vlohos, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Walters, Orville . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wong, Donna Jean . . . . . . . . . . .Whedton Weeden, Robert ... . . . . Waupaca, . Wis. Wegner, LaGrande . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm Weidenbach, Paul . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Weisberg, Morton 1 ....... .Minneapolis West, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Westlund, Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Westphal, David 1 . . . . . - . . . . . . .Madelia Wiger, Donald .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cyrus Wilson, Dora 1 . . . . .. . . . . ..Round Lake Young, Lyle ........ Zaudtke, Ronald .Valley City, N. D. ............. .St. Paul Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 FRESHMEN Aaskov, Ruth. .Cumberland Center, Maine Adamson, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhoven Alfsen, Evelyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester Alfsen, James 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Allar, Dale ............. .St. Louis Park Amundsen, Gerhard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anbuhl, Ted ........... .St. Louis Park Andersen, Grace 2. . .Staten Island, N. Y. Anderson, Colene 1 . . . . .Rackford, Illinois Anderson, Curtis . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Donald C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver Andenon, Donald E. 1 . . . . . .Lamberton Anderson, George 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom Anderson, Richard J. 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Sherman . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anensen, Willard . . . .Wallace, So. Dakota Anklam, Arnold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ceylon Appel, C. Thomos 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis A~idson, David 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arvidson, Gayle . . . . . . . .Porkers Prairie Bailey, ~ e r a l d. . . . . . . . . .Mobridge, S. D. Baker, Eleanor . . . .Spokane. Washington Baker, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Balzer, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Batltelt, Clifford 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis B a ~ i l l e , George 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Beamant Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Beaver, William . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Becklin, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Bengtson, ~ o l a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ n o k a Berg, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berg, Junald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berg, Robert M. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berge, Ronald . . . . . .Cooperstown, N. D. Berge, Torrey . . . . . . Cooperstown, N. D. Berkas, Theodore . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Berkland, Bonnar 2 . . . . . Harnpden, N. D. Berntson, Rudolph . . . . . .Edinbu rg, N. D. Beyers, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bezanson, Joyce . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Birkeland, Frances . . . . . . . . . . .Climax . Bjornton, Jeanne . .. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Blake, Shirlee . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Illinois Blom, Allen . . . . . . . . . .Calumet, Michigan Blomquist, Elroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bown, Marjorie . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Boe, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Borgen, Alfred 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bowman, Myrlen 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Kennedy Boyum, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Peterson Brarn, William 1 ........ . . . .Minneapolis Brecto, Betty . . . . . .New Rockford, N. D. Bretheim, M. Luther.. . . . . . . Bisbee, N. D. Brown, Willis . . . . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis Bruder, Harriet 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burger, Robert 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burton, Richard . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bymark, Dayle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Bystrom, Wayne 1 . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Cariberg, J w n . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rush City Curlsen, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis carlson, Erland 2 . . . . . . . . . . St. PuuI cOrlson, John H. 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar Carlstedt, Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Corr, Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Charland, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis chivers, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis christensen, ~~~n~ . . . . Kenmare, N. D. Christenson, Audrey . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield Chri~to~herson, Myrna . .Valley City, N. D. Cleary, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Cottrell, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arthyde cyriacks, Marvin . . . . . . . . . .Lake Benton Dahlberg, Gladys ... .Brockton, Montana Daily, William 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dolland, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Donielson, Horace . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Davis, Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ john ~. . . .i. . . .~ . . . . . ,. ~ i ~ D ~ Darlyne ~ ~ . .,. .Medicine Lake, Mont. ~ i ~ k h a r tDaniel , . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Dillon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Darn, Roy 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lnger Dreyer, Earl . . . . . .Spokane, Washington Dreyer, Marlys . . Spokane Washington Dupslaff, Harriet . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington Ebert, Harlan . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .Gaylord Eckhoff, Donald . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .Delano Ehlen, Donald 1 . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis Elden, Duane 2 . . . . . ...... .Minneapolis Ellingson, Anetta 2 . . . .Rugby, No. Dak. Ellisen, Arthur . . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis Elness, Marilyn . . . . . . Fargo, No. Dak. Emerson, Evonne . . . . . . . . .West Concord Engseth, Jerry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayzata Erdahl, Manford 2 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, LaVonne . . . . . . .Goldfield, Iowa Farness, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . .Windom Fjaer, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Flockoi, Carol . . . . . . . Bellingham, Wash. Foslid, Raymond . . . . ...... .Minneapolis Foste~old, Astrid 1 . . Nordm0re. Norway Froiland, David . . . . ......... Bellingham Frosig, Kristian 2 . - - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fure, Clorice 1 . . . . . . . . . .Sca~ille, Iowa ~ ~ Gallop, Douglas . . . . . . . .Shell Lake, Wis. Jorgensen, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Delano Giese, Lyle .............Ashland, Wis. Justensen, Charles 1 . . - . . . . .Minneapolis Giesdahl, Alice ........... .Minneapolis Glockner, Robert .............. Bemidji Kalberg, Freddy 1 . . . . . . . .Circle, Mont. Goodrich, Quentin ........ .Minneapolis Kaliszewski, Edward 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis Grunow, Glenn ........... .Minneapolis Kalvig, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Oudim. Fern 2 . . . . . . . . . .McVille. N. D. Kandt, Myron . . . . . . . . . . . . .Buffalo Lake Gustafson, Charles . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchoff Ralph . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gustofson, Donna . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kleppe, Donna ...... . . . .Williston, N. D. Gustafsan, Herbert 2 . . . . . . . .~inneobolis Kletscher, Murl 1 .... . . . . . . . . . . . Belview Kloos, Margret . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .Herman Hagen, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck Kloster, Morlyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kandiyohi Hagen, James H. . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Klungtvedt, Gerald . . . . .Newark, Illinois Halvonon, Arvin .......Galesburg, N. D. Kobin, Jerry 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halvorson, Joseph 1 . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Koerner, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Hamre, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Kroll, James . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . St. Paul Hansen, Clarence . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kube, Lou Ann . . . . . . . .Wahpeton, N. D. Hanske, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lucan Kvam, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hanson, James H.. . . . .Callender, Iowa . . . .Minneapolis Ladd, Lorenz . . . Hansvick, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis LaFerte, Suzette Hibbard, Gerald 2 . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . .Ellendale Lageson, Andrew Hill, Lorne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. D. . . . . . . .St.' Paul Lanz, William ... H,illeren, John . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park . . . . . . . . LeSueur Lapham, Dean . . Haaglund, Donold C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . .Tyler Larsen, Ann 1 . . Hokanson, Betiy . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield . Everest, Kansas Larson, Esther . . . Hokanson, James . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . .Excelsior Lorson, Marvin . Holmquist, Mari Ann 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . Annandale Lorson, Philip 1 . Holt, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . .Wallace, S. D. Louen, LeRoy 1 . . Holte, H. James 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ... .Minneapolis Leach, Richard 2 Holte, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis Leak, John . . . . . Hoversten, Esther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lynd Williston, N. D. Lewis, Mona . . . . Howard, Charles . . . . . . . . ..Lake Crystal . . . .Minneapolis Lindell, Juliana . . Hult, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis Linaen. John . . . " . Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . ..Nanking, China Jackson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lorensen, Stanley . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jacobsen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Luhn, Charles . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Jacobson, Margaret 2 . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundberg, Jack . . . . . . . . . .Rush City Jakobitz, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . Buffalo Lake Lunde, David . . . ..Cooperstown, N. D. Jensen, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jesko, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Jespersen, Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul McKay, Robert 1 . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington Johnson, Arlan . . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D. Maas, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Johnson, Beverly . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mackey, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Johnson, Bruce R. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Magnuson, William 2 . . . . . Minneapolis Main, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Johnson, Delores ...... .New York Mills Manger, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Douglas 1 ....... .St. Louis Park Markson, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, James L. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Marquardt, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Joan L. 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Marsh, A. Warner . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Joan M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Martinsen, Kenneth. . . Menominee, Mich Martinson, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . .Tioga, N. D. Johnson, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .Platte, S. D. Mattison, Robert . . . . . . ..Thompson, Iowa Johnson, Mary Lou . . . . . . . .Ashland, Wis. Mickelsen, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Milroy Johnson, Merlyn R. 2 ...... .Minot, N. D. Miller, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plato Johnson, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Farmington Johnson, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Moderow, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lockhart Mueller, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ruby A. . . . . . . . . . .Fergus Falls Munson, Betty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater Johnson, Wilgard ............ .Herman Myrin, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnston, Richard . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Nelson, Arnold ............Minneapolis Nelson, Caryl Jean. Newman Grove, Neb. .Underwood Nelson. Eunice Nelson, Helen ........Roseburg, Oregon Nelson, Robert C. 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Niemann, Mary .......... .Meadowlands Northfelt, Richard 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . ............ Oberg, Theodore ......Rockford, Illinois Olsen, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olsen, Mery Ann .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Damoris 1 ......... .Minneapolis Olson, Donald E. 1 . . . . . . . . ..Bear River Olson, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . ..Cottonwood Olson, Harry E. 2 ......... .Minneapolis Olson, Howard ................ .Climax Olson, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Olson, Roger ................ Ellendale Olund, Jim 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ondov, Raymond . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Oren, Donald ................ .St. Paul Oslund, Robert ............ .Forest Lake Parizek, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Patterson, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lucan Paulson. Arnold ......... .Wallace, S. D. Paulson, Philip 2 ... .Blanchardville, Wis. Peorson, Howard .......... .Minneapolis Pearson. Paul .............Minneapolis Petersen, Alan ............ .Minneapolis Petersen, Arnold ............... .Milroy Peterson, Charles A. 1 ...... .Park Rapids Peterson, John C. . . . . . . . .Rice Lake, Wis. Peterson, John P. 2 ....... .Minneapolis Peterson. Magnus 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson. Rhodes 2 . . . . . . . . ,Minneapolis Peterson, Richard ........ Cambria, Wis. Peterson, Roland 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Petterson, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis. .Minneapolis Philbrwk, Kathleen Pioske. Donald ................ LeSueur ....... Raabe, Mark ............... .St. James Radde, Leon ............. .Minneapolis Ray, Clifford ............. .Minneapolis Ray, Ollie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Razook, Patricia ......... .Rugby, N. D. Reierson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston Reimer, Donald . . . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Rethwill, Corinne ..............LeSueur Rimme~eid,Arthur . .New Rockford, N. D. Ringstad, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . ..Bronx, N. Y. Rishovd, Larry 1 ...... .Douglas, N. D. Ritmire, Charles 1 ..........Minneapolis Rocene, Luella ............ .Minneapolis Rocene, Muriel ........... .Minneapolis Rodvik, Marvin ........... .Bluffs. Illinois Ronningen, Marlene ....... .Carpion N. D. Rosenbloom, David 1 . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rowland, Steve ........... .Minneapolis Rundquist, Bertil .......... .Minneapolis Ruud, George ............ .Minneapolis Rust, Gary 1 .......... Harwood, N. D. Ryan, Merwin ............ Landa, N. D. Rydell, Julin .............. .Minneapolis Rykken, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau Sanderson, Leah .......... .Minneapolis Schaupp, Roger 1 ......... .Minneapolis Schumack, Kenneth ........ .Minneapolis Seoholm, John ............ .Minneapolis Seck, Charles ............... Watertown Sewall, Duane ......... .St. Louis Park Shepherd, Lawrence. . . .Springdale, Wash. Shiell, Wendell .............. .Hoffman Shultl. Arthur ......... .Spokane, Wash. Siege!, David 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sirotiak, Arlene ........,.. .Minneapolis Sirotiak, Arnold ...........Minneapolis Skene, Shirley ............ .Minneapolis Skimland, Don .............. .Belgrade Skogen, Clyde 2 .............. Wahkon Skogsbergh, Samuel ....... .Minneapolis Skonnord, Dorothy ... .Valley City, N. D. Smith, Patricia ............ .Minneapolis Smith, Robert E.. . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis. Solheim, Derle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Stanley, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis Staum, John ............. .Minneapolis Steineke, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Moose Lake Stenoien, Vernon . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stensland, Donald . . . . . .Portland, N. D. Stevens, Sene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington Stock, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kensington Straiton, Thomas .......... .Minneapolis Strandlie, Wenona ............. Richfield Stratton, Cora 2 . . . . . . .Westhope, N. D. Stromberg, Theodore . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Strommen, Dorothy .. Blanchardville, Wis. Strot, Raymond 2 ......... .Minneapolis Stump, JoAnn .................. Duluth Sufficool, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis Sullivan, Earl B. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sundt, Donald ............ .Minneapolis Swanell, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Swanson, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom Sylvester, Carmen 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Tamm, William . . . . . . . . . . - .-Minneapolis Teigum, Kristen 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modelin Tenold, Marjorie ............ Reva, S. D. Thomford, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . ..Zumbrota Thompson, Carol 2 . . . . . . . Binford, N. D. Thompson, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis P Thompso?, Myron 2 Thone, Marjorie Thorson, Arthur Thorvig, Mary Thorwick, Wendell Tibke, Joan Treanor, Arthur Twedt, Isabel 1 ............Marshall ........... .Minneapolis ........... .Minneapolis .............Minneapolis ......... .Minneapolis ............. .Dupree, S. D. ........... .Minneapolis .........McHenry, N. D. ......... Rice Lake, Wis. Uehlin, Clarice Vall, Marilyn .................. .Aitkin Vane, Duane 2 ................ Dowson Van Otterloo, Johanna ......... Hancock Varland, Martha ....... .Ottawa, Illinois Vick, Oliver 2. ............ .Minneapolis Vigesaa, George .... .Cooperstown, N. D. Vik, Phyllis ............ .Waubay, S. D. Vornholt, Carl 2 ............... .Anoka Watson, Vern ............ .Minneapolis SPECIAL Wcmq Jw4l~son w-mm, w .......... , MnnWpaL .............. . h l W W , &ntMq ..-........ MtmmpOL$ w&&btrg k y Anq ..... . b i b - .......... .#. -WIkt ...-..........mlmwp& ............... .St. &I w-, shs* ....Chrppmm bit&Wtr Wllsons W d m .......... W n d W WoM, J a m - ..............-path Wr@ht&, O Ksih ....... ~~ Zimmermon, Donna ........ .Minneapolis W*M &tITiCB WhIfa, a* Whb, Wiliibm ................. Zinn, Wilton Zustiak, Mildred Zwick, Willi.am .St. Paul ...........Minneapolis ............ .Sauk Rapids Men ............................ Women .......................... Total 261 105 - ........- .................... .366 AND UNCLASSIFIED Addison, Duane ............. .Marshall Anderson, Charles F. .......Rockford, Ill. Moyer, Henry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul Michaelson, Carrol 1 ........... Kiester ~- - Biorklund, Paul ............... .St. Paul Mikkelson, David 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bredeson, B~+,,, 2. . . . . . . . . . ~ Mondloh, ~Vernon 1 ........ ~ .Minneapolis ~ Brvstad, 1 ............. . ~ Morgan, ~ Luther ........... ~ .Minneapolis ~ ........... ~ ......... ~ ~ . ~ l. ........... i christino, ~~~~h collins, ~ ~1 l~ Dahle, ~ ~~ i Englund, Pearl d ................St. id Paul ...... .Warnick, R. 1. Halvorson, Jeanive ... .Grand Forks, N. D. Haukeness, Stanley ............ .Sebeka Herleikson, Aileen ... .Grand Forks, N. D. Granquist. Ardis 2 Hetager, Mildred ..........Forgo, N. D. Hinsverk, Donald 2 ........ .Minneapolis Hitzeman, Wallace 1 ....... .Minneapolis Hoium, Leslie 1 ........... .Minneapolis Joel, Mildred 1 ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, LeRoy ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Robert E. 2 . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ruby L. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Alton . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lambert. Andreas 1 ........ .Minneapolis Larson, Iris ........... .Thief River Falls Lindohl, Burton 1 .......... .Minneapolis Mantzke, Robert ........... .Minneapolis Markland, Arne ........... .Minneapolis Mattson, Milford 2 ......... .Minneapolis Martson, Walter .............. .Erie, Po. Charles . . . . . .~ .Ironwood. ~ Nelmark, ~ ~ ~ ~ Mich. l i ~ Nelson, ~ ~ Elaine ~ . . .~. . . .~. . . .l. . .i.Woodlake ~ ~ ~ .......... ~~ ~ ~ Eleanor ~ ~.Thief l River i ~Falls Ozolins, Karlis ............ .Minneapolis Pearson, Vincent 1 .......... .Wyoming Peterson, Del Ray 2 . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Quanbeck, Philip 1 ........ .Minneapolis .............. .Minneapolis Sanders, Paul 2 ........... .Minneapolis Sivertson, Loryce ........ Marinefie, Wis. Smith, Gilbert ............ .Minneapolis Stenseng, Lillian 2 ......... .Minneapolis Thompson, Duane 1 ........... .St. Paul Roth, Poul 2 Torgerson, Richord 2 ....... .Minneapolis Wetzler, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wicklund, J w n n 1 ........... .Hopkins N. D. Wickoren, Wayne . . . . . . . . .W, Ystebo, Lillian . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women .......................... Total 35 17 - ............................ 52 ~ ~ ~ AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT NURSES . . . . . . . . . .Tigerton, Wis. Lindfors, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston ............Westby, Wis. . . . . .Mt. Sterling, Wis. M. ........ .Two Harbors Lomness, Mary Lou . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosstcn Alberg, Vera C. Aus, Phyllis B. Bruland, Audrey 1 Lunde, Margaret L. Cavallin, Joyce Molmin, Thelma D. . . . . . .Calmar, Iowa . . . . . . Shell Lake, Wis. Nelson, Ellen L. . . . . . . . .Longford, Dahlman, Eileen M. Nordeen, Myrtle Donielson, Marjorie K. Olson, Carolyn L. D. 1 . . . . . . . . . . Kasota .............. .Climax Dilmar, Morilyn L. Olson, Signora L. Cook, Kothleen R. ... .Wis. Rapids, Wis. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ......... .Malung . . . . . . . . . . . .Red Wing Erickson, Harriet C. . . . . . .Arlington, S. D. Erickson, June M. ............. Fostervold, W. Ruth Grudt, Mary E. .St. Paul . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . .Baldwin, Wis. S. D. . . . . . . . . .Clarion, Iowa . . . . . . . . . . . .Milroy Petersen, Juanita M. Peterson, Alice S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Peterson, Mary L. . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Raun, Ruth G.. . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. .......... Hofstad, Beatrice . . . . . . . . . . . .Owatonna Hafstad, Bernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna Swiggum, Hanson, Vera L. ........ Weis, Marilyn F. . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge Westby, Joyce M. . . . . . . ..Fairdale, Holmgren, Marianne 1. Iverson, Juliet C. .Porkers Prairie ......... .Braham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Johnson, Jean L. ....... .Grafton, Larsen, Helen M. ........ .Lacrosse, N. D. Wis. Sorem, Edith A. Doris B. Wilson, Shirley M. Women Total .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utica N. D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis .......................... 36 -- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 GRADUATES 1949 SEMINARY Dyrud, Amos ......-....... Erickson, Merle K. .Newfolden ....... Binford, Framstod, Waldemar . . .Williston, Martinson, Emil C. ............. .Dalton ....-.. .Superior, . . . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, N. Dok. Rusdahl, Kenneth Wis. N. Dak. Steen, John Wis. COLLEGE Almquist, Andersen, Andersen, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, John G. .... .Sand Creek, Wis. Jerome B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Robert W. . . . .Morineite, Wis. Bertil C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jeanell M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norman E. W. . . . . .Hendricks Raymond C. ......... .Mound Bagley, Emil J. ..... . . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake Bartsch, Robert L. . . ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Korl . . . . . . . . . . . Los Angeles, Calif. Bergeland, Helen C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Bergeland, Luther C. . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Berry, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bervig, Arthur L. ... . . . . .Fargo, N. Dak. Brekken, Carol M. . ....... .Minneapolis Bueide, James L. . . . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Carlson, Arthur S. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Fabian C. . ....... .Minneapolis Corlson, James I . . ....... .Minneapolis Carlson, John M.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Carlson, Robert J. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carstenbrock, Walter J. .... .Minneapolis Christenson, David R. ...... .Minneapolis Clyne, Alfred P. . . . . . . . . . . L'Anse, Mich. . Dahl, George H. . . . . - - . . ..Minneapolis Dohle, Norman A. ............. .Aitkin Dalland, Harold A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dovidson. Esther . . . . . .Highland, Kansas Detchons, Richard P. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Drange, Arnold N. . . . . . - . ..Minneapolis Dyrud, Amos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newfolden Embretson, Donald A. . . - . . . .Minneapolis Evenson, Leslie J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector . Falconer, Elizabeth ... . . . . .New Brighton Feero, Lee S,. Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jacobson Feig, Gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Felland, David E. . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis. Fischer, William W. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Foss, Merideth F. . . . . . . . .Minot. N. Dak. Froien, Dora . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. Dok. Furney, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis George, Shirley . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Morgan Gissel, John H. . . . . . . .Kenmare, N. Dak. Gisselquist, Grace E. . . . . . . . . Minneopolis Glade, Willard W. . . . . . . . . . Dows, Iowa Gmitro, Edward F.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Goertzen, Delna E. . . . . . .Mountain Loke Goertzen, Louis C. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Goode. Dolores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia Granum, Hilma . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Green, Evelyn R. . . . . . . . . . ..Bathe Lake Greene, Carolyn M.. . . . . . . . .St. Paul Hogen, John L. . . . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Hamilton, Marguerite M. . . . .Maple Plain Haukeness, Helen E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sebeka Haukeness, Stanley J. . . . . . . . . . Sebeka Hegg, Donald H. . . . . . . . . . .Hanley Falls Heistad, Rachel M. . . . . Milwaukee, Wis. Helland, Erling M. . . . . . . . . .Sacred Heart Hendrickson, Gordon . . . ..... .Minneapolis Henium, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Hitzeman, Wallace C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoff, Avery B. . . . . . . . . . . . .Pequot Lakes Holden, William E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmquist, Gordon E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Isoacson, Ruth M. Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, ............ Buffalo Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Bagley George A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kenneth L. . . . . . Minot, N. Dak. Louise H. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneota Marvin B. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Knudson, Elrie E. . . . . . . Lacrosse, Wis. Konsterlie, Mildred M. . . . . . . .Willmor Kragthorpe, Maynard H. . . . . . . . .Mound Kvamme, Leiv . . . . . . . . . . .Voss, Norway Larsen, Mentor R. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lorson, Calvin E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Lyla J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Leafblad, Charlotte Watt.. . . . . . .St. Paul Lehman, Robert M. . . .Chambersburg, Pa. Lindblod, Richord G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis McGinnis, J. Lorene . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Manthie, Russel L. ......... .Minneapolis Markland, Arne K. ........ .Minneapolis Martinson, Jeanette S. ..... .Minneapolis Midiling, John E. .......... .Minneapolis Morgan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mortensen, Hildegarde ..... .Minneapolis Nelson, Clifford L. ........... .Blomkest Nordstrom, Truit F. ........ .Minneapolis Nystuen, Ruth B. ............Northfield Nystuen, Theodore C. .........Northfield Olesky, Robert H. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Olsen, Robert 0. ........Brooklyn, N. Y. Olson, Elaine D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake City Olson, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Orville A. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Opland, Laverne M. . . .Thief River Falls Oscarson, Elder W. . . . . . . . ..Fergus Falls Paulson, Pout S. ...... .Spokane, Wash. Pearson, Ralph E. ......... .Minneapolis Pearson, Wayne L. ........... .Champlin Pearson, Woodrow ........ .Minneapolis Pedersen, Leonard J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pedersen, Ragnvold A Kristiansand. Norwav Peterson, Charles E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Clifford A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis P&erson, Donald Wm. . . . . . .Minnecpolis Peterson, Olga A . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . WiIImclr Phillipps, John P.. . . . . . . . . . Minnsupolis Quam, John L. ............ .Minneapolis Quanbeck, John T. . . - . . . . ..Minneapolis Quanbeck. Phyllis . . . . . . .Minneapolis Raymond, R. Scott . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rodmyre, Doris E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector Ronholm, Elsie I. . . . . . .Thief River Falls Roth, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Samuelson, Mary ... . . . . . . . . . Grasston Schwah, Harold ... ...... .Minneapolis Roufs, Henry W. Ryden, Joan S. Serstock, Margaret L ...... .Minneapolis Severtson, Milford D. ...... .Minneapolis Shaleen, D. Marian . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Snider, Victor L. .... ...... .Minneapolis Solberg, Oliver S. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Solheim, Dorothy L. .. ....... Racine, Wis. Solheim, Russell G. .. . . . . . . . Racine, Wis. Sorenson, Kenneth S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sorenson, Norman ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stock, Elroy M. .... . . . . . . . . Kensington Stohlberg, Paul E. . . . ...... .Minneapolis Sween, Donald L. ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Telander, Lorraine H. ........... .Mora Thorberg, Dorothy E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thorsen, Arline J. .. ... Waterville, Iowa Thorvig, Richard J. .. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thurston, Stuart J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Torgerson, Sheldon L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Torvend, Alice . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Tungseth, Esther D. .. . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Tweed, George H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vane, Rueben L. . . . . . . . . . . ..Dawson Wanous, Mary J. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Weagant, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Welter, Eugene ................ .Milroy Weltzin, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Werket, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wetzler, John H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wilcox, Peder J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,106 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 STUDENTREGISTER ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1949-1950 FIRST SEMESTER SEMINARY Men Students ................................................. Women Students ................................................. Total .......................................................... COLLEGE Men Students ................................................... Women Students ................................................ Total 23 0 -+. ,638 249 - ........................................................... Total Enrollment ................................................. Deducting those counted more than once ........................... !. SECOND SEMESTER SEMINARY .......-..............-...............................a ............................... !....................-0 ............................................................. Men Students Women Students Total , . COLLEGE ...................................................... Men Students Women Students 612 ..................................-.-.............-238 Total ............................................................ Total Enrollment .................................................. Deducting those counted more than once ..., ,,...... .............. TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1949- 1950 SEMINARY ................................................... ................. ;................,,,,..,.,...,, Men Students Women Students Total .. 24 0 .........................................-................. COLLEGE ..............................+..............!....... 690 Men Students Women Students .................... !........,.,.................258 - Total .......................................... Total Enrollment Deducting those counted more than once i ................ ................................................. ............................ IN1 I I I Page Absence Rules .................... 41 Academic Administration ........... 36 Admission Procedure .............. 36 Administrative Staff ................ 4 Administration. ORicers of .......... 3 Aims. Fundamental ............... 13 Alumni Association. The ............. 35 Ancient Languages. Department of . . . . 60 Annuities .........................118 Archives. The ..................... 19 Athletics ......................... 31 Attendance. Chapel ................ 42 Attendance. Class ................. 41 Audi~VisualEducation ............. 20 Band I ......................33. 70. 7T 84 20 17 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . Book Shoppe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration. Curriculum . . . Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 50 79 Calendar ........................ 2 Cancellation ...................... 40 Chemistry ........................ 86 Choir .....................32. 70. 71 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70. 71 Christian Education and Sociology .... 98 Christian Environment ............. 22 Christianity. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 56 Church History (Seminary) .......... 96 Classification ..................... 41 Classwork. Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 College. Augsburg ................ 36 College Faculty ................... 6 College Students (1949.1950) ........ 101 Committees of the Faculty ............ 12 Conditions ....................... 43 Convocation ...................... 23 Counseling. Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Counseling. Personal ............... 25 Courses of Study. College ........... 56 Cultural Opportunities ............. 23 Curriculums ...................... 46 Debate and Oratory ............... Degree. College .................. Dentistry and Dental Hygiene. PreDental Courses ................. Departmental and Student Interest Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diaconate ........................ Dining-Hall ....................... Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 46 52 30 54 28 25 Page Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Drama .......................... 31 Economics ........................ 79 Education ........................ 77 Electives ......................... 45 Elimination of Students ............. 41 Employment Service ................ 28 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses .. 53 English. Department of .............. 61 Enrollment Summary ............... 113 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 36 Examinations. Absence from ......... 43 Examinations. Comprehensive. . . . . . . . . 44 Examinations. Rules ................ 43 Expenses .......................... 20 Faculty. The ...................... Fees. General .................... Fees. Music ....................... Fees. Special ..................... Financial Support and Control ....... Finals. Delayed ................... Food Service ..................... Foundation Fellowship . . . . . . . . . . . . . French ........................... Freshman Guidance ................ 5 21 22 22 16 43 28 35 67 24 .............. General Information 13 German. Department of ............. 65 Gifts and Bequests ................ 117 Grade. Students Below ............. 43 Grade Values .................... 44 Graduate Study 46 Graduates (18701949). Summary of . .114 Graduates 1949 .................. 1 l l Graduation from College 46 Greek ........................... 60 .................. ........... Health and Physical Education. Department of ................. 88 Health Service .................... 28 Hebrew .......................... 61 High School Teaching. Curriculum.... 49 History and Aims ............... ..13 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 81 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . . 50 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Honors 33 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Housing for Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Page Journalism ................... 31. 65 Junior College Requirements. . . . . . . . . 44 Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . - - . - .19 Library Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Majors ........................... 45 Mathmetics. Deportment of .......... 87 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 51 Membership in Educational Associations 17 Ministry. Preparation for the ........ 46 Minors ........................... 45 Missionary Work. Preparation for .... 47 Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 18 Music. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Music. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22. 70 Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70 Natural Sciences. Division of the . . . . . New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norwegian ....................... Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess Hospital .................... .40. 84 95 66 52 Old Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 31 71 76 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . . Pastoral Theology ................. Payment of Accounts ............... Personnel Services, Student . . . . . . . . . . Philosophy, Department of . . . . . . . . . Physical Education, Department of Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Sciences, Department of . . . . . Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 69, Placement Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Political Science, Department of ...... Polity, Worship, and Parish Work ... Practical Theology ................ Pre-Seminary Curriculum ........ .46, Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology and Education, Depart.. ment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 97 21 23 58 53 88 85 86 71 28 73 98 97 91 34 41 76 76 Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . 25 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Registration, Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 page 56 Religion and Philosophy. Division of Religious Activities ................ 29 Residence Requirement ............. 46 Romance Languages. Department of . . 67 Rooms. Applications for . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 .. Scandinavian Language and Literature. Deportment of .................. 66 Scholarships ...................... 34 Secretarial Studies ................ 81 Seminary. Admission ............... 91 Seminary. Faculty ................ 5 Seminary. Courses of Study .......... 93 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 92 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees .... 92 Seminary. General Requirements. . . . . 91 Seminary. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Senior College Requirements. . . . . . . . 45 Sociology. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . 74 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 72 Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Speech .......................... 64 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Student Council .................. 29 Student Nurses ................... 110 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Student Register .................. 100 Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall . . . . . 27 Systematic Theology ............... 96 Teacher's Certificate ............... 49 Teaching Curriculum .............. 49 Theology. College Preparation for . .46. 91 Theology. Courses of Study .......... 93 Theology. Expenses ............ .20. 92 Theological Orientation Courses ...... 93 Theological Seminary. Augsburg ..... 91 Theological Students (1949-1950) ....100 Theology. Language Courses ......... 99 Theology. The Three-Year Cycle of Courses ....................... 94 Tours. Absences for ................. 42 Transfer and Advanced Standing ..... 37 Trustees. Board of .................. 3 Tuition and Fees .................. 21 Unclassified Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Veterans. Applications of . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Voice .................... .69. 70. 71
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Contact: Eddie Hertzberg An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency treatment agency. Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes, e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency. Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d . Fees: $100 Prerequisites: Time: Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission o f c o n t a c t person I& I 1 Room: Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN. Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention SOCIAL WORK 95410 Instructor: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rosa1i e C l a r k To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n t h e present. To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y . To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y . To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e . To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address domestic violence. Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d . Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n : 4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam 1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper. P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31 F i e l d Work i l l SOCIAL WORK 95466 Instructor: Doug Perry T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. This course carries Prerequisites: Time: 4:OO-5:00 o n l y % course c r e d i t . F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Old Main 22 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films SOCIOLOGY 94233 I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .) T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g SOCIOLOGY 94313 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Time: I Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Room: Old Main 22 32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Discussion and D e b a t e SPEECH 98112/98312 Instructor: Ray Anderson Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f problem-sol ving. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y every day. Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance i n discussions and debates. Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable. Yes I1 Room: Old Main 13 Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r ) SPEECH 98285 Instructor: Ailene Cole This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play. Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music, dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week. Time: 9:30 1:00 - 12:OO 3:OO Room: Stage 11, Old Music AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133 I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication SPEECH 98331 Instructor: Joel Mugge This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication between cultures. The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study o r travel abroad. - Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project. Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Old Main 18 34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Other Courses These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Interim Office. 10163 B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a . - Tuition $159. 551 06 S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h ) Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n . 58120 W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r ) Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s . 85399 Washington Interim A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113. 95312 T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e - I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d . - S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100. 98251 PeacemakingIPIaymaking: A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by Y workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g . Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n J o e l Mugge). Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285. - AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135 Lifetime Sports The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m . They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received. F o l k Dancing PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Time: E r n i e Anderson 12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday Running Room: Melby - A Positive Addiction PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t . There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside. Time: 12:OO-1:00 (meets :an. 12-30) Room: Me1by Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r . Fees: $20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n Time: 12:OO-1:00 Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y 36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Room: Me1by
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1973-1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calenda...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calendar . . Faculty . General Education Requirements Majors . . Pre-Professional Training I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs . International Study Honors Program . Degrees . .. . .. . .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E . . . S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . . Recreation . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life Student Services . Housing . Food S e r v i c e MUS I P .. .. . . . . . . PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE . . The A p p l i c a t i o n Process . . Transfer . . Early Decision . Early Admission . . Advanced Placement . . Advanced Standing . . . . PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D . . . . . Deposits . . . . . F i n a n c i a l Aid Expenses . 19 73- 74 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts . Refunds , .. PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION .. . . .. . .. . . Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration . P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal . Grading C r e d i t by Examination . Classification . Courses . . . Numbering . Symbol .. .. . . . . PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 87, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t notice . Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e . C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC. ......The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . COURSE .........A MAJOR.. . . . . . . . .A MINOR s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such as "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. ..........A concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n t h e maj o r . ELECTIVE. FEE.. c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree. . . . . . .A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e . . . . . . . . . . .Charges made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y . Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and governmental sources LOA N . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972 AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly e Octobor nnd November bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731 . 2f & ~ v e . S.. ' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101. sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota. There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s t h e "4- 1-4. I t I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College ldentif i c a t i o n Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with Founded more than 100 years t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC) ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. . The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s : 1 t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r . t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g a c a d e m i c excellence . I t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city. t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary Schools. The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical S o c i e t y T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus. Visiting t h e Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s , p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4 - 1 - 4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and 7 drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry, mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics , h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and P h y s i c a l Education History Mathemati cs Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Phi 1os ophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Pbysi c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Traini n g S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r future professional study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s . COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) . Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses . I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . u SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e o f f e r e d each term. S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e c o l l e g e . For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s ) 11 Student Life Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n . Social and Cultural Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e C e n t e r . There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative o f f i c e s . West Hall, an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . 13 TOWER APARTMENTS - now under c o n s t r u c t i o n . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t 15 p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. E a r l y Admission An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously completed. Advanced S t a n d i n g College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg . Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 ) Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A ) Future S i t e of Residence Tower Urness Tower Residence The College C e n t e r The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V ) The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A ) Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5) The Music B u i l d i n g (m) S i Melby H a l l (G) Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g YO- ~ 9 ) East Hall C E H ) (#a Admissions (Science 156) 433-936 Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~ Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ; Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 135) C a r e e r Planning and Placement (Memorial 1s t f l o o r ) C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development (Memorial 1st f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32; Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21 ' Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c . Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1,845.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t authorized. A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course o n l y . F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e . SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable with t u i t i o n : 4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00 Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00 . (Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . ) A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an interim). Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $1,040 to $1,100 Men: $1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00) Women: $1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 19 1973- 74 Cost Summary A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ............. $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00 ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00 ....... $ 25.00 ( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e ) Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1, i i 1972 (payment i s due J a n u a r y 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s . 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan ( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . Academic Administration S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n . MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion o f a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e . 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement . f. A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s . h. Division Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r . Organization The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e Department o f Psychology Department o f Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Department Library Department Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, S c i e n c e , Secondary Education o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education o f Music HUMANITIES Department of A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of R e l i g i o n Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e credit for it. A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r . S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F . C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n the Registrar's Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s seniors. Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing. A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d . Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N . A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department chairman . An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed during t h e following semester. A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e audited. Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N . General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s 32 grade p o i n t s J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s . S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s ....... To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses. Courses A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r 3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation. Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . 26 Course Descriptions Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages. See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS : History o f t h e United S t a t e s American S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r American S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490 Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 114 E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463 Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453 TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s under m a j o r . 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295. l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Art P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; 2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350. - F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 8 I t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , 27 MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 118 P A I N T I N G I Introduction t o painting media and technique. all, S p r i n g ) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d , wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 FILM-MAKING Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. (Prereq. : 350. F a l l , Spring) 355 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f painting. (Prereq. : 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq. : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r 351, 352) . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g ) - 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY a A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : Chemistry 103. Spring) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e . 112, Spring. 3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s . Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Frereq .: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 o r 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s . Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods. 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e ( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring) expected t o a t t e n d . 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r . ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work. p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business Fall, Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 . Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g ) . 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra. Fall) 1I ' ' 'A 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN: SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1953-1954
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March 21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. Accreditation and Membership in Educational Associations Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . Administration 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . . . . . ......................... 5 . . . Committees of the Faculty 6 The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 General Information .. Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Community Life . I 5 . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . . . 44 44 50 53 63 Student Personnel Services . . CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . . 64 64 68 81 95 The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3 . General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+.. ,, . , . . . . . - . .105 .., Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 CALENDARS For 1954-55and 1955-56 FIRST SEMESTER I955 I954 Freshman Days Sept. 9-13 Registration Sept. 9, 10, Classes begin Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. Sept. 17 Late Registration Fee Sept. 17 Oct. 22-24 Homecoming Oct. 28-30 Nov. Sept. 9-13 Sept. 9, 13 10, 11, Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. 13 12, End of &st half of Semester Nov. Nov. 25, 26 Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 24, 25 Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m. Christmas Recess begins Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m. 1955 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin after Christmas 1956 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 20-26 College Examinations Jan. 24-27 Seminary Examinations Jan. 23-26 Jan. 26 First Semester Ends Jan. 25 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 16-31 10 10 Recess Jan. 17 to Feb. I Jan. 19-25 SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. Feb. 5 Late Registration Fee Feb. 4 Feb. zz Washington's Birthday Feb. End of first half of Semester April 4 April I I, 8:00 a.m. 22 Easter Recess begins Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m April 12, 8:00 a.m. Easter Recess ends April 3, 8:00 a.m. May 27 Seminary Commencement May 25 College Examinations May 2 5 to June May 30 Decoration Day May 30 May 29 June 3, 8:00 p.m. Baccalaureate Service June 3 College Commencement June 4. 8:00 p.m. April 6, 4:20 p.m. May 26 to June 2 I b BOARD OF TRUSTEES REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term REV. CLARENCE J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term MR. IVER H. IVERSON, min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires 1954 expires expires expires expires expires expires expires expires 1957 195 8 1956 1958 I 9 54 1955 I 9 56 1957 Advisory Members DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn. DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn. ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women ..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty MELVINA. HELLAND. AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement CARL R. HAMMAREERG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative S. V. HJ-ELMELAND IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar .W. r.. .bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor k\ .IT - REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs. Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson. Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. MEDICAL n A F F Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N., Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel. Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss Joel. Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg. Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg. Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock. Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton. Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson. Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson. Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also included in this committee). Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee). Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd. Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included in this committee). 1953-1954 Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson, Mrs. Nelson, Savold. Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also included in this committee). The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25; ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n . Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. ~ A R ERMISCH, L Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augaburg 1928-1952. h h ~ v mA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y , 1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAUL G. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54 A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47. FREDERICNORSTAD, A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. *In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. AUGSBURG COLLEGE KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc* of -es~m, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952. MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Atigsbug since 1949. C. WESLEYANDERSON, M.Mus., Instructor in Music A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936; MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School, Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At Augsburg since I 9 5 3. ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950. PEGGY SMITH B ~ E YB.S., , Instrwtor in MllSjc B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953. EVABAVOLAK, AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege, A b e r d ~ S. , Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. HAROLD J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, 1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary, Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsbug since 1954. LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952. HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science CARLCHRISLOCK, A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49. A t Augsburg since 1952. . LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg since 1941. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3. MIKELISGEISTAUTS, Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia, Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege, Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research: University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar rind Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since r947. EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since '952- MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947. W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3. ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics .4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948. Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota, 1951-1:. ~ 4 Augburg t Skcf 191 j. BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of hgwgas A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since CARL W. LANDAHL, M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic A.B., Ud&ty d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit, Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. AUDREYLANDQUIST, MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music, 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937. A t Augsburg since 1946. ROBERT E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911. Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948, 49. A t Augsburg since 1950. ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M., , Imtructos in English A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton, 1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945. Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School, 1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. m., MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English. A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949. JOHN GERDA MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach. of Football md Baseball AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. &EN Y. NELSON, Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding: H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44; , University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948, 1949. At Augsburg since 1951. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd Seminary Faculty listing. ANKEPEDERSON, A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46; Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg, 1932-44, and since 1946. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK, A.B., Director of Admissions A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy.. 1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I. TIN QL~ASBECX, Ph.D., Dem of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M., ; University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D., 1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn., , 1929-36. Teaching: W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta, 1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS. LELAND B. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Music AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946. A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and' Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952. RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936. A.t Augsburg since 1944. GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn. Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I. ~MERTON P. STROMMEN, A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota, 19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD, AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948; Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah, 1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950. GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S. A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947. VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since '947. MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949. ~ ~ V E. T TRAUTWEIN, N A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r , V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1950. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949; PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52. University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. General Information PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Ohurch. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points. HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to the end that he may become an eeective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests, amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his eaciency in the various relationships of life. T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways prescribed for the attainment of these aims. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup- port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS. Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of- fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on ~ 3 r Avenue d across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many t s . There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm. sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three 2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean. OF NURSING AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.- Financial Information STUDENT EXPENSES A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERALEXPENSES FOR ONE SEMESTER' Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00 This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00 Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00 Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.o~ 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . . Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 o Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe. Subject to change. ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER' Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00 Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 60.00 SPECIALFEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee, depending upon the methad of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7.50 2.00 2.00 . 5 oo MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER ...................................... Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano ' .. Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00 Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 1 . Subject to change Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53, 54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 o 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.5 o I. 50 15.00 Resident students General expenses . . , , . . . . . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00 Room and Board Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00 Total, approximately . . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o OiX-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . Special, music, or course fees Total, approximately . . . . . . , . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . .2.00 to 35.00 . . . $247.50 to 295.50 PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s. Rw-g dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.% miniftlum df 205% of the tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. Subject to change. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. STUDENT AIDS Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes. The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes. The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances. Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of the Fr&a year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee. The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student r of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. H o # w n M&I Sckohshifi was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa. The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing. The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph, Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00 per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or medical study. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. Student Community Life 1 3 CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPEL SERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. DISCIPLINE The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation. In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development. CONVOCATION Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political, social, religious, and artistic. RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of many kinds are fostered and encouraged. STUDENT AREAS The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters for many student events and provide opportunity for students, both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium, the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study and discussion groups. The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings. STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all student activities. The program of student activities is organized through the Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and the Faculty Council. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and to provide students with training in practical democracy and in developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of the entire student body, it is the agency for student government on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent Association has !ken formed by the Student Council. Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities. Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in maintaining order in che Hall. Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors each have their own class organization and participate in student government. ACADEMIC Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further the scientific interests of the students. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings. ARTS The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama. Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production. Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays are additional means of oral expression. Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the fellowship of music and song. Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music. The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers. From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast, East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states. The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week. In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o . Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954 were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist. The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a "Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting, sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited. ATHLETICS All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at the beginning of the school year. Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation. Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster and increase interest in recreational games and sports. Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis, badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships. The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports. Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self- discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. CITIZENSHIP Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood. Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes. *Human Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations. Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions. rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on Political Action during March. The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of the day. SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program. The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to both men and women interested in improving public speaking techniques. Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross, March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys. PUBLICATIONS Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook and Directory. The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work. The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose interests lie in writing, photography, and art. All publications are student operated. Their primary function is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to year from the perspective of the student. RELIGIOUS LIFE The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings. This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows: Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival. Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences. SOCIAL Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. AWARDS Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the % i c e Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Student Personnel Services ADMINISTRATION College students face many new opportunities and not a few problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years of college. In order to help students to make the most of the opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems, Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students. These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee. FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during which they plan their program of study. All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances and vocational aims are discussed. TESTING A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs. Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the students select occupational goals and future careers. COUNSELING The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life. Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general counselors to all students. The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor. Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the college community. VOCATIONAL COUNSELING Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling on job opportunities. By means of such informational material and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests. PERSONAL COUNSELING Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances, social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion. HOUSING Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with House and Edda House Morton Hall housing twenty, %am each housing eighteen women. The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students. Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans. Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment, beyond ordinary wear and tear. ROOM APPLICATION Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application. Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. ' After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining room available to students and other groups upon request. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE I + The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed, and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence. Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. PLACEMENT SERVICE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. The employment service which assists students in obtaining part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION Admission Procedure Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application, together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph, should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I . Requirements for Admission ~ u g s b u College r~ admits as students, men and women of g o d moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad- vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difliculty with college work. Deficiencies Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage. Transfer and Advanced Standing Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted at Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on &e basis of comprehensive examinations. Admission of Veterans Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college. In order to receive college credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. Registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sugcient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. ~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the lbeginning of the second week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce in order to remain in good standing. By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. Classification In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. Probation and Elimination There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C or better. Class Attendance Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued by rhe Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. Examinations GENERALRULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, h d reports are made at the close of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice. Grade Values A-Superior, g honor points per credit %Very good, 2 honor points per credit I honor point per credit &Satisfactory, M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E--Condition I -Incomplete GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, .&e Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Lower Division, laying rhe basis for study in profescollege education. sional fields or for a Religion 2 credits each semester English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 6 credits Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature. 3 credits Speech: Course I I Foreign Language 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from &is requirement. Social Sciences: Hist. I -2, 2 I, 22, or SOC. credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6 I Natural kiences and 3 other 6 credits 8 credits Health and Physical Education: Courses 2, 3 and 4 3 credits Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2. Psychology required in certain fields Orientation required of all Freshmen 4 credits I credit Upper Division MAJORAND MINORS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major ' h e of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Upper Division students should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Courses numbered 50 or above are designated as Upper Division Courses. TOTALCREDITSAND HONOR POINTS The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a gade of A. ENGLISHPROFICIENCY In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. RESIDENCEREQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREEWITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor pointa per credit 2.8-3.0 -7942.1-2.49+ 2.5-2 Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent at least two years in residence are eligible for honors. RECOMMENDATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per credit. CURRICULUMS .. The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for tbe vocation of his choice. Tbe Christiafi Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag, for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Frerhmln Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation .................... Health ....................... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English .............. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hropcan Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . or Natural Science. 8 Cr. kiobgy ..................... I 2 1 6 8 6 6 - Sophomore speech .................... Natmal Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History .................... or English Literature, 6 Cr. Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 J h New Testament Greek.. ........ Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . . History or English . . . . . . . . . . . . Hymns of the Churoh.. . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6 6 6 2 4 - Senior Youth Work in the Church.. . . . . Principles of Christian Education. .. History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . Philmphy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . Economics or Education or Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English (for major or minor). . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s 2 6 3 6 6 6 - The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. Parish and Missionary Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachens in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible ta plan for a major in Religion with a minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are itdctzed in the outline below. Freshman Bmic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Sociology . . So&l Problems . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . Phpical Activities . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . . 3 Types of Plcblic Spcecb.. . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language 8 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Junior Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . Principles of Christian Edwatim . . . Tbe Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . Tbe Lutheran Cbnrch . . . . . . . . . . . Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elemumkry Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . ............... General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Health ........................ z First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Senior z t 2 n 3 3 I 6 I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Youth W i d in the C h r c h . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . Hymlrr and Mwic of tbe Chnrcb. Fandamentalr of J w m h . . . . . Craf tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fields of Social Work. . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 3 Each state ,sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same p r e gram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The m d m t should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on rhe basis of scholarship and other qua~cations. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Sophomore ' ~ e l i ~ i o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 \ F r e h t m ~ n ~ l i r.h. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E m p a n Civiliz&on . . . . . . . . . . . 6 \3Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ~ o r r i g a-ge or N.N.~ Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech ....................... 3 . . . . . . . . . . .Foreign . . . Language . . . I or N a d phpricd Edmcadon , . . . . . . . . . . ., I Saence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 H4 T q h l t h ........................ 2 \I ~sychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electmcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . - 13 - C .7., 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educarional Pqchology . . . . . . . . . 3 Twhinng in High School.. ....... 3 W p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 & in Major or Minor.- . . . .14 Principlw of Guidm-. . . . . - . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5 Special T&g Me-. ....... 3 Electives ..................... .I4 32 32 - - The program in bminesc administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of bwiness and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation and r d t a in a Bachelor of A r t s degree. Fruhmvl Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English ............... 6 European C i v h t i o n or Sociology. . 6 Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language .............. 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Physical Education ............. I Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 United Statca History . . . . . . . . . . 6 B h Law .................. 3 Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ele~rireC ~ ................ P 10 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech ............... Natural Science ........ Psychology ............ Principles of Economics . . Introduction to Statistics. Elective credits . . . . . . . . . Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing or Production . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations . . 3 Public Finance and Taxation . . . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 9 Secretarial Work Preparation for teaching [businesssubjects in high school requirca work in the departments of Business Admidstration and Secre6 1 Studies An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Seoretarial Studies The first year of ihe following program provides preparation for certain oflice positions Completion of the second year provides more advanced training A student who has had similar coursed in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of a proficiency test . . . . . Pint Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fmhman E n g U . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . Elementary Typewriting . Intermediate Typewriting P.rinciplea of AccoUdn'g . Otiell~tion............ Phyniul Education ...... Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Advanced Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . z Advanced Shorthand ............ 4 Psydlology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O9ice Machines ................ 2 Coneumer Edocttion ............ z Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 . 32 V o c a t in ~ Home EEmwmics From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she lbegins her college work. A curriculm for a home economics education major is given lklow. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation Physical Education . . . . English . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Physics. . . Principles of Chemistry Art in Daily Living. . . . Clothing Selection . . . . Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . Clorhiig Construction . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . Economics . . . . . . . . . . Marriage and Family Principles af Sociology Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . Child Development . . Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching in High School.. . . . Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color and Design . . . . . . . . . Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 z 3 4 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . History and Philosophy of Educa- z 3 3 r 6 - Home Management Problems. . . . Home Management Laboratory. . Advanced Clothing Construction Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. Dentistry Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 F r e h m n Englhh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative ChemLtry ......................... 8 Inuoduciiom to Mathematical Aa- . .. ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .. .. I 0 orientadon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I H d t h . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I sly+ - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . European C i v h t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . - . - . General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 34 32 Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schooIs have at least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A twu-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 N s d Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 8 .. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 4 r'qSodob8p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Elanen01 of Nutridon.. . . . . . . . . . 3 orht8tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I W M Educstiw . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . 33 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 History or Politid Science-. . . . . . 6 . .. . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . 6 .......................3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 HumoPitiea speech N a d Physical Education . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should ;be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Anatomy and Physiology.. . . . . . . 4 B o c ~ l o g y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 a d t r y .................... Second Year 3 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2 - Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 2 - 14 2 Medical T e c h l o g y Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . General Zoology . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . horganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . S p e d ........................ Foreign Language .............. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sacialsciexlce . . . . . Orientatkn . . . . . . . .Health . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education Electives ......... k 8 4 3 8 5 - 32 J 4 -Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 h d y d c a l Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . 4 l%lecrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 32 Senior Lectnres, laboratory and pmcticd work at General 1for twelve months. 32 Engineering A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg More transferring. The course outlined below applies to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, industrial, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Andy& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lo Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics ................ 8 Orientation .................... I Physical Education ............. I Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4: Electricity and Magnaism . . . . . . . 4 Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8: Survey of European Civilization or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 3.6 36 - - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must (be taken in summer session. Law The following two-year program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School! at the University of Minnesota. It is p s i b l e to modify the program for admission to other law schools. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 P.&ciplea of Aammtiug. ......... 6 Hnmanitk .................... 6 Eozopean Ci...........6 O r i e n h .................... He4lrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pbpkd Activitk .............. I 2 I - -re Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r. chIis&n Ethiu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P,k&p1ea of Ecanomkr... . . . . . . . 6. American Government ........... 6 Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philomphy.. . . . . . . . . . .3; General Psychlogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . + HistoryofEngland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 speech or sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . f - Medicine ~faediwt~r~;tm;n;mtrm~tbree~of* bat: Q I I ~ gtadsnts ~ C ~& &d btamtol ~ p ~ t h e i r ~ w o r k . M a f ' e e n ~ ~ The f ~ ~ g p r o g mwdl mmee the requkrmts af mosr m d h l dm&, bcft 5 is a d v i d e for &ti atudtnt to m d y tbe reg*men@of the medid dm1 to which he plans to a&. &CWb& Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health ........................ z Physical Education ............. I Religion ...................... 4 History or Phdomphy ........... 6 Zoology ..............,....... 8 Psychology .................... 4 Qualitative Analyaia ............ q Quantitative Analysin ? . , ...... 5 Speech .................. , ..... 3 32 34 - Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S o c i d Science .................. German ....................... Organic Chemistry ............. Phyeica ....................... 4 6 8 8 -8 34 Sophomore .. - Senior Religion ....................... 4 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German ....................... 6 Physical Chemistry ... , , ........ I Genetics ...................... 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro 32 Social Wad For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 / European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . @ Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation ................... I Health ........................ r Physical Educaaon . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . History of Philosophy.. . . . . , . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 American Government . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . -6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -c Senior 4 6 9 6 7 32 Religion Sociology Statistics Electives ................. , 4 ............... 9 .................... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16 32 Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to recommended courses, minors, and electives. A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may (be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. Divisional Organization College courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Mr. Stensvaag, Chm'rmsn Religion Philosophy Mr. Olson,-C DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art "" DIVISION OF THE SOGSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman -.-History, Political Science, Sociology Education, Psychology Library Science Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Mr. Nash, Chairman Courses of Study Courses marked I are offered &st semester Courses marked I1 are offered m n d semester Division of Religion and Philosophy Through the rtudy of religion and philosophy, the individual ia apprised of and encouraged to build an the certainties of the Chrktian faith. The work proceeds on the usumptim that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which givea meaning to human existence. The s t u d e a t ia challenged to accept chis +t of view--to relate himself to Christ aa the center, to evaluate a l l him studies and experiences in the light of revealed d, and to make a consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired ia the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. tbe central realities of Me Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the &tory, doctrines, and ethics of the &I&, and .m prepare him for effective aervice in the congregation. The funh , d aim in inrtruction is to lead as many as possible to penond faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time d e n t s are required to register for two clam houm per week in one of the COoffered in religion during each runeater of their rtudiea. Raghtration in New Tutament Greek sa&es tb.ia requirement. Major, 2 8 credits; Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. BASICBJBLE.Fr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed 'by the rtudy of the Goepel of M u k and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semeater i, devoted to the study of two or three ;books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire ~ e ; Testament. I, 2. CHURCH HUTORY.L s Cr. A brief nuvq of the main eveno in the hbtory of the Church for dw purp o b ~of developing r more intelligent and appreciative church membenhip. 3. -ION AND 65 hmnso~~y 2 0. THECHRISTIAN FMTH IN THE MODERN WORLD.n. A s d y of the Christian faith in its relatiomhip to the secular movemenm and rival faith of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the c d e n t m undemanding, fmm the stadpoint of the Chriaisn faibh, of the prerent co&ts and criser in Western culture. 4. THE MISSIONARYENTEPPIIWB.I. s Cr. The &nary motives, means, and r d t s are studied as thae are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 5. 1955-56.) PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION. n. r Cr. Seelu to develop a fundamental understanding of Christina Education, io history, abjectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 6. 2 Cr. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH.I. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the d a p of Christ until the prwent are studied. Special repom, clam discussion. 7. 8. CHRISTIAN ETHICS. II. t Cr. The problems of human duty arc studied in the light of various human philosophiu of morals. Validity ia determined by reference to the Word of God. The maiu emphasis is on the new life in Christ, io creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various p h e s of life. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE Cnunc~.IL See Course 10 under che Department of Music. 2 Cr. GROUPACTMTY. See Course $ 3 under Education. I Cr. 10. zj. Upper Division Colcrses $2. COYPAMTIVE RELIGION. I, n. 4 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social rutrlw of wme ten or twelve of the great non-Christian relighna of the world $3. THECHRISTIAN CHURCHES. I. z a. Thb coorre lime to give the student an insight into the origin, dcrelopment, docvinrl ponition, and practices of the various branches of the C h r h h Church. $4. THE Lurnunw GXURCH. H. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, ita doctrines and practicer. Attention m given to L u t h e d in America and to the basic principles of the Lutherra F m churck. PROBLEMS m CHRISTIANLIVING.I. 2 CI. A wnnideration of some of the fundamental quertiona connected with living the Christian life: such as, the ysurancc of salvation, the devotionrl life, sandu& of conduct, the me of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local wngrcgation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 5 5. 56. YOUTH WORK IN THE CHURCH.11. z Cr. A rtlrdy of principles, methods, and m a t e d in youth work for the purpae of derJoping d e e d r e Chrirtian leadenhip in thir sphere. PI~PNwou. L Thb e o ~ ueka c to f m d k h the student with &e work of s7. tion a d Gution. St range in mpc from 4 be mpplunmtcd by n c d fieM work. 2 Cr. parish orgmizlroul-can to surveys. Clm lecmres z cr. GODAND MAN IN THE Om TESTAMENT. I. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and 59. made aipdicant for our day through the study of a number of g n a t passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 60. THEMISSAGZ OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.n. 2 ~ r . A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy The courses in p & h P h y seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with the thoughts of the B r a t men and intellectual movements in the history of Werrtcm ~~~, to create a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 25, 26, 41, 42, 58 are required for the major. Courses 41, 42 arc required for the minor. 15, 16. TIIEH U M A N ~IN ES WESTFXN no^. I, I,. A m e y course dcPling with th dmcbpment of W~utcrnthought 6 Cr. u rdlected in outrrroding workr in the &I& of p h p h y , litcprturr, political and aocial thought, religion, md the am Thc m is a~ccptcdin fulfillment of the Lower Division requirement in the Social Sciences. (OfFered 195 5-5 6.) INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. SO. I. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student i s acquinttd with the terminology of philosophical dhcuion. Selected phiIoscrphifd problems are treated, including those of ethics, rnetn~hysia,and theory of knowledge. 25. 26. LOGIC.So. 11. valid inference. Topics considered inA study of the formal rules clude: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY.I, 11. 6 cr. An historical mrvey of the outstanding men and movemenu in the develop ment of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 51, 52. C o x m w m RELIGION.I, IL See course 5 I, 5 2 under Department of Religion. 5 4 ~ O L OF Y POLITICAL THOUGWT. Jr., Sr. See c o w 54 under Political Science. II. 3 Cr. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42, I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since h t . 55. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered 1954-55.) X I E R ~ G A A RPrereq. D. 41 or 42. 11. 3 crA study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his contribution tci &wry of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and theology. (Offered 1954-55.) 56. 5 8. TO. Prereq. 41.11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY OF ART. n. 3 Cr. The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms 60. through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. 61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( m e r e d 1955-56.) e: Division of the Humanities AUGSSU~G C~UEGE 68 The Division of the Humanitier ~ e k to s pas^ on to the coming gcnaation a knowledge and interest in the field of the human cultural inheritance of the ages, and to give to each student the development that come, from finding hh place within this culture. The Division creeks to promote the knowledge of there t r e m of maukind, in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to connect their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life. Department of Classical Lampages The courier in the c l d c a l languages aim to tnin .the rtrrdent to master f o r m and syntax, to acquire solme facility in translation, and to get mme insight into clmical culture and its bearing ,upon the present. Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the underatanding of historical documents and scientXc terms. A knowledge of New Testament Greek ic a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries. GREEK Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for credits the raneater in which it ir taken. Except for C o m e I in the h a t -ester, in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. NEWT E S T ~GREEK T ELEMENTS OF N F . TEST-NT ~ GREEK. I, R. 8 0. Text: New Testament Greek for Beginners, J. G. Machen. In addition to a study of the theoretical and practical grammar, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the N. Testament Greek text, with the description of the main Uncial Mss. and ancient versions. I-2.f Upper Division Caurses f I, 52. fin,AND ACTS I-=. 53, 54. LUKEI-= AND n. ROMANS.I, U. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax, and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I, 52 will be offered in 1955-56; 'xmrs= 53, 54 in 1954-55. w n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGL a m . Fr. I, IL Grammar, e q prone, c o e t i o n . A year's course. 8 0. 6 Cr. Gsm AND ST. AUGUSTINE.SO. I, 11. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading of Caesar's Gallic War and St. Augustine's Confessions. ( H e r e d 1955-5 6.) 3, 4. HEBREW 83-84.? Hmmw FOR BEGINNERS.I, TI. See Theological Seminary, No. 9-10. 6 Cr. EXEGESIS.I, 11. 8 5, 86. HEBREW See Theological Seminary, No. 17, 18. 4 Cr. Department of English The Department of English aims to train the student in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and note-taking and handling thought materials; ,to develop a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature; and to integrate all these purposes through the principles of Christianity. The department prepares specijically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English, courses 1-2 or 3-4, required of all and prerequisites to other courses in the department. (Students exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.) Major: 26 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 91-92; 6 credits in American literature; and 2 credits in writing (courses 25, 26, Journ. I, or Journ. 3). Minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 9192; and 3 credits in American literature. Teaching major: 26 credits above Freshman English; courses l i e d for nonteaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature. A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high schools. Students who plan to do graduate work in English should include courses 7 5 and 76. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. IMPROVEMENT OF WRITING.I. o Cr. For students who do not meet the minimum requirements i n the entrance English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct English usage. One double period per week. Wered in connection with English I. A. B. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. 11. o Cr. A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. Limited enrollment. FRESHMANENGLISH.I, TI. 6 Cr. For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers. I-2.f FRESENGLISH. I, n. 6 Cr. For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions. 3-4.t MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE.I, TI. 6 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great cllssics, selected on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama. 21, 22. EXPOSITORYWRITING. I. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. 2 Cr. The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research papers. Reading and analysis of models. 25. CREATIVE WRITING.TI. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. 2 Cr. Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice of the short story. Individual and group projects. 26. Upper Division Colcrses so. CORRECTIWWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Required of 211 students who show insufficient ability in the sophomore English examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing. AMERICANLITERATURE.I, n. 6 Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. (Offered 1955-56.) 5 I, 5 2. AMERICANFICTION. I. 3 Cr. A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, concentrating upon the major writers. ( m e r e d 1954-55.) 5 3. AMERICANPOETRY.11. 3 Cr. Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern period, with s u e s placed on the Romantic period. Attention t o the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. (Wered 1954-55.) 54. W n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.I. 2 Cr. See course 55 under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literatarc. (Offered 1954-55.) 5 5. 56. THEMODERN SCANDINAVIAN D w . II. 7. Cr. See course 56 under the Department ob Scandinavian Language and Literature. (Offered 1954-55.) THEB m n NOVEL. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelires and their novels. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 57. 61. ENGLISH LITERATURE OF THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT. I. The development of Romanticism in England between 3 Cr. 1798 and 1832. Stress on the five major ,poem. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor poets. (Offered 1914-55.) 62. VICTORIAN ~ E R A T U B B .II. 3 0Writers of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the rnovemcncs in thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Tennyson and Browning. (Offered 1955-56.) CENTURY ~ ENGLISH L~~ERATUE. I. 67. E I G H T E E 2 Cr. The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary moremenu and historical backgrounds. LITERARY CRITICISM. II. 2 Cr. A study of same basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and 68. issues which have special relevance for modern thought. 3 cr. The rtudy of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Decigned to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. 71. INTRODUC~ON TO MODERN ENGLISH. I. 74. s~naesp- 11. 3 Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the ,historical background. 75. MILTON. I. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose worka in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Wered 19$5 -5 6.) 11. 76. CHAUCER. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1954-55.) MODERN DRKMA. I. 2 cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Representative plap studied as literature and as theater. (Ogered 1954-55.) 8I. MODERNBR~T~SH ~ h n ~ n n u11 i.. 2 Cr. The more important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading anthon and notable productions. 82. 91-9z.t ENGLISHSEMINAR.I, TI. 2 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. 93. I % Cr. FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. z Cr. An introdncdon to the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in connection with Tbc Augsburg Ecbo or Tbc Augsburgian an additional credit may be earned. See courses 4 to 7. I. 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER n. z Cr. A amtinuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production m d d t with in detail. PmMema of ryle and policy relative to coho01 and church pnblicidopc are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Ecbo ir required. (Offered 1954-15.) FEATURE WRITINGFOR PUBLICATION. U. 2 Cr. articles and their placement in various The p l d g and writing of featpublications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. (mered 1955-56.) 3. Bcbo STAFF MEETINGS. I, IL 2 Cr. Stlldma who m regular memben of Tbe Avgrburg Ecbo S d and nho may receive credit for ,their work must register for the weekly r d meetings. These meetings are also open to members of course I. Hour arranged. 4~ 5. Aylrbmgiw, STAFF ME~~INGS. I, IL t C c. Studentr who are regdar mcmben of the Augsbnrgia r d and who may receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meet4,7. ing#. Department of Speech The speech department aims to relate the development of speech to personality with & purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to his environment. It meks to develop skill in platform deportment and speech comporition, and .tof w e r the hzbit of critical listening. Through its comes in interp m t i v e reading and dramatics an appreciation of poetry and drama in sought. The department offem a major in general speech which prepares the student for the teaohing of speech in the secondary schools and for graduate work in general apeech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. .fiContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both ouneeters. All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech 1 1 ia designed mpecirlly for thir requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including comes 12, 31, 32, 11, 61, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor. Minor: 15 credits above Speech 11. For Education students at least one course Qromeach of the following groups: 12, 5 I; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76. 4. REMEDIAL SPEECH. Open to all studena. o Cr. For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech pioblemo such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright. 3 Cr. BEGINNINGSPEECH.Fr., 50. Offered \bothsemesters. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speech. I I. 3 Cr. TYPESOF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11. An i a d ~ # : t i o na togamenution and peramion, &usah, debate, intapretative readiug, and parliamentary procedure. Pamiciperion in various q m h g I 2. aativi*. 15. STORY TELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and practice in story telling. (Offered 1914-5 1.) ~TERCOLLEGIAIE D E B A I, ~ .II. Open to d 8mdantl. The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate 21, 22. 2 a. question for the year. I Cr. Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contents. Arrangements to be made with the instructor. 24. ORATORY. Open to all students. I. IN~RETAT RJZADING. I V E So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various k i d s of prose, poetry, and drama. (Wered 195 5-56.) 3 I. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING.SO. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and skits; participation in dramatic productions. Upper D i v i s h Cmrses GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1954-51.) 11. SPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11. 54. WIO z Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. (Wered 1914-55.) 61. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE.Prereq. I I, Philosophy 26. Jr., Sr. I 2 Cr. Applicationr of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1955-56.) 2 Cr. PERSUASION. Prereq. 11, Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. 11. Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of various kinds of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 62. STAGECRAFT. Jr., Sr. 11. s Cr. A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high school theatrical productions. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. 64. (Offered 1955-56.) STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking and directing play rehearsals. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. ( m e r e d 66. 1954-55.) 2 Cr. SPEECHHYGIENE. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. LI. Principles of mental hygiene in relation to ,personality and development of speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. (Offered 74. 1954-55.) SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and social workers. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 1% cr. OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 95. TEACHING See course 95 under Education. 76. Department of Germatm MR. LANDA,MR. KOPP The general aim of the COWSCB in German is to help the student develop an u n d d g of the Gsmm idiom and an ippreciabon of ,the ethical and athetic d u e s contained in German literature In particular, the aim is to provide techniul training for sthe student who plans m study theology and for the candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, 20 credits. I-2.t BHEE~PNWG GERMAN.I, IX. 8 0. A d y af & grammar and vocsbulary of the G e m language w h a t the student attains a reading knowledge. 3-4.t MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11. 6 Cr. This omme w n h to build up the vocabulary of thc mclent Amugh the study of easy prose and poetry. -&mstion both -eaters. course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Upfir Division Cmrses 5 I, 5 z. GERM~N LITERATURE. I, TI. 6 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. C Sr. I. 74. TEACHINGOF G ~ M A M LANGUAGES. See course 74 under Education. 1% Cr. Department of Scandi~vianLanguage and Literature MR. OLSON,Ah. LANDA This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It zto aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthennore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Norwegian nce, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples. Minor, 24 credia. I, n. 8 0. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 14.t BEGINN~NG NORWEGIAN. Fr. INTERMED~TE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, TI. 6 Cb. Further rtndy of granmmu. Reading of standard authors. Brief surrey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 3-4.t HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. (Ogered 1955-56.) I I. DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN SCANDINAVIA. 'II. 3 Cr. A survey of social &ought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 to the present day, studied against the background of the general cond,itions in Europe. (Offered 1955-56.) 16. SOCIAL Upper Division Co~rses THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in liter2 Cr. ature. Jr., Sr. I. The course includes selected mveh by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undret, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Ogered 55. DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in litera56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN 2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. 11. The wurse includes elnmsc by 8j@tnron, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (mered 1954-55.) Sr. I. 7.4. TEACHINGOF GERMANICLANGUAGES. t(=ontinua&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complcb Borh semesters. Department of Romance Languages at& T h a ~ c e ~ ~ ~ t n i m r ~ m t r r i n & ~ f o r ~ d work, nsd bntintrr -tiom indhigh r h l teoehing, tbe~~fFmOEhotS~;nrrtffo&indt&P;.g~ap&~af rhsbtinIitetfflrrrmdea~the&of p t b k a u r w c o b l e h time; and &ally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in d e n u an undemtanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, c u l ~ , and id&. Minor, zo credits I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, IL 8 GThe collne includes che study of French sounds and their rpelling, the erenchb of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. Offered 1954-5 5 . ) INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11. 6 CrOne half of the time is devoted to the further rtudy of grunmu, cornpodtion, d oral work. JE.e other half is spent in reading repre~~ltative of French literature. (Ogered 1955-56.) 3-4.t Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr- Th couree cornprim leotarea by the inatrucmr on authon and l i t e r q moremenu of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth e e n d u , and readingr d reports by the students. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) CONVERSATION, fr C ~ M W S ~ OIL EY. 3 Cr. 12. FRENCHPHONETICS, A thorough study of French sounds, phaoetic symbols, drill an pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral mrk, memorization. dictation and' composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) TUCHIWG OF R o w - LANGUAG~. ST. L See course 78 under Education. 78. &or, zo credits. I-2.t h BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 0. The cotuse includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and e reading af rhort rtorics, novels, and plays in the Splnish language. tQntinuacDn course. To receive credit lor thi, coune, a student both ~mrtcn. QW complete INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, U. 6 Cr. The course includes the essentiah of grammar, oral and written work, and the r e d i g of stories in the Sp?nish language. 3-4.f Upper Division Collrses SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. The c o r n consirtr of reading and reports, a d provides a general survey of well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) 5 2 . SPANISHCONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. Some further study of Spanish gmmmar is included with special emphasis on developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) Sr. I. I % Cr. 78. TEACHINGO F ROMANCELANGUAGES. See course 78 under Education. 5 I. Department of Music MR. SATEREN,MR.SAVOLD,MR. THUT, MRS. THUT, MISS LANDQUIST, MR. LANDAHL,MR. C. W. ANDERSEN,MRS. BAILEY,MR. TETZLAFF Thicdeptmmtdm~iusmw&n~rtrtdcnurbam~pbm d y i n & e a ~ t i o ~ d ~ ~ ~ ~ & m o d e d t h c p t l r t r m , m a d d i t i o n m g i i i n g ~ ~ t o b w & ~ t o ~ & a f l o w d dhctam af choral md d pjrma.lh tLtduponthetichmwicdbodtageof r f r c ~ C Theh ~ rho~paeprrctionfOrfb#owhocxpe~t~ooontiaPtllaaeisfhdm+in tbeadafmwk MU& A Graduation Major (36#edits) the cmnple- 7, 8, 15-16, 55-56, 6 x 4 or 63-64, 6 ~ 66; , q &&e 77, 78; and 8 credits in Agpfd M&c (hdndiog nt I, 2, of the following: credits from 10, z credits in piano or organ.) A Teaching Major (36 credits) requires the completion of the following: I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16, 61-62'' or 63-64*, 61, 66, 87, 88; z elective credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in Applied EAusic (including at least 2 credits in piano or organ). One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of dl music majors. - . ~ t h u t h cno w . both semesters. To receive cradit &or thiu course, r student mwt d t e * A s & t d E r = ~ h ~ M d b t & f o r b o & d o n d ~ t d ~ ~ r k U & h e t n k e o b o d ~ ~ , h i s w m k i n A Mm;E,craeptforthsraq~~~inPinrw,mpptKinins~~~ Xbaresip~facGharnlT~ac,diavoEnImoaicifhotogiamk~m e n d Technique. A Graduation Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following: 7, 8, 15-16, 78; 4 elective credits from 10, 55-56, 65, 66, 77; and 6 credits in Applied Music (in which at least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in either vocal or instrumental music). I, 2 , A Teaching Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following: 15-16, 61-62 or 63-64, 65, 66, 78, 87, 88, and 4 credits in Applied Music. I, 2, Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the Chord Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one y e a in ,&e M e Cham Credits are not 'granted for less &an two successive, complete semesters. Ow credit per semester is granted to studem taking a minimum of sirteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, piano, organ, or brass. Fees per semester: Choir $5.00, Choral Clvb $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00. Piano rental $8.00, Organ rental $20.00. Brass (private instruction) $40.00, Brass (class instruction) $14.00. (Ren,d entitles the student to use the instnunent for I hour per day.) , C, TRAINING. I, 11. 4 fi. course including the basic fundamentala of music: notation, terminology. r , > k and melody. Special attention is given to right tcales, intervals, triads, ih+, ringing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and Lnnonic dictation. 4 Cr. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC.I, 11. An historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest music. Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering bor 8, or have consent of instructor. ,7, 8. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE Cnvacn. ILL a Cr. A nrrrey c o u m dealing with . h e development of the myic of the Chrhti.n Cbrud, with &s attention to Promtant Hymnody. Designed for the general d e n t , the coum also will prove 'helpful to orgmirts, choir directom, and prewminirirru. The anme ir accepted aa fulfilling rhe requirement of a w m in 10. Uuiatiallity. 4 ck. of rcales, intervals, and chord forniation in written u e r k Writtin .work includes ~ ~ b n i z a t i oofn fi&d bur and given melodia u well aa opportunity for simple cmtive writing. -tinuation amme. To ieceive credit for this coruse, a student must oomplete both semesters. - Upper Division Cwrses 4 fi. monkation of +ed bass and given melodies. Thorough study of mod&tion, advanced chord formadom, the use of wpensionr, retardrtions, and ornunam of m&. S h t r should have mme knowledge of piano. 61-62.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Prercq. I, 2. I, IL 4 QC h intruction in string, reed, and brvr instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63-6.4.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I,2. I, IL 4 (3- Clav instruction in the fundamentals of voice u related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 65, 66. C~NDUCTU~G. Prereq. Jr. I, ll. I, z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. 4 Cr. A come designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for thore who wish training in church choir administration and direction. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 15-16, 5 5 . I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 77. MUSICAL ANALYSIS. Prereq. I, 2, I 5-16,1f, 77. 11. 2 Cr. A detailed study of rhe structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 78. TEACHINGOF G r a m SCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II. See course 87 under Education. 87. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOL MUSIC.Sr. I. See course 88 under Education. 88. s Cr. 2 Cr. CLUB OR BAND. I, IL z Cr. &on, CHORAL M m s CHORUS.I, 11. I Cr. These organizatiom exist not only for the benefit of the music rtudent but for anyone enrolled u a student who wishes to participate in group affording the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for 1 s than two NCcessive, complete semesters. s Cr. PIANO.I, n. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-plinutc lesson per week. ?Continuation course. To receive credit b r this course, a student must complete both semesters. ORGAN.I, 11. z Cr. Inrtruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended u a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. I or 2 Cr. n. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and aecular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. VOICE.I, BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I or z Cr. Private or class instruction on the brass instruments of the band and orchestra is offered as follows: a) Private instruction-ne lent) per semester. I credit. thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equiva- thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) b) Class instruction-ne per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/z credit. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, II. 4 Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal forms. Plaster casting. ( m e r e d 19 54-5 5.) I , 2. PAINTING.I, 11. 4 Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems 3, 4. in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. (Offered 1955-56.) Division of the Social Sciences I t is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student'# u n d e r s t d i n g of human relationships and his appreciation of ,their importance and rrhq especially in their Christian interpretation. The work pmxedhg u n d u the d a n c e of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a Bightr grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to his vocation. Department of History and Political S d e n c e The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and opemtiona of the phenomcnn in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; minor, zr credits. Students who h a ~ ea major or minor in History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 2s. For non-majors, prerequisitu may be waived on consent of the instructor. SURVEY OF EUROPEAN CIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1-2.1 HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTIIIES.I. 3 Cr. See Course I I under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. I I. -./ r \ HISTORY OF THE UNITEDSTATES.SO., I, rZ. 6 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. 21, 22. Upper Division Cmrses AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 5 1. THE RENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture. HISTORY OF ENGLAND TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Mered 1954-5 5.) 52. 53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. A study of Latin America and its development. A !Continuation wune. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 54. EASTERN EUROPE. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II. The history of elstern Europe w i h e m p M on the development of 3 a- Rd. CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., 3 Cr. Sr. I. A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, including consideration of international policies. 55- 56. A X ~ I C A NDIPLOU~CHISTORY. Prereq. U. S. H h or Am. Gor. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 cr. A consideration of {oreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. A c u l d and political history of ancient civilizations and their contn%utions to modem cultures. (Offered I 9 5 5 - 5 6.) HISTORY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 62. CANADIAN The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with special emphasis on Canadian-United .States relations. (Offered 1955-56.) EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. I, 11. 6 Cr. 71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY A study of international relations as affected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War 11. (Wered 195 5 - 5 6.) 81, 82. THETWENTIETH CENTURY. Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A surrey of recent developments in the world, stemming from the first World War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation. (Offered 1954-55.) 101. HISTORY SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. approval of history faculty. z Cr. A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing the study of hiitory in a graduate school. <; credits. Minor, OF AMERICAN ~ ~ R N M E N T I, . 11. \,6 C . PRINCIPLES 41-42.? Foundations of American government. A study od the Constitution and'yivil rights, of federal, state, and local governments and their functions, and of citizenship, popular control of government, and political parties. Contemporary issues are stressed. Students may enter the second semester. ,73 Upper Division Courses PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. 5 3 . POLITICAL 3 ,Cr. A review of American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both smesters. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES i 54. HISTORYOF P o u n c u THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. -fi. A study of political philosophy and its influence and historical sigtk6tance from ancient Greeks to the present. 56. AuEarc*~DI~LOMATICHISTORY.II. !he c o m e 56 under History. 60. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 15 or 3 Cr. American Government. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 60 under Busines Administration and Economics. TEACHING OF W E SO= STUDIES. Sr. I. See course 86 under Education. 86. I % Cr. Combined Major in Sociul Sciences for T e o c h g Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. Minor in Socid Science Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. Department of Sociology ivk.. TORSTENSON,MISS JENSEN, MR. SWENSON,MR. BELGUM The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our wuntry in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have the funher goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made w have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation i n the field of social services. Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor. Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department of History and Political Science. Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or z I and 2 2 also required. Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of rociology, economics, and political science. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology or Social Science. Physical Education 6 and 8 y may be approved for Sociology credit by the Sociology Department. IN. SOCIOLOGY.I. A wurse in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week. 2 Cr. PNNCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 GA atudy of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social facton, st-me, contmlr, and process of change. 2. %Brto-s. Prertq. kc. I . Er., So. IL 3 crT%c d h c proct=w a t the mot of contempmry problems m@cr *irh wx & p i n of the pemml, f d y , commanity, and po&fic~+~~wmie djwmww to shm processw. k i d plicits in the m i n g arc nndyLtd in terms of there proceand adjustment problems. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. See course 4 under Department of Business Administration. 14. HUMAN GEOGWHY.Fr., So. TI. 3 0A s d y of geographical facton influencing social institutions. 16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.II. 3 Cr. See Couree 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 22. SOCIOLOGY OF R u m L F IE. Prereq. Soc. I. So. II. 3 Cr. Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community, and the anal@ of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis ia placed on the dynamics of change. 42. MARRIAGE AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 3 Cr. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. I. Upper Division Courses SOCIOLOGY OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. I. Jr. I. 3 0Study of the city as to ,historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing pioblemr, health factors, cultural centera, and rural-urban relationships. 51. CRIME AND SOCIETY.Prcreq. SOC. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 0A rmdy of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of c a w 1 facton, methoda of apprehedon, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. 3 Cr. THSPWY. Pmreq. SDE. I. Jx., St. I. j of rhe b m r y md ftlncbon of the family as a buic insamtion, the ~ ~ of modern c nnde emmmic rhnnm on family interactions, organization, and disorganization. (Offered 1 9 1 1-1 6.) . Soc. I. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. 54. PUBLICW E L F ~Prereq. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 93. k d INTERCULTUFLAL~ L A T I O N SAND M I N O M ~PROBLEMS.Prereq. Sot. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 0. Chncteriatics a d contributions of ethnic groups in the United Stam, causes md cunrequencu of race and group prejudice, mechrnirm and problems of group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. (Offered 195455.) 55. 56. . h E O R AND ~ ~ N A G E M B N T~ A T I O N S . n. See course 56 under Department of Business Administration. 3 FIELDSOF S O CWORH. ~ Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, other community agencies. 57. crCr. and the and COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES.I, n. t Cr. The course provides laboratory experience in community activities under the direction of trained personnel in social agencies. General supervision of the program is exercised by a member of the sociology staff. 59, 60. SOCI~~L PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A audy of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development of .pnanrlity in oocial situations, the principles of character formation, the deveIo-t of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social c o d k t s , and eocial control. 61. 86. TEACHING OF SOCIIII. STUDIES.Sr. I. See course 86 under Education. I % Cr. Department of Psychology and Education Courses i n orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program designed to m i s t in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that ob ht fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's c e d cate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved 'by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basir of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught on ,the high school level. AS1 students admitted to the teacher education curriculum m w t secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 52. In addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology. No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teaoher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. PSYCHOLOGY O~NTATION.Required. Fr. m e r e d hoch semesters. I. I G. freshmen in making the proper adjustaxent to rhdr mrk aa sndente in college, iududing metho& of study, vocational choice and prep aration, and development of personality. D e a i g d .to &st PSYCHOLOGY AND ORENTATION. Fr. I. This course combines the aims and course content of Psychology 3 Cr. and Psychology 5 . Emphasis is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration restricted. 3. I JN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introductoq course in psychology intended for n m . T l o lecturer per week. GENERALPSYCHOWGY. I, TI. 4 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The piinciplea, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following topics a ~ estressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory pmc5, 6. eses and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memoq. heredity and growth. The second semeswr emphasizes the application of the principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life. SOCLALPSYCHOLOGY. I. See course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 61. 3 Cr. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 3 or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11. A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorders and a atudy of 62. their nature, causes, prevention, and present treatment. ( M e r e d I95 5 - 5 6.) , PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 51. EDUCATIONAL A d y of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the ,behavior ob adolescente in a school context. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I . Jr. 11. 5 1. TEAC~IWG T d b gw Min m b h m w md c 00 & 3 Cr. h management. hcludu a study of the secondary need# of youth. 53, 54. GROUPA c m r Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Religion 6, 57, and $8; Physical Education 6, I I , I 3, 14, and 5 5, 56; Education 5 I and 52; and Home Economics 36. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teac,&g, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. PPP~CIPLES OF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. 11. 3 G. A d y of the guidance function of the cl.uuoom teacher, toola and techniquea med in d y i n g students, and methods rpprapriate for &t gaidaria, including counseling. 5 5. HXSTOPY AND PHILO~OPHY OF EDUCATION.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. traw the development of modern education and roeh to aaaiat the aohnt in developing an understanding of rhe present educational program and the ruions modem philobophies of education. The aapecta of the atate edmtiasrl p g r u n important for the orientation of the new teacher are 58. Tbe casn S U ~ . Specid Tescbing Metbods The special methods courses include the study of the materide, organization, lad tuahing procedurer of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the ape&c field. U d y , each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching. Thh mesm one courae related to the major and one to the minor. Prcrequisitu are a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. In special situations, a student may be permitted to regiater for more than the a m o a t of d t W. TEACH~NG OF G ~ M A N I C LANGUAGES. Sr. I. TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. TEACHINGOF NATUW SCIENCES.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I. T u c H r n ~OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. T E A C H ~ OF G SOCGLSTUDIES.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. TEACHINGOF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF HOME EUINOMICS.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I. T ~ n c n r nOF~ HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 1% Cr. 1% 0. I % Cr. 1% 0. % Cr. I % Cr. I Cr. z Cr. r Cr. 1% Cr. t Cr. 1 % Cr. 2 4 to 5 Cr. Prereq. Educ. 5 I , 52. Sr. I. 96. STUDENTTEACHING. Obeervation, participation in teaching activitier, and experience in actnal contml of the clamnmm situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college mpervisor and selected critic t&. The f o h w h g coumes prepare the emdent to meat the state requiremenu for a minorial~qscien~~aain~ip~a~&loeof$ooksfor ahe &l . . &ra,nyB n pqming bob and other librecy a n a d for circulation, . a iwho01 in library, and h making iatdigat and effective use of libmryt~alsfarhisuwnneabuader. Minor, 16 credits. 3 Cr. BASIC FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY. Jr. I, 11. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration daculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. (Offered each year beginning 195 5-56.) y 5-56?. 57-58t. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade cumculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1955-56.) S9-60f. SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I. 11. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1956-57.) I Cr. 61. PRACTICAL METHODS. Sr. I. Giving che student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offered each year beginning 1956-57.) 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. II. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field, lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered each year beginning 195 6-57.) t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. .. Department of Business Admm&ration and Economics and.Seaetarial Studies W.WALTON,MISS LUND,MISS BAVOLAK The objective of thia deparanent is to help students gain a broad knowledge and round perspective of b u s h a and our economic aocieq. Such knowledge and p e n p a i v e is m e s s q for success in apecSc positions in our complex business world a d h u l d provide the background to facilitate advancement, with experience, to positions of respomibiliq. A degree with a business major is a connmon requirement of business h and government agencies. The department giver a general background in economics; together with secretarial studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate work in business and economics. Major, P d i t s ; courses required are Speech I I and History 21 and 22. I , 2, Minor, 2 I credits; 'courses required are Upper Division courses. I, 2. PRINCIPL~S OF I, 4, I 1, I 6, z, 4, I y, 13. Also required are I6 and six credits in ACCOUNTING. FL I, n. An introduction to the -principles of accounting and their application single proprietorship, pzrtnerahip, and corporate foof bu&er; prepuation and a d + of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording bwinar tranaacdonr; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. a. ,, INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., SO. U. A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, aud interpretation t i 4 data. It includes a e t d y of the memum of central tendency, time, series, tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of t h e statistical techniques to various types of data. 4- 15, p- 16. PWCIPLES OF ECONOMICS. SO. I,n. .;6-,G. A s t d y of the social organization of oar economy, hca1 and monGai$ p o k , value, prices, the distribution af d t h , and alternative economic systern. The objective H to help the s t u d e n t to develop the ability to a n a l p economic hu they h e in his personal and vocational activities and ia , public life. Upper Division Courses MONEY AND BANXING.Prereq. I, 2, 4, I 1, 16.Jr., Sr. I. 3 0. A study of the commercial banlu, the Federal Reserve Syrtem,the price l e d , and monetnty m d h a 1 policies. The parpooe is to lead the mdent to i n d gate thomufly the place and importance of money and priceq in bushus and 5 I. in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations. (OfTered 1951-16.) 7 - - -- social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The prvpoae ir to give the atudent an analytical baais for judging business iltemativa and zlro governmeat legislation. 3 Cr. LABOPAND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS. Prereq. 15, 16.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by -0 d h &dr The objective ia to picture the dtsFsmPt I#dtionr Oi h p u p io aur and to investigate pordbiitk cb rt%ir*ing b y cam^ of &e whole through edacation and 56. ' government control. 3 Cr. PRODUCTION. prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., sr. 1. An operating subject dealing with the more important production procedures and techniques commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants. The techniques are studied with reference to their contribution to the attainment of established manufacturing objectives to provide the student with an appreciation of the relationships of production to other operating problems of business and an awareness of the significance of production aspects of general administration problems. (Offered 1954-55.) 5,. 59. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. Prereq. I, 2, 4, 15, 16. E. I. 3 Cr. The p-e of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which will enable the atudent to interpret &ancia1 data, a d to q u a i n t the student with c a t accounting principles and procedures. Preparation and anal* of 6nanci.l statements, comparative statements, and statements ahowing t h e disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order and standard uwting are scremcd. -- 3 Cr." 60. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAWTION. Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the ecanomie sf taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elemenm of h a 1 policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes, expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization. BUSINESS FINANCE.Prereq. I , z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11. A study of the subject of business h a n c e concentrating upon the problems of going concerns to provide the student with a grasp of the rela62. tion of financial decisions to over-all company objectives and policies of such major departments as production and sales. Both working capital and long-term capital financing are studied. SENIORTOPICS.Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A x v k of businea practice and problem in our economy, pointing olrt tbe opportunities for individual endeavor, followed 'byan original project by each student i n which he makes an investigation of his own. The project mry be in m y business field; for example, lcco~ting,invwtments, pemmrl selling, market research, economic analysis. Offered only as an honors course for selected seniors in business. 71, 72. ?&r coumw aim to prepare student( for stenographic and d poribarinea o&w, m k t in ,the preparation for the rerching of borincr ~ ~ i n ~ & l s d f o r ~ d ~ r k , a n d n o p r w i d e oppmmhy for tihe development of of- s k i b for p a m d ue. t h o in A orsjor may be abtaiued in business education by completing a ntinimum hous, including I, 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Adminiatration 16, 13, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. , including A minor may b h i n d by completing a minimum of 26 h I , 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Bushers Administration I, 2, or 15, 16. of 37 I . 2, I J , ELEMENTARY T Y P E W R ~Offered G . both semesters. I Cr. A ooarse for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three burs , p r week. I. 2. EMTBU~EDIA~ T Y P E ~ R ~ N G11.. 2 Cr. P m b in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addreaing envelopes, and i n letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 6 Cr. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND. Prereq. 2. I, 11. Training in the dundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. ,OFFICEMACHINES.Prereq. I , 2. Wered both semesters. 2 Cr. S t d y and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addresograph, and dupli,cator. Two hours per week. 8. fCo~itm&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must oompkte both semesters. 5 I. Upper Division Cmrses ADVANCBD TYPEWRITING. I. JZ. SEC~BTARIAL P R a c n a . Prereq. z CrFurther development of typewriting technique with practical training in businer kctar arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documento. Prerequisite I, 2 , or high achool credit in typing. Open to studenra having attained s speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours per week. I , 2, 3-4. 11. 3 Cr. Pra~tialapplication of secretarial dutier including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of businem and legal forma, personality development, and guidance in writing application letten and mrking application far r job. Mimeographing i included in this course for those who include this as s part of the plrish workers' course. Four hours per week. ~ N C E SHORTHAND. D I, n. 4 Cr. Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictatioa Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students who cam take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and trmscribe ~ t a hhigh degree of accuracy. Four ,hours per week. 82. ~ E A C H I N G OF BUSINESS. I % Cr. Sr. I. See course 82 under Education. J 3-54.$ Depertment of Home Economics MISS SEGOLSON, MRS.NELSON,MISSMORTENSEN Thc abjectiwa of the department are threefold: first, to provide c o w that d l help atudenu solve penonal, home, and family living problems; eecond, to offer training for homemaking; and third, .to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. N o n - m h g major, 33 c d u ; courses are I , z, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57. 66, 68. 71,72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics IJ. Sociology I, Biology 4 or 13-14 and 54, and Psychology 3 or 5 , and 6. Graduation minor, 18 credits including cotuses I, 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or 'I'cidiag msjor, 38 credits; caurser bted for non-terching major plus 33 md 76. T e d h g mipcws possible in Biology, chemhy, Speech, SocLl Sdcnce or Physical Eduution. C o d t a member of &e home ecommh faculty for course plonr. I. CLOTHING SELECTION, C a m , AND bus. I. 3 fi. A study of the factom involved in the choice, care, and repair of dothing. B a u g in dcrign, bewmingnem, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics suitable for ditferent wea are topiu considered. +tinuation both semesters. course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. II. 2 Cf. course provides laboratory experience in making simple gmmnts in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and Nitable ,techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing mochiae, a;lteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economia edocotion majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per t. This ,we&. 3. Am w DAILY LIVING.I. 3 CrA study of m ?s it is met in the activitica of everyday living. Open to all rtudents. E L B ~ ~ NOF T SNUTRITION. 11. 3 Cr. Noranal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 7. GROUPACTMTY. See courses 53, 54 under Education. 23. 33. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, rrrrnging, and G g a i n g of household farnishings. Lettering and rimple poster d-. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Eumomica mapn. Three double laboratory perio& per week. 36. CMETS.II. 2 Cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1955-56.) PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 7 or af h u u c t o r . I, 11. pe&n 6 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, merl service. food purchasing, m d food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week. 39, 40. MAMUAGEAND FAMILYM LA TI ON SHIPS. II. 3 Cr. A c o r n applying principlw of cultural living to everyday problem of home life. Discussions of penond f d y relationships, prepantion for muriap, the Christian home and its iduence in the community, and related mbjecta. Regular lecturer, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and t o m . 42. CHILD DEVELOPMENT. IL 2 Cr. A study of the core and trahing of the pug c&ild = ,to to physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. 44. Upper Division Cmrses 57. TEXTILES. I. s Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and hishes with special emphub on selection, me, and care d common household and clothing textiles. Two dcmble laboratory hours a week. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furnitcue, painting, and sculpture. Two regdar hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1954-55.) n. 66. HOME PLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 3 GThir conme included a consideration of housing, an anal* of &or pluls, r study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in ulecting, arrmgiug, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prereqaisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double lalbomtory periods per week 68. F ~ I L HEALTH. T I. r Cr. Basic f a c a and practical application of home care of the sick Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. 2 Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and oo&ating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family W g . One lecture period and one double laboratory period per week. HOMEMANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. 2 Cr. ~ c ' t u a lexperience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. (Offered 1955-56.) 72. CONSUMER EDUCATION AND INCOME~ ~ N A G E M E N It.T . t CT. The wise choice of .consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 73. 76. ADVANCEDC L O ~ I N CONSTRUCTION. G Prereq. 2. U z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the c l m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and c o n s t ~ c t i n g garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics 91. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS. and Education 5 2. Sr. I. z Cr. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics l e n rhc p w of che division of Nattml Scienfc ta pmvidc trriPing in metho& uld technique; ta interpret N a d Scienu in the light of the Word of Gud; to acqruinr the student with the of Narurd Sdcnce i n a modem, changing world; w e m p k a wund mind and r r m n g body; to vain for vocations in various fields o f N a r d Science; and to q u i p tbe student with a scientific background which wiIl enrich his life ind the lives of his feuow men. &&c Department of Biology The aim of thir Department is to give the student z broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3N, 4, 7N no not count toward the major or minor. WORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, 11. O Cr. I-zt. THE NATURAL The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciper week consistkg or :xtures, lecture demonstrations, and ences. Four discussions. gN. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anacorn, 1 - J ohyslology with special em&ash on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b l elaboratory periods per week. Designed particularly for student nurses. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 - ~ 4GENERAL .t ZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. ' 8 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures m d two double laboratoq periods per week. I $ ~ o n t ; ~ & $ &course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete b t h sem+ters. GXNW BOTANY.So., Jr. I, II. 8 ~r. y of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, f W by a -. of the plant kingdom. Emphadia is llro placed on ;bacmieal principles. Flowering plenta arc identified in the spring. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week 25, 26. Thk m a d 51. Upper Division Courses GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1955-56.) 4 Cr. ECOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. II. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological amciation and succession. Two iectura and one laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1955-56.) 52. 5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I. 3 G. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 54. GENERAL BACTERIOLOGY.Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II. 4 Cr. A review of the general &ld of bacteriolom, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diiasu. Training in modern labontory techniques. Two lectures and two double Izboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classi6cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 55. 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. U. 1-2 Cr. Pnctical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projecu useful to teachers. (Oflered 1954-55.) 80. TEACH~NG OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 1% Cr. The course consisa of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary schools. Department of Physical Sciences The counes offered provide fundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective u promotion of acient%c proach. thinking and sciendfic ap- Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the natural sciences in secondary dooh. The courses in Chemistry will prepare h i for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Ruearch, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields. The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Exigineering and Applied Mathematics. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, jN, 4 do not count toward the major or minor. THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, II. For course description see Department of Biology. r-zt. 8 Cr. 3N. CHEMISTRY FOR NURSES.I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.Fr. II. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 4. 4. AND QUALITATIVECHEMISTRY.Fr., So. I, 11. 8 cr. 5-6.f INORGANIC A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. 4 Cr. 5 I. ANALYTIC~U.CHEMISTRY. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short induction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gmvimetric. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5I. So., Jr., Sr. II. 5 Cr. General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours labratory per week. 5 2. ORGANICCHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. 8-10 Cr. A discussion of the important c l w u of aliphatic and aromatic compoands. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Ofiered 1951-56.) 53-54.t $6ntinnation course. To receive credit for this course, a student mupt complete both semesters. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Physics 5 and 6. Sr. II. 5 Cr. An introductory course coveting the gzr laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectutes and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 55. PHYSICS Minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor. THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. For corn description see Department of Biology. 1-2$. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application of physics in the home. 3. or concurrent registration in Math. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. I 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I. A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of and other topics. Philosophical implications of mcdern physical science considered. 5 I. 4 Cr. theory, physics will be ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week. 52. 80. TEACHING OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Science Major for Teacbiug Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either 5 1 and 52 or 53-54;Biology 13-14and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6. TContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Dqxrtment of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics s d c i e n t for solving the simpler problems of life, also to d o r d students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them escient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits. Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I. 3' Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. A. B. SOLIDGEOMETRY. Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. !J. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So. I, II. 10 Cr. This is an integrated course inoluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I , 2. ENGINEERING DRAWING. Prereq. B. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 5. ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND D E S C R I PGEOMETRY. ~ Prereq. 5. II. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 6. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 5 Z. ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. SO., Jr. I, 11. I0 0. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for Merentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary dzerential equations are developed and applications made. SOLD ANALYTICALGEOMETRY. Prereq. z. Sr. I 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and ' d o r m a t i o n are given their proper emphasb. 53. 54. THEORYOF EQUATIONS. Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course includw the study of & numben, determinants ?ad o h e r topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree. 84. TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I. Cr. I Department of Health and Physical Education The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote a weli-rounded physic21 education program. health and physical fitness &ugh to develop character md good s p o r a d p throrrgh the intnmunl and inrercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure cime, and to provide an effecrive training program for praspctivt reachers of h d t b and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phlse of the physical education program. A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major and Minor Requirements: Major for men, 33 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 27, 5 0 , 5 1 9 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 84. Major for women, 3 0 credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 54, 84. Minor, formen: 21 2, credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 5 I, 53, and 54 j,4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, and 54borwomen. Biology 4; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 51, 52, 53, 54, 5 5, $8, 94, and 96 Bhould be included for a teaching major in phyuical education. PERSONALAND COMMUNITY ~ T H Fr.. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modem concepts and practices ob health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr., So. I, 11. I Cr. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. I Cr. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND RECREATION. Fr. I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fieldc of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school 5. mema -~ONAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. n. I cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet gamer, l o r organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and m&ed games. 6. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. (Offered 1955-56.) 8. I Cr. TEAM SPORTSAND L.EAD-UP G-. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. I I. 12. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. I I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teac,hhg badminton, shdeboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf. 4 Cr. 13, 14. TEAM SPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11. Theory and practice in the coaching and oiciating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 16. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, archery, tennis, and golf. (Offered 1954-5 5.) 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I. I Cr. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. (Offered 1954-55.) 27. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. r Cr. Instruction and application of technique and rules of osciating in football, basketball, baseball, and track. (Offered 195 5-56.) 29. Ufifier Division Courses PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. 2 Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analyak of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical c-. (Offered 1954-55.) 50. SELF-TESTINGACTIVTITES. (Men). Jr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, bumbling, boxing, and wrestling. 5 I. FUNDAMENTALMOYEMLNTS. Jr. II. I 0. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women. (Offered 1955-56.) 52. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary achool heakh and physical education curriculum. 53. AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL 54. ORGANIZATION EDUCATION. Sr. IL 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and physical education. 2 Cr. COACHING OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL.S t I . Theory a d techniques of aching. Seniors only, or approval of in4tructor. 55. 56. COACHING OF SPORTS:BASEBALLAND TRACK.Sr. II. 2 a. Theory and technique of coaching. Seniors only, or approral of instructor. Sr. II. I Cr. 84. TESTSAND ~ ~ A S U R E M E N T SIN PHYSICALEDUCATION. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1954-5 5.) r Cr. 85. COMMUNITYCREATION. Jr., Sr. 11. PraLlems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a awey of activities, and the organization and adminkmation of recreational work. (Offered 1954-55.) 94. TEACHING OF HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL E D U C ~ ~ OSr. N . I. Mcchods and materials in health and physical education. 2 Cr. Augsburg Theological Seminary Augrburg Theological Seminary is the taining school for the paston and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of p+on and spiritual leaden dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word a d the guidance of the Holy Spirit. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Admiseion The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college coune must hare included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek German, or Latin, or Norwegian Philosophy z I years year In the case of mature students of outrtanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their dxological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many as possible of the following: English Speech Psychology History Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education Typewriting 2 I I 2 I I I years year year years year year year All candi&tes for a W m n to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic rewrd in their preparatory studies in college. Applications for Admission Applications for admission to the S e m k q should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: I. A fonnal letter of application for admission as a s d m t in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church. 4. A catificate of good health. These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faaulty before July &st. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The &st year of study is always considered a probationary year. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg. Adrrnced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presenu a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher theological seminaries of recognized standing. Conditions and Incompletes A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the &st five weeks af classes of the following semester of attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is su6ciently high. Expenses Seminuy studmta pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student activity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per axnester. S a c n h q students living in the domitory receive a special grant to m r the eort of room rent. The cost of board is the same u for the College d e n t s . See page 2 5 . Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a h e - y n r cycle of lectans and study plw six months of practical service in the cxmgng~tions. Students who campIete all the requirements of the regular c o m e are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly dered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the rhree years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Facultv Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 1 5 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examiaation, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology. Seminary Internship In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary coune. A limited amount 06 assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service per;ad. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of practical church work during rhe school year either in the Twin Cities or ia nearby commnnities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Service. COURSES OF STUDY* Theological Orientation Courses J& Yen THE BACKGROUNDAND S m c - r m m OF rn BIBLE A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation i n the Book which is the chief I. source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical *With ohe exception of the Theological Orientation Gunes, offered m u a l l y for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief m e y of the historical z Cr. origin of the Biblical writings. 4. THEOL~GICAL PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main divisions of Christian Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Thcology and to the whole realm of human knowledge. I Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO DOGMATICS. A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Codeasion, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of Luther. I Cr. Old Testament & STENSVMG FOR BEGINNERS. The &st year is devoted to a study of the 9-10. HEBREW essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Oflered 1954-15.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195556.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious valuea and the rise of prophetism. Selected p a g e s from the bis3 Cr. torical books are studied. (Offered 1955-56.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 195657.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual 3 Cr. freedom. (Offered 1916-57.) I 5. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental probz Cr. lems of life. (Offered 1954-55.) 16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments af the 3 Cr. post-Exilic period. (Offered 1914-55.) 17-18. HEBREW EXEGESIS. Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books in the Old Testament. (Offered 1955-56.) 4 Cr. A study of archaeological discov19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. eries and their signi6cance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned I Cr. topics and class discussion. (Oflered 1954-51.) New Testament 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manuscripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. 22. 23. THE GOSPELOF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Wered I 9 5 6-57.) 24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. 25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the r Cr. English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1954-55.) 26. 1-12. THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Ogered 1954-55.) 3 Cr. 27. L P - ~AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions in English. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. INTERPRETATION OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The 28. problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the ,Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. ( m e r e d 195451.1 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1955-56.) Church History MR. SONNACK 40-41. 'lh. EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church frem the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The orgmization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathcnism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 19j5-56.) 4 Cr.. 42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the developof Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. T h e course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward re3 Cr. form. (Offered 1956-57.) ment 43. THE REFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr.. Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered I 9 j 6-57.) 44. THE CHURCHA F ~ E R TIIE REFORMATION.733 course covers the period from the Reformation and up to the present time, aich special emphasis on 2 Cr, the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1914-51.) CHURCHHISTORY. Early colonization; planting of churches; 45. &=CAN church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 2 Cris studied with special care. ( m e r e d 1954-1 5 . ) OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE. A study of the development 46. THE HISTORY of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1 9 5 ~ - ~ 6 2. ) Cr. 47. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. (Ofiered 1956-57.) I Cr- Systematic Theology fi.&ON . intended to introduce the student to the field 50. I ~ r a o ~ u c n oA~course of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of 2 Cr. the entire field. (Offered 1954-55.) 11. THEOLOGY ~LNDANTHROPOLOGY.A study in the systematic exposition of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special 3 Cr. topics. (Offered 1954-55.) 52-53. SOTERIOLOGY.The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true oommunion between God and man. The Person of Christ is work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H tion to the individual and to society; rhe nature and function of the Church. 4 Cr. (Offered 1955-56.) 54-15. CHESSTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implicatiolls .of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, organized in:stitutions, and society as a whole. (Offered 1956-57.) 4 Cr. 56. SYAQWLICS. A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the creeds subacribcd to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its .doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Ofdered 1954-55.) z Cr. 57. COMPARATIVE SYMBOLICS AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach4ngs of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.) z Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in thin field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOP PASTORAL THEOLOGY.This course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundat Cr. tions of the pastoral o6ce and the New Testament ministry. SOUL-CARE AND THE SPIRITUAL LFE. A study of Christian experience 61. and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 195 5-56.) z Cr. 62. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.Rev. Fredric M. Norstad. This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the qpes of emotional and mental distu~banceswith which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to recognize the deviations and distinguish between those thiigs which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other competent help. I Cr. 6 3 . EVANGELISTICS. A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions, 2 Cr. .and various types of evangelism. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 65. PRINCIPLESAND P R A ~ COF E PREACHING.Technical and psychological ,elements of preaching. Emphuis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. and presentation of brief sennons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation and constant practice in delivery. Middlea. z Cr. 'lining 67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers are studied. Senion. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish work 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and II Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1954-55.) z Cr. 71. CHURCH ~DMINISTRA~ON. A study of the variow aspects of -regational organization. Methods of increasing ef3iciencp in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of Ghristian stewardship. (Offered 1954-55.) I Cr. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS. A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practiul problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)I Cr. 73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) I Cr. An historical s w e y of the best selections of hymns from 74. HYMNOLOGY. the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 195455.) I Cr. D. Christim Education and Sociology 76. METHODS OF PARISH EDUCATION. Studies in the application of basic principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 195657.) z Cr. 78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANS o c ~ ~ nA. study of the relation between the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task z Cr. of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement. 79. CHRISAND SOCLU WOE This course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, re2 Cr. ports, and institutional visits. Student Register THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 953-1954 Third Year Berkland, Theodore A. Christopherson, James E. . .Minneapolis Valley City, N. D. . . . . . ..Minneapolis .. ... . . . . . . . Erickson, Stanley R. .............. Gudim, Milo D. . . . . .McVille, N. D. . . . . . .Minneapolis Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . . . . . Kallevig, Lloyd C. . . . . . . . . . . . Soli, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar . . . . . . .Minneapolis Storley, Calvin . . . . Vaagenes, Morris G. . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D. . . . . . . Minneapolis ............ .. Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . ..Aitkin . . . . . .Minneapolis Anenson, LeRoy H. . . Dahle, Norman A. . . . . Halverson, William H. Johnson, Morris M. . . Oman, Lyman F. .Racine, Wis. ....... ... ... . . . . Rokke, David H. ... Swanson, Edward E. . . Amery, Wis. Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Thorpe, Gordon D. . . Underbakke, Leland B. Aniwa, Wis. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis First Year Edinburg, N. D. Berntson, Rudolph E. . Carlsen, Glenn T. . . Goodrich, Quentin A. Lyngdal, Lloyd W. Peterson, Gerald J. Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mmneapolis , , , , , , , , . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Quanbeck, Quentin G. - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rimmereid, Arthur V. . . . . Stenberg, Roger W. Unseth, Malcolm W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bertha New Rockford, N. D. . . . . . .Portland, Ore. .. Specials Estness, Borghild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . Thompson, Milford A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash. Vetvick, Leo (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , , , . . .Minneapolis . .Minneapolis Vick, Oliver K. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Registered for second semester only. COLLEGE STUDENTS-1 953-1954 SENIORS Aosen, Hildegarde E. . Allor, Donold J. . . . . . . Andersen, Donald W. . . Anderson, Arthur L. . . . Anderson, Janice A. . . . Anderson, Robert H. (1) . . .Winger Minneapolis . . . .Wayzoto .Minneopolis .Minneapolis . Minneapolis Becker, Louis 0. . . . . . . Berntsen, Ruth A. . . . . Bloke, Shirlee A. . . . . Botko, Willord J. . . . . St. Louis Park . .Minneapolis . .Ottowo, Ill. .Minneapolis Corlson, Erwin L. (1) . . Corlson, Roger E. . . . . Chilstrom, Herbert W. . Cote, Arthur J. Jr. . . . . . .Minneapolis Minneapolis . Litchfield . Minneopolis Dill, Donald J. Dorr, Ardis S. . .Elk River . .Mentor Argusville, N. D. Longseth, Robert V. . Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Lorsson, Kenton D. . . . . .Taylors Folls Lusk, George W. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Lyngdol, Colette P. . . . ..Minneapolis Marquordt, William G. . . . . . .St. Paul . . . .Worthington Mothiason, Alan E. Mattison, Robert T. (11 . . . .Minneapolis Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillior. Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Gordon A. . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . ..Ellendale Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . .Minneapolis Norum, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . .Hollock Cumberland, Wis. Nyhus, Edward 0. Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Con. Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis. Eldol, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, julion R. . . . . . . . ~ i ~ ~ ~ Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . Gorfield Erlandson, Wolloce E. (1) . Minneapolis Porkhurst, Milford C. . . . .Mondovi, Wis. Evenson, Leland E. . . . . . . ~ a n s k a Peterson, Clinton J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jackson Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Fisher, W. . . . . . . . . . Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarodo Froilond, David C. . . . . . . Minneapolis pribble, ~~~d C. . . . . . . . . . . ~ , ~ ~ + i ~ Fullerton, Gerald L. . . . Minneapolis Reimer, Donna E. (1) . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth Gonte, Marshall H. . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ i ~~~l~~~ ~ r K.t ~ . . .~. . .~ ~ , ~ ~ ~ h Geisendorfer, James V. (2). . .Minneapolis ~ ~ b paulette ~ t . .~. whitefish, ~ ~ M, ~ ~ ~ . Gustafson, Violet E.. . . . ..McGregor, N. D. P. . . . . . . . . . . .,st. pOul kolf, ~~~i~ Ingman, Robert C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Isaocson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Poul Rust* Gary R. . . . . . .Harwood. N. D. Sandness, Albert J. . . . . . LoMoure, N. D. Sandquist, Shirley K. . . . . .Cambridge Shiell, James L. . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Skogen, Clyde L. . . . . . . . . . . . Isle Skovholt, Ardelle E. . , .Mooreton, N. D. Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . .Williston, N. D. tSolberg, Marilyn Y.. . . . . . . .Ray, N. D. Sonsteng, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solol Sorenson, James A. . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosemount Johnson, Marcellus L.. Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . .Minneopolis Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Thoreson, Allon R. . . . . . . . . . .Peterson Tjornhom, Barbara L. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Trelstad, Jerome C. . . . . .Minneapolis Twiton, Robert E. . . . . Sun Prairie, Wis. Kleven, Lowell H. . . . . Blonchardville, Wis. Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Knutson, Maryan A. . . . . . . Granite Falls Kyllo, Valborg L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Warner, Elaine W. (1) . . . . . . . . Duluth Westphol, Joanne C. . . . . . . . .Madeha Hambera, Elaine L.. . . . ..Williston, N. D. ~orkmon, Moryls A. . . . . . . . Cokoto Horrison, Jean . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hellond, Florence L. . . . . . ..Binford, N. D. Hielmeland, Selmer J.. . . ..Williston, N. D. Hoeft, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Shofer Huglen, Erling S. B. . . . . . . . .Newfolden Hushogen, Orpha L. . . . . . . . . . .Gonvick (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. t Deceased, September 28, 1953. Vick, Oliver K. (1) . . . Men ............ Women . . . . . . . . . Spring Grove JUNIORS Adorns, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . .Westbrook Aho, Arnold D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Amundson, Robert E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson. Curtis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruno Anderson, Donna Lou ...... .Argyle, Wis. Anderson, James W. ....... .Minneapolis Anderson, Norman E. ....... .Alexandria .St. Paul Anderson, Theodore W. ........ Benson, John E. ....... .Milwaukee, Wis. Berge, Mavis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanesboro Bodin, Wesley J. .Minneapolis Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ...... .Pierpont, S. D. Bouchord, Janet A. . . . . . . . . .Minneupolis Bremseth, Janice M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Briggs, Walter C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Britton, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis .......... Collins, Jane B. ............. .Monticello Dahlin, Maxine M. ............. .Cokato Danger, Mary J. ............. Stanchfield Drake, Spencer R. . . - . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dronen, Richard A. .Minneapolis ........ Egertson, Darrell J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Eide, Delores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fogelquist, Roger H. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis Fuerstenau, Eugene H.. Cedor Rapids, lowa Gilbertson, Nora M.. .Frontier, Sask., Can. Grinde, Lloyd C.. . . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa Gronseth, Phillip N. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hagestuen, Richard M. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck .Mlnnwpolh Halling, Beverly J. Halvorson, Helen A. . . . .Golwburg. N. D, Hansen, Ronald M. .Park Ridge, 121. Honson, L. David .......... .long Prairis Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hanson, Phillip J. . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa Hanson, Wallace L. ............. Waseca Helland, Rachel E.. ...... .Thief River Falls Heng, Rolf 0.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnmpolis Henjum, Raymond G. .......... .Hoffman Holcombe, Thomas E. ....... .Minneapolis Holt, Everett V. ................ .Carver ......... ..... Jenson, John R. ........... .Minneapolis Jerdee, Mary L. ............ .Minneapolis Johnson, James A. .............. Kenyon .Minneapolis Johnson, Merlyn R. (2). ..... Karlstad, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salol Krueger, Wallace T. (2). .... .Minneapolis Kvamme, Anden ......... .Voss, Norway Larson, Audrey V. ......... .Robbindale Lanon, Myrtle I. .......... Berwick, N. D. Larson, Richard J. ............Kerkhoven Larson, Robert D. (1). ........ .Moorhead Lelvis, Patricia M. .Chatham, Mich. Ludviksen, Stanley B. .Portland, Ore. Lunow, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park ....... ..... Maeland, Arnulf ....... .Fairhaven, Mass. Mahre, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mickelberg, Erwin D. ..... .Onalaska, Wis. Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D m n Mulliken, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul ..........Minneapolis ..............Madelia ........ .Minneapolis .........Golden Valley Nelson, Lennart D. Nelson, Philip A. Nordstrom, Ethel C. Olson, Damaris R. Olson, Monroe B. .......... .Minneapolis Omdahl, Beverly F. ............. .Faston Pousi, Ruth M. Quanbeck, Paul M. ..........Minneapolis Rodvik, Erling S. (2) ........Minneapolis Roesler, William A. (2) .St. Paul ......... Saari, Corwyn J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Seaver, John E. ............ .Minneapolis Seover, Roma R. . . . . . . . . . . .Capron, Ill. Siegel, Donald W. (1). .Chicago, Ill. Skaar, David W. Rockford, Ill. Skierseth, Donald ........ .Bracket, N. D. Sneitzer, Robert F. ............ .St. Paul Soderberg, LaVonne A. ........ Kandiyohi Steinbrecher, Wayne G. ..... .Minneapolis Stensrud, Richard H. ........ .Minneapolis Strande, Nels A. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Brooten Strondlie, Wenona C. ........... Benson ...... ........... Thoreson, Wayne 1.. Twedt, Agnes S. Tweet, Agnes M. ............Peterson ........ .McHenry, N. D. .......Tunbridge, N. D. West, Kenneth W. ....... .Maple Park, Ill. Wolden, Gerhard P. Estherville, Iowa ..... Men ............................ Women (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. ..................Dam1 Total 58 .........................29 ......................... 87 SOPHO Almquist, James A. . . Sond Creek, Wis. Anderson, Deloris A. . . . . . .Ogilvie Anderson, Keith 0. . . .Sacred Heart Anderson, E. William . . . . Ashland, Wis. Arneson, Suzanne M. . . . .Forgo, N. D. Arvidson, Kenneth V. . . . .Rockford, 111. Homme, Gloria (1) . . .Minneapolis Honebrink, Elsa M. . . . . Minneapolis Honstad, Janet M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Hovden, Robert A. . . . . . . . St. James Hoversten, Thomas H. . . . . . ..Alden, Iowa Hunt, Elaine H. . . . . . . Minneapolis Barber, Robert E. . . . . . Boxter, Gerald . . . . . . Berg, Robert M. (1) . . . Berkas, Theodore S. . Berntson, Irving E. .. Beyers, Jomes R. M. . Boroos, J. Shermon . Bullock, Richord W. ( 1 ) Jacobson, Doris M. . . . . . . . . . Racine Jonsen, David G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Ervin T. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Forolyn M. . . . . . . . .Malmo Jorgensen, Beverly M. . . . . . . . . . Delano Jorgensen, Dorothy L. (1) . . . . . . .St. Paul .Saginow, Mich. . . . .Robbinsdale . . . . . . . St. Paul . . . . . . Kenyon . . ..Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . .Dowson . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Ann C. . . . . . . Minneapolis . .Clorkfield Christensen, Orlo J. . . Christianson, Mary J. . . . . Knapp, Wis. . . . . . . . Brainerd Conyers, LeRoy H. Currey, Donald E. (2) . . . . . . . .Appleton Dohl, Marilyne J. . Dohl, Sylva M. . . . Dickens, Clora M. . Doerr, Wayne P. (2) . . Glenburn, N. D. . . . . . . . . .Wasem . Harrisburg, S. D. . . . . . Minneapolis Emery, Curtis V. . . . . . . Minneapolis Enstad, Luther W. . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D. Erickson, George H. Tacoma, Wash. Erickson, Leland F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Glenwood Ericbon, Rodney 0. J. . Evovold, Charles A. . . . . . . Battle Lake Everhort, Joan M. . . . . . . Bagley Field, Marvin W. . . . . . . . McGregor Fitch, Gory D. . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Floistod, Dorothy M.. . . . ..Milwaukee, Wis. Fowlds, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood Fox, Mary Ann E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gennrich, Gretchen G. . . . .Minneapolis Gilbert, Verner L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Barnum Gimse, I. Shelby . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Giengdohl, Robert A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Greguson, Miriam E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hogen, Elizabeth G. . . . . . . . .Montevideo Honggi, Glen 0. . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Hanson, Neol E. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Haugen, Jomes S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Helgaas, Margaret A. . . . . .Madison, S. D. Hemingway, Jerome . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hendricks, Dean M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Herman, Robert M. . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Kollmon, Ralph A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchner, Robert J. . . . . . . .Farmington Kunkel, Lucille M. . . . . . . . . Almena, . Wis. Lorson, Richard Arthur . . . . . .Minneapolis Lecander, Roger V. . . . . .Plum City, Wis. Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Lockwood, Robert R. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lolond, Ruth L. . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash. Lower, Corolyn E. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James Lundin, Harvey A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Meredith, Patricia J. . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake Midthun, Betty A. . . . . Menomonie, Wis. Moe, Donovan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Moen, Ardell J. . . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. D. Mortensen, Elizobeth A. . . . . .Minneapolis Moylan, Robert L. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash. Mulen, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Munson, Christine C. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater Murins, Valdis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hopkins Nelson, Morlys E. . . . . . . . . . . Belgrode Nerheim, Lawrence E. . . . . . .Minneapolis Nevin, LeRoy E. . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis. Nichols, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norby, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Appleton Nordling, James B. . . . . Ishpeming, Mich. Ohlin, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olsen, Mary H. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Bernice A. . . . . . Thief River Falls Olson, Laurence 0. . . . . . .Maple Pork, Ill. Olson, R. Luther ........... .Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Ose, Roger K. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls Overlund, Ervin K. . . . . . . ..Silverton, Ore. Peorson, James K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov Pedersen, Virginia M. (2). . . . .Greenbush Pederson, James L. . . . . . . . . . . Nye, Wis. Pederson, Richard D. . . . . . .Minneapolis Minneapolis Petersen, Marilyn J. . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Joyce A. . . . . . . Pooler, Harold E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Bertha . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Quanbeck, Norman J. Rowig, Bruce W. Rudell, Violeite I. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Aniwa, Wis. Thorpe, Mark C. . . . . Thorson, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . Thorvig, Kathryn L. . . . . Minneapolis Urness, John L. .Thief River Falls Saastad, Jerrold A. . Sarff, Donohue R. . . . -. . . . . . . .Palisade Northwood, N. D. Sather, Dayne W. . Schoess, Alden J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stanerson, Noomi . . . . . Estherville, lowa Stensland, Arlen H.. . . . . .Portland, N. D. . . .Buxton, N. D. Stoa, Harold M. . . . . Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Suther, Paul R. (1). . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake Sylvester, lone L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mclntosh . Tader, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples Thompson, Andrew . . . . .... .Minneapolis Thompson, John T. . . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi Thompson, Norman E. . . . . .Leonard, N. D. Tharpe, Glenn C. . . . . .. . . . . .Aniwa, Wis. Vaagenes, Bonnie B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Voeks, George H. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Wahlstrorn, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . .Grasston Warnes, Wanda E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stephen Wellington, Richard J. (1). . . . .Minneapolis White, Merlin J. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Williams, Beverly A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . Ysteboe, Ruth 1. (2) ... Fargo, N. D. Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 - Total ......................... 131 FRESHMAN Ahlness, Daniel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm Almlie, Vernon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foley Anderson, Duane F. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Dwight L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dassel Anderson, Ellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska Anderson, lvar C. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Laverne J. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Anderson, Lewis H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . .Wayzata Anfinsen, Arthur M., Jr.. . . . . . . . .Hopkins Anklam, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arme, Donald A. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arrnstrong, James W. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Aronson, Donald W. . .Los Angeres, Calif. Asplin, Myron T. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato Asplin, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Dassel Baker, James G. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Baker, Stanley B. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bartel, Henry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hastings Bebensee, Fred C. (2). . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Beckman, James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waseca Berg, Sidney D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergeland, Martin E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Bergren, John C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berndt, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Bernier, Jack L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berntsen, R. Maxine. . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Bockhaus, Mary G. (2). . . . . . . . . . .Mound Bolstad, Kermit E. (1) . .Homestead, Mont. Borman, Dennes L. ............ .Le Sueur (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Borrevik, Kothleen M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth Bragg, James A. (1). . . . . . . . Chicago, Ill. Braseth, Mary Ann . . . .Amery, Wis. Bredeken, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck . Brodin, Arlen G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brown, Con . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Crystal Bueide, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar Bullock, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burke, Dorothy A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis ... Carlson, Jerry D. . . . Carlson, Roger A. . . Carlson, Stanley C. . . Carrelli, Robert A. . . Christensen, Arlett P. Christensen. Don E. . Christensen, Larry J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Christensen, Marilyn A. (1). . . .Minneapolis Christianson, ~ a r l o nC. . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Christianson, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . .Glenwood Cook, James E. . . . . . . . . . . ., . Robbinsdale Cruys, George H. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dahl, Linnea M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dahlgren, Gerald N. (1) . . . .Minneapolis Dale, Allen B. (1) . . . . . . St. Louis Pork Dalland, John K. (2). . . . . . .. .Minneapolis Dieken, Doris A. . . . . . . . .Montevideo Dumpys, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson Egesdal, Sanford E. ( I ) . . . . . . . Elmore Eichstadt, Harlen E. . . . . . . . . .Larnberton Ellefson, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis West Concord Emerson, Myron A. (2) . Engelman, Fred B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clarissa Erb, Ronald L . . . . . . . . . . . ..Lester Prairie Erickson, Barbara M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Orin N. (2). . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Fahlin, Paul V. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Faust, Daniel G.. . . . . . .Valley City, N. D. Feig, Phillip S. (1) ... ...... .Minneapolis Fering, Charles A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Finnesgaard, Carl 0. ........... Kenyon Flann, Douglas E. . . . .. . . . . . .Lake Lillian Flockoi, Rolf A. (1). . Bellingharn, Wash. Fans, Grace 1. ..... ...... .Minneapolis Franklin, Gary N. .... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Frantz, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Freedland, David A. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Garthwaite, Ronald G. . . . . . Rockford, Ill. Geary, Wendell G. .......... Pemberton Gibson, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Glasoe, James C. (1). . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Gorder, Harold J. ............. Starbudc G r d , Marian C. ............. .Donnelly Grant, Gaylord 0. . . . . . . . .Spring Grove Grant, Gloria H. . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis. Graus, Gilbert L. ........... .MeGregor Grimtad, S a m ................Benson Gryth, Marian J. ........ .Pembina, N. D. Gutrmann, Edward C. (1) ...... .St. Paul Hagen, Louise B. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Mont. Halvorson, Gloria J. ..... ....... .Roseau Hamberg,Glenn E. . . . . . . .Williston, N. D. Hamre, Paul A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mantevideo Hansen, Warren R. ...... .Portland, Ore. Hanson, A. Richard ..... . . . . . . .St. Paul Hanson, Mary Ann (2). . . ......... Aitkin Hanson, Sandra J. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Harris, Dave 0.. . . . . . . . . .. .Granite Falls Herald, Darroll S. (2) . . . . .La Crosse, Wis. Hofflander, Tom M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holm, Marlys N. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmes ,Dean K. . . . . . . . . . .Cannon Falls Holmgren, Charles G. (1). . . . . . . . St. Paul Holstein, Rosemary A. ... . . . .Minneapolis Homme, Donald W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hang, Raydon E. ....... . . .Roslyn, S. D. Hushagen, Naomi R. A.. . . . . . . . . .Gonvick . Jensen, Donald N. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jeska Robert ................... Fosston Johansen, Rosemarie ....... .Rockford, Ill. Johanson, Eldri R. .. .Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Aldemar E. . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Johnson, Eunice B. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Jerome L. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Johnson, Marshall D. . . . . . . .Middle River Johnson, Mary E. .... . . . . . . . . . .Kenyan Johnson, Priscilla M. . . . . . . . ..Minneuclpolis Johnson, Ralph S. .... . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth Johnson, Ronald B. (2) . . . ..Minneapolis Johnson, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . .St. . Paul Johnson, Ruby L. . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Wayne C. . . . . . . St. Paul Josephson, Earl R. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Kahl, Herman J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Keller, Lee E. . . . . . . . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Kelsey, Arthur R. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Kennen, Bernard G. (1) ....... .St. Francis Kjelstrom, Verna C. . . . . . . . ..Rugby, N. D. Knapton, Shirley A. (2) .......... St. Paul Knox, Philip S. . . . ............ Wayzata Kolden, Lois J. . . . . . . . .Portland, Ore. Konsterlie, Esther T. ............ Willmar Koplen, Charles F. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Krider, Richard D. . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kroshus, Tilford I.. . ... Valley City, N. D. Kutz, Donald N. . . . ............ Braham Kvamme, Bryniulv . . ....... .Voa, Norway Lacis, Jake (2) ..... .New Richmond, Wis. Laidig, Anneliese ............... Willmar Lanning, James W. ......... .Minneapolis Larson, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Melvin W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Monroe 8. ............. .St. Paul Larson, Patricia A. ..........Minneapolis Larson, Richard Alvin . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . . .Roseau LaVictoire, Lawrence A. (1). .. .Minneapolis Lind, Delano E. (2) . . . . . . . . . .Newfolden Locke, Michael G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Lomness, Edward E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston Ludvicksen, Joyce H. ..... .Partland, Ore. Lumbar, Stanley L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orr Lundeen, Walter G. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis Mackey, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Manguson, Jean M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tracy Manos, George M. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Martin, Robert N. . . . .Valley Stream, N. Y. Martinsen, John P.. . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Matson, Norman R. ......... .Minneapolis Mattison, David D. (1) ....... .Lamberton Menken, Ruth 1E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Mickelson, Thoris C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Milbrandt, Janette C. C.. . . . . .Minneapolis Miller, Kenneth E.. .... .Valley City, N. D. Milton, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mindrum, Gerald G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Missling, Arlen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeffers Moe, Erwin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Moren, Orval K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Morris, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Munson, Dale E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale . . . . . . . .St. James Munson, Howard E. Munter, Marilyn I. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Murch, Constance H. Nascene, Sheldon L. . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Nelson, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dalbo Nelson, Wayne L. . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis. Norling, Jerry C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norman, James A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nyhus, Paul L. . . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis. Ohlin, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Oie, Robert G. (2) . . . . . . . Robbinsdale . . . . . .St. James Olsen, Duane A. . . . . Olsen, Vernon E. (2) . . . . L'Anse, Mich. Olson, Beverly J. . . . . . . . . . . .Cottonwood Olson, David W. . . . . . . . .. .New London Olson, Eddie D. . . . . . . . . . Clearbrook . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Jeanette I. . . . . Olson, Richard M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis Ose, Gaylen V. . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Ose, Ray A. (2) . . . . . . . ..Thief River Falls Paton, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneopoiis Pearson, Jean C. ........... .Minneapolis Person, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Donald D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, W. Fred . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Mike D. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Pfeifer, LaReign A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Phillips, Edythe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Plvmedahl, James D.. . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Porter, Janis R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Prentice, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Prevss, Gerhart L. (1). . . . . . . . Benson . . . .Minneapolis Rodintz, Rolland A. . Rauner, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred, Jr. (2). . . . . . Racine, Wis. . . . Minneapolis Reinke, Martin F. (2). . Rogers, Monica J. . . . . . . . Minot, N. D. Rokke, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Strandquist Roufs, Kenneth L. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rust, Curtis V. . . . . . . . - . Harwood, N. D. Sandberg, Janet L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sother, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . .Donnelly Schams, Ronald T. (2) . . .La Crose, Wis. Schelen, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Schoes, Marilyn E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Schuelein, Marlys A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Seaver, Roy E. (1) . . . . Minneapolis Serstock, Emanuel A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Shelstad, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Doran Sherry, Richard J. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis. Sideen, Wesley T. (1). . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Skaar, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill. Skovholt, Verna J. . . . . . . Mooreton, N. D. Smedstad, Carol A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Snider, Neal E. . . . . . . . .Pembina, N. D. Sorenson, Norma J. . . . . . . . . Ekva, Wis. Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce . . . . Minneapolis Sortland, Eunice E. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Staff, Clarice A. . . . . . Bismarck, N. D. Steenbsrg, Thomas A. . . . . . ..Circle Pines Stewart, Williom H. (1) . . . .Minneapolis Svalstad, Theora J. . . . . . . .Sisseton, S. D. Swenson, Darwin W. . . . . .Lake Lillian Swiggum, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . Utica Stenberg, Robert F. (2). . . . ..Rockford, Ill. . . . . . .Minneapolis Tatting, Jean F. . Thompson, Theodore T. . . . . .Minneapolis Thorbeck, Duane E. . . . . . . . . . . . .b g l e y Tollefson, Connie L. . . . . . ..Minneapolis Tollefson, Lorraine G.. . Osnabrock, N. D. Trelstad, Gordon A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapoiis Tweet, Swanhild T. . . . . . .Tunbridge, N. D. Velde, Ellayne T. . . . . . . . .Granite Falls Vevle, Richard H. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Vollmer, Howard R. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Wahlberg, Arden G. (2). . . . . .Minneapolis Wareberg, S. Dawn . . . . . . . .Polson, Mont. Warme, Tom M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Waznak, Arnold H. . . . .Jarnestown, N. Y. Weigle, Eugene D. (2) . . . . . . .Minneapolis Welckle, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wood Lake Westby, Allan J. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Westerlund, Robert C. (2). . . . . . . . Braham Weston, David M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wiegers, Gloria C. M. . . . . . . .Sauk Centre Willing, Darrel K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester Windahl. Naomi J. (1) ..... .Fergus Falls Wolhowe, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Wright, Richard T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca Zakariasen, Lloyd A. (2) . . . . . . . .Excelsior Zoebisch, Harold L. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Men . . Women Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 ........... -. . . . 262 SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED Aiken. Frank L.. Jr.. . . . . . .Bradenton, Fla. Ario, Frank L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergstrand, Dolores Y. (2) . . .Minneapolis Boomgarden, Irene (2) . . . . . .Minneapolis Bratberg, Elva L. (1). . . . . . .Holmen, Wis. Manthie, Russell ( 1 ) Martinsen, Ralph W. (2) Meier, Thurlough F. L. (2) ill^^, james W. (2). . . . . . ~ ~~ ~l W. Bucyrus, ~~ l ~ N. d D. , ~~ Carlson, Erland E. (2). . . . . . . . .St. Paul Caviness, David C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Coltvet, Helen (2) . . . . . .Duncombe, Iowa Cummings. Frank W. (1) Atlantic City, N. J. paulson, philip H. Dahlen, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. keichstadt, ~ l H. ~. . ~ Rundquist, Bertil G. (1) . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Fenske, Delmour W. Gohrick, J a n e E. (1). . . . . Shelton, Wash. Hafstad, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . kiawley Hegge, Hjalmer M. (1). . . Williston, N. D. Hibbard, Gerald C. (1). . . . .Minneapolis Okan, ROY C. (1). oudol, Yvonne M. . Minneapolis d. .Center City , Minneapolis ,. . Minneapolis Chicago, Ill. Siegel, David Sigle, Clara 0. Thompson. Agnes E. . . . . .Minneapolis Thompson, Glenn K. . . . . . .Minneapolis . . Thorson, Arthur W. New Brighton Thorud, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Tinseth, Leslie J. (1) . . . . . . . . . . .C~rus Jacobsen, Gilbert N. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jacobson, Luther H. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Beryl R. . . . . . .~ i ~ n e a p o l iUndseth, ~ Marvin S. . . . Johnson, Ina M. ( I ) . . . . . . .Osakis Voeks, Mildred L. (2) . . . Kallevig, Lloyd C. (1). . Willmar Larson, Robert C. (1) .. Robbinsdale Magnuson, Albert C. .... Minneapolis ..Minneapolis . Minneapolis Men . . Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 .................. 12 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 42 JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES (1) Andrews, Carole F. . . . . .Annandale . .Hallock Axelson, Evangeline L Grand Marais Bocklund, Elizabeth A. . Superior, Wis. Barbo, Betty A. . . . . Bruss, Joan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Echo Carlson, Darlene L. Duis, Elaine E. Strandquist .. Waseca . . . ,Winger Flermoen, DeLois C. Herald, Berdine L. . Horton, Barbara A. Jacobson, Melba L. Johnson, Esther M. . . . . .. . .. La Crosse, Wis. . Minneapolis . . . . .Sebeka Viroqual Wis. (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. . . .Minneapolis Langford, Phyllis A. Larsen, Jane E. . . . . . . La Crosse, Wis. Larsen, Janet E. . . . . . La Crosse, Wis. 0krina, ~~~l~~ E. . . . . . . . olson,~~~l~~ J. . . . . . Schauer, Carol F. . . Shultz, Joan C. . . . . Stenseth, Claudine M. Tollefson, Junice K. veitch, b r b a r a L. Vik, Margaret A. . . Cottonwood . . . . . .Canby . . . . . . . .Waseca . Spokane, Wash. .Wallace, S. D. ... .L'Anse, Mich. ...-.. Wagner, lone M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Badger Wickman, Betty J. . . . , .Marineite, Wis. St. Paul Wolff, Joan A. . . . . .. . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . 26 FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES (1) Adelsman, Barbara J.. . . . . . Fergus Falls Anderson, Lenore J.. . . . .Forest City, Iowa Arndt, Marlene D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Granada Herman, Marilyn K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wayzata Hoff, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Hurlbert, Betty J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Backstrom, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . Moorhead Bahls, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Huntley Balstad, Gelene E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winger Baumann, Clarice A. . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur Bensend, Mary B. . . . . . Dallas, Wis. Benson, Corrine C. . . . . .. .ClarMield Bergin, Marilyn M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergsrud, Annabelle E. . . . . . . . .Winona Birkeland, Ruth A. . . . . . . . . New Brighton Bjonerud, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . Calmar, lowa Borgen, Joan M. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Chatfield Bucher, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zumbrota Buller, Lois A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks Burandt, Donna J. . . . . . .. . . . ..Mound Burmeister, Lorraine A. . . . . . .Brook Park Burzlaff, Mary J. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault Butler, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Iverson, Ellenetta Carlstrom, Nancy A.. .New Richmond, Carson, Florence E. . . . . . . . .Leland, Christiansen, Alta J.. . . . . . . . .Fergus Cutsforth, Carol S. . . . . . . . . .Chetek, Denison, Rosella J. Driessen, LaVon M. Wis. Iowa Falls Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Faribault . Ebens, Shirley L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill. Ekstrom, Florence E. . . . . . . . . . . . Chaska Emch, June R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Erickson, Elaine G. . . . . Fairdale, N. D. Erickson, Elaine L. , . .Monmouth, Ill. Evenson, M. Elaine . . Wallace, S. D. Fagerstrom, Arleen R. . . . . . . .Radium Fancher, Beverly L. . . . . Minneapolis Fehrs, Joanne E. . . . . . . . . . .Willow River Fennie, Delores J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon Frauendienst, Virgene C. . . .Brownton Fuller, Laurel J. . . . . . . . . . .Monkato Gangestand, Thelma 1. .Eagle Grove, lowa Geschwind, Marlene A. . . . .Sleepy Eye Gilbertson, Dorothy E. . . Thief River Falls Hanson, Carol D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Peter Hanson, Janet E. . . . . . . . . . . .Chisago City Hanson, Lois J.. ........ .Thief River Falls Hark, Barbara A. . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Hendricksen, Ruth M. . . . . .Minneapolis Hendrickson, Geraldine H. Eau Claire, Wis. Henke, Naomi D.. . . . . . . . . . ..Wood Lake Herberg, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monkat0 (1) Registered for first semester only. . . . . . . . . Decorah, Iowa Jacobsen, Carol M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Gladys M. . . . . . . . . . . .Sandstone Johnson, Lucille C.. . . . . . .Stockholm, Wis. Johnson, Phyllis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Russell Johnson, Thelma M. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault Judd, Joyce L . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-n . Jurgens, Shirley J. . . . . . . . . . . . .James Kirkpatrick, Helen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Olivia Kittleson, Olive E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Louisburg Klukken, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis Kriese, Shirley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Madison Lamson, Katherine L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Larson, Jenean M. . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis Lindholm, Lorraine H. . . ..... .Ortonville Lindrothe, Carol A. . . . . .. . . .Minneapolis Lodien, Jean L. . . . . . . . . ........ .Isanti Lundberg, Shirley J.. . . . .Berasford, S. D. Lundell, Janice J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena Luxhen, Romona S. . . . . . ........ Benson Luttmann, Jwnne M. . . . . ........ Frazee McGinnis, Catherine F..Albuquerque, N. M. Redfield, S. D. Mager, Delvonna C. . . . . Melvie, Lorraine E. . . . . . . . . . .Viking Meyer, Terryl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fairmont Miller, Marcia R. . . . Grantsburg, Wis. Molzen, Cleone J. . . . . . ..Le Mars, Iowa . . . . . . . . Benson Mortenson, Marjorie A. Moss, Mardella N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Isle Nelson, Marian B. . . . . . . . . . Underwood . Nepsund, Marlys J. . . . . . . . Paynesville , .Pennington Neuman, Loris E. . . Nibbe, Arlene M. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ormsby Nordby, Janet C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada . . . . . .Bagley Norley, Clarice R. . Minneapolis Norstrom, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Siren Nyberg, Joan M. . . Olson, Diane E. . . . . . . . . . .Greenbush Olson, Marya M. . . . . . . . . . .Farmington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada Olson, Sonia L. Pedersen, Hildegarde S.. . . . . . . .Wyoming Pederson, Marian G. . . . . . . . . . ..Fertile Peterson, Janice L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James Plahn, Joan C. . . . . . . . . . . ..Hudson, Wis. Pottsmith, Mary E. . . . . . . . .Sturgeon Lake Raduenz, Janice B. Rancore, Dorothy C. .... .Lucan . . . . . . . Blackduck Raudio, Helen A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warba Rauner, Kathryn M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis R ~ jane ~ E. ~. . .~ . . , . M~~ b k e RUS~, Judith R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..sourn Sandvig, Helen A.. . . . - . ..Hudson, S. D. Satrang, Joan K.. . . . . . . . . .Britton. S. D. Seemann, Johanna L. . . . . . . .Courtland . . . . . .Willmar Selseth, Ruth E. . . . . . Skaaden, Ruth E. . . . . .S.~ r i n aGrove Snustad, Margaret . . . , , Winger Stake, Carolyn N. . . . . . . .'Cambrid,ge Steen, H. Gael ... . . 'SuperiOrf Wis' Stone, Glorio A. . . Strandell, June E. . ..............Zumbrota . .Warren Sugg, Joan M. . . . . . . .Ladysmith' Sullivan, Mortha I. . . . . . . . .Springfield Swedberg, Janet M. . . . . . . . .La Moille . . . . . . Fergus . Falls Swenson, Marlys G.. - .Lake Mills. Iowa Thompson, Darlene M. Thureen, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . Grand Forks Tykeson, Jewel1 F. . . . . . . . . . .Kennedy Uleberg, Janet A. Ullestad, Mavis B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia . Van Diest, Frances L.. . . Leland, Iowa . . . . . . St. Cloud Walthall, Betty K.. . . . . . .Iowa Falls, Iowa Weidert, Erma E. . . . . . . . ..Eden Valley Wendt, Jane D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wennerblom, Shirley A. . . . . . .Minneapolis Werp, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wold, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Totol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GRADUATES 1953 SEMINARY With the degree of Bachelor of Theology Edinburg, N. D. Berntson, Gordon N.. . . Carlsen, Erling N. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . .Newfolden Jergenson, Arnold 0. . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Oscarson, Elder W.. . . . . . . . . . Fergus Falls Sortland, Allan B.. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Tollefson, Harold 0.. Osnabrock, N. D. With the degree of Graduate in Theology Jystad, Torgney B. . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Mayer, Henry A.. . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul Peterson, James E. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Schafer, Harold R. Wessington Springs, S. D. Sevig, Palmer E.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. COLLEGE With the degree of Bachelor of Arts Carlson, Erland E. . . . . . . . . St. Paul Aaskov, Ruth Lucille Cumberland Center, Maine Alfsen, Thomas Charles . . . . . . . .Rochester Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . . .Flandreau, S. D. Anderson, Roger Vincent. . . . . . . . .St. Paul Baker, Eleanor Marie. . . . .Spokane, Wash. Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge Benson, Stanley G. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berntson, Rudolph E.. . . . Edinburg, N. D. Bobendrier, Jeanne M. . . . . Minneapolis Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Carlsen, Beverly Nystuen . . . . . Minneapolis Corlsen, Glenn T.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Corlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Carlstedt, Rhoda Lois . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Christensen, Duane J. . . . .Kenmare, N. D. Christina, Joseph . . . . . . .Minneapolis Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton Cummings, Frank ... .Atlantic Cily, N. J. Danielson, H. Emmett . . . . . . . . Watertown Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. Dickhart, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dillon, Donald V. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dixen, Arvid Daniel . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dorn, Roy V. .............. .Minneapolis Drury, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen ......... .Delano Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Elness, Marilyn E.. .......... Fargo, N. D. Emerson, Robert Charles . . . . .Minneapolis Engseth, Jerome Martin. ........ Wayzata Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanska Fairbanks, Leland L. . . . . . . . . . . .Harmony Fenske, Delmour . . . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Fox, Curtis Andrew . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Frosig, Kristian Vester ....... .Minneapolis Giesdahl, Alice Elaine. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gwdrich, Quentin Allan .... .Minneapolis Grender, Carol Handahl . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Gustofson, Charles Richard. . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Hagen, Marvin L. Halling, Lloyd L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hamre, James S. . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Hansen, Clarence C. ........ .Minneapolis Hegge, Hjalmer Martin.. ..Williston, N. D. Hill, Lorne H. ............ .Veblen, S. D. Hodne, Richard Haldor .Minneapolis Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield Hushagen, Berton R. ........ .Minneapolis .... Jacobsen, Alice Amelia. . . .Thief River Falls Jensen, Sherman R. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Arlan Kenneth, Grand Forks, N. D. Johnson, James Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon Johnson, Joan M. M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Norman Francis. . . . . .Formington Johnson, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchoff, Ralph Mirlen . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lapham, Dean L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur Lingen, John Russell .Minneapolis Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Formosa, China Lundeen, Donovan T. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundgren, David Dean .Minneapolis ........ ...... .....St. Parizek, Gloria Mae . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Patana, R. Raymond J.. .Crystal Falls, Mich. Pearson, Howard Erwin . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Richard Leroy . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Harold Everett . . . . .Minneapolis Petterson, Leroy M.. . . . .Drummond, Mont. Quanbeck, Kent B. . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Radde, Leon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Razook, Patricia R.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D. Reimer, Donald James. . . . . .Mountain Lake Rimmereid, Arthur V.. .New Rockford, N. D. Ringstad, Ruth J. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau Schultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash. Sigler, Fred C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Silrum, Edwin 0. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Silverstein, Richard Stanley.. . . . . .St. Paul Skogsbergh, Samuel P. . . . . . .Minneapolis Steineke, Donald Duane. . . . . .Moose Lake Stenoien, Vernon S. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stensland, Donald E. . . . . .Portland, N. D. Straiton, Thomas Paul. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis. Tamm, William C. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thompson, Carol Joyce.. . . . .Binford, N. D. Tuff, Harry Airth.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D. Unruh, Peter D., Jr.. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Valtinson, Joseph Olai, Jr.. . . . .DeKalb, Ill. Vetvick, Leo B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vik, Phyllis June . . . . . . . . . .Wauboy, S. D. Werts, Harold Glenn . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wilson, Woodrow W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Youngquist, Edmund R. . . . . . . . . . . Bolaton Manger, Elizabeth J.. . . . . . . .Wilmette, Ill. Mattson, Harold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Nofer, Herman Frederick, Jr. Olson, Harry Edwin, Jr.. . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winger Oren, Donald Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Oscarson, Rhoda Knutson . . . . . .Minneapolis Ostrem, Gloria Ruth . . . . . . . . . Joliet, Ill. Oudal, Wilmer Jayson . . . . . . .Minneapolis Paul Ohno, Tom Tomeo . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ollila, Douglas J. ....... lshpeming, Mich. Zustiak, Mildred Ruth .......Minneapolis Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 82 26 - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1953-1954 FIRST SEMESTER SEMINARY . . . . . . . . . . . Men Students . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . Total .. . 28 1 . . . . . . . . . . - ........ COLLEGE Men Students . . Women Students ........ ........ Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECOND SEMESTER SEMINARY Men Students ................................................... Women Students ....................................... .. Totol 30 . ...................................................... -1 COLLEGE Men Students Women Students Total 367 ................................................ .......................... . . 186 - .......................... Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 -0 584 TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1953- 1954 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 1 ........................................................ COLLEGE Men Students ......................... ................. Women Students ................................................ Total 30 ..................................................... 414 .. 351 - Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765 796 2 SUMMARY OF GRADUATES SEMINARY ................................ . Total , , - .. , , , . . - - - ............. COLLEGE , , , , - - . . . . . . . . . ........................ Total ......... Total Graduates ... INDEX Page Academic. Administration ........... 44 Amunts. Payments of .............. 16 Accreditation ................... .2. 20 Admission. College ................ 44 Admission. Seminary ............... 103 Administration .................... 5 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Aims. Fundamental ................ 17 Alumni Association. The ............ 20 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80. 93 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 36 Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 AudieVisual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Band ........................ .34, Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration. Curriculum . . Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 79 95 5 20 56 89 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79 Christian Education and Sociology . . . . 110 Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 108 Classical Languages, Department of . . . 68 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Classwork, Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39 College, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 College Students (1953-1954) . . . . . . . 112 committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Contents. Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study. College . . . . . . . . . 64 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 52 Cultural Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Debate ond Oratory . . . . . . . . . . .34. 73 Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . . 58 Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Distinction, Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 73 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Education, Department of Psycholm and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Education01 Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .W, 43 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses . . 60 English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. English, Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements, College . . . . . 44 Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Examinations, Comprehensive . . . . . . . . 49. Examinations, Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 49 Expenses, Student . . . . . ..24, 25, 26, 104 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25. 26 Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . Financial Support and Control . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . . . . . . . German. Department of . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870.1953). Summary Graduation Requirements. College Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. 106 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . 55 Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 History and Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 92 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 57 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52' Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 5 2 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Page . . . . 68 lncompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Lower Division Requirements . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Mothemotics. Department of ........ 99 Medical St& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .23. 59 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . 61 Membership in Educational Associations 20 Ministry. Preparation for the . . . .53. 103 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Missionary Work. Preparation for . . . . 54 Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . .34. 35. 79 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of ..................... 95 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 107 Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . 58 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .23. 59 Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . 106 . Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 73 Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Organizations. Student . . . . . . . . . -32-39 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 86 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . 54 Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 40 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Physical Education. Department of Health and .................... 100 Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 96 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . 43 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 110 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . .53. 103 Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Page Psychology and Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion and Philcsophy. Division of . . . Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . Romance Languages. Department of . . . Room Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 27 46 47 64 39 52 76 42 Scandinavian Language and Literature. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . . . 56 Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 7 Seminary. Faculty ................. Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 105 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 104 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 105 Seminary Internship ............... 105 Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 83 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 81 Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23 Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 40 . . . . . 111 Student Register . . . . . . . . . Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 _ Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Teachefs Certificate . . . . . . . . . .55. 85 Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . - 5 5 Testing ................ .40. 44. 48. 49 Theology. College Preparation for . 53. 103 Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 105 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . 103 Theological Students (1953.1954) . . . . . 111 Transfer and Advanced Standing .45. 104 Trustees. b a r d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Upper Division Requirements . . . . . . . . 52 Veterans. Admission of . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with adminisvative o h located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t Twenty-first Avenue South. The college may be reached, via public transportation on &e following Jines: I. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin 2. ?he Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside 3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue 4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue - - - - = s ~ M - e H d Hours: Monday through F r i d a y y : 5 5 - - % muse ~ ~ u a- e Delm .- i H~~~~ -i &-Hdl- - sv- - &use - - ~ - l & ofice Library LI 0 5 0 1 a m to 5 :oo p.m. m: A+ ~ - * a.m. to 12:30 p.m. Saturday-8:jo lhmimries Mumolinl * - - - - - - - - - ~ - - ~- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A T 9143 - A T 905s - AT9112 - MA 9949 - - - - - MA 9229 - - AT 9290 - M A 9590 - MA 9161 - - LI 0505 - GE 2468 - - - ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and requirements for admission, advertising and publicity, and general information about the institution. OFFICE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information and requests for admission to the Theological Seminary. SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY - EVALUATION OF CREDITS Transcript of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR - HOUSING OF STUDENTS Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life. DEAN OF STUDENTS For information that does not appear to be covered above AWSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1979-1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of C o n t e n t s PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 42, EXPENSES PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 142, FACULTY PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 153, INDEX PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC COURSE .......... The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR ............. .A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE FEE .......... ..A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. .................. Charges LOAN made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. ...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE ...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, i s more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities is available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1600 i s largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are residentstudents, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service t o Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available t o you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students o n skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n onearea or major. Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand t h e Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of The Campus Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students t o learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital i n the process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. ,< - \.- .-' .Z Campus Guide A. B. C. D. E. 1. Admissions House 2. West Hall 3. Library 4. Science Hall 5. O l d Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10. Memorial Hall 11. Art Studio and Art Annex 12. O l d Music Hall 13. Si Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Music Hall 18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus o n Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located i n relation t o each other. Following i s a brief description of each building. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Speech and Drama Building, was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided i n this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated i n 1955. Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative otfices. The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. - - The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry i s offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers i n business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks t o assist its students through their academic experience t o better understand themselves and the world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities i n this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o take a personal interest i n their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term paper topics, and directions t o other local sources of information, The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls i n four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest i n music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study and participation i n activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested' i n communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. I n the humanities area, students may select courses i n literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered i n science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the Universityof Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses i n the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. . Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect t o English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; participate in the cooperative program t o Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 undertake a specific course or major not course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and leges have coordinated calendars. The upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, another campus. A regularly scheduled history, political science, psychology, and bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e sociology courses to fulfill the remainder campuses. of the distribution requir,ements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This Computer Programming. Augsburg and group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South ment whereby students may transfer the Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer novative curricular programsfor students, programming taken at CDI to Augsburg interchange and sharing of academic perCollege. sonnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban ing students in the school of nursing at affairs conference, and development of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and struction in biology, chemistry, and other resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications tions of the Upper Midwest. for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly t o the hospital. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which enables qualified students t o receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program i s completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student t o receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. wishes t o participate i n an international program. Admission t o this program requires an application t o b e approved by t h e director of 'the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity. Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. While Augsburg not Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior t o the year one Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type o f study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re- cently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program Interim. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arisingfrom the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center i s a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet i n the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate i n some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context i n which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created t o support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers t o the rnany questions you have about college life. you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want t o expand your cross-cultural awareness, you can contact a staff member t o help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information o n current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t b improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able t o facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two t o a room,with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it i s large enough t o meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing i s available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one in the area of education. Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this i s a good place to work them out. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. International Students Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government is organized intothe executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held i n the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives i n the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right t o inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact thecenter for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and e'mployment practices. A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process for Freshmen 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 15 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses i n religious studies. Registered Nurse Students, seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must also complete the Department of Second Step Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent t o the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4.. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them in the transition to college and to the United States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships is available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program i s offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also,it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfuIly completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which i s required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board is $1620 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.1. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the n ~ r m afull-time l academic load. If the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if financial need i s established for those not i n this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest on the loan. Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever i s less and the aggregate maximum i s $7500. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Pro- gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar- ship'Grant (Code 6500' receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with Droven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. 5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given t o those in music and/or elementary education. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. 6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS 7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. - Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. 8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving student. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o twodeserving junior/ senior students. - 4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship -distributed annually t o needy and deserving students. - 11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black student. 3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually t o members of racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who i s preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically t o students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship -awarded to oneor more upperclass students interested in the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to .one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. CHEMISTRY Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. - 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or thesciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. David and Michelle Christianson ~ ~ t scholarship h ~ - awarded ~ ~ to an able and deservingstudent inthe field of mathematics. - Winners selected by English MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. ENGLISH faculty. 2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by Library staff. MUSIC faculty. - Winners selected by Music 1. O.T. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk basis of skilled performanceor aptitude in stringed instruments. 7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. 5' The leonard and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." faculty. The Theodore ,. - icho~rs~ip awardedannually to an upperclass student majoring in SOCIOLOGY Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses The costs expressed herein are for the 1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o change without notice. TUITION Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day. - $3,365 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects t o omit an interim or t o graduate in December, a refund i s not authorized. A part-time rate of $470 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing i s one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE An application fee of $10.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge i s $280.00. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Nursing Admission Test, $15 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are $130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made i n the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,620. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year i s due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $3,365 No student i s permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,620 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII resident students: $100.00 advance deposit. Required at time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five days of classes. 90% .from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division i s elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Duane lohnson Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, .German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 f o r Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 cours,es of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. (Except for elementary education and Second Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required.) 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishIll) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383, and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system; some others are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I)may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register- ing for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude 3 . 8 - 4.0 grade Magnacumlaude 3.6 - 3.79 Cum laude 3.3 - average grade average 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. l ndependent Study Independent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed i s not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College i s approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consultwith the Officeof the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classifiedas full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. Grade reports are issued to students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersoris or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Classification . Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts. Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts. Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts. .. . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department Symbol #Consent of instructor Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1977-78 ................................................. 1,838 Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478 Summary of Graduates .................................................... 6,991 .............................. 299 Graduates, 1870-1977 Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978) Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Crier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 237, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 720, 722, 123, 251 Education 478# Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326, 370, 377, 427 Sociology 777, 373, 387,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat other colleges should-be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject t o change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience i n urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year t o year. (Spring) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies t o the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature i n area of student's choice. Consult with director t o determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118,221,223,225, and 250. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) STUDIO ART 242 FILM M A K I N G 107 DRA'WING Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 250 CERAMICS I 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o the making - of .pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given t o black and white, and photographic processes. A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY An introduction t o the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS I1 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING I1 223 PRINT M A K I N G I Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718. Fall, Spring) Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978) 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 478 SCULPTURE II Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 7979-80) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoricto modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered Summer, 7977, 7979-7980) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century. (Offered 7 935-75) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o modern times. (Spring, 7979, Alternate years) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the present. (Offered 7978-79) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7 980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART Early Christian through late Gothic and A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 7977 and alternate years) Biology Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses i n earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation i n seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) 108 MICROBIOLOGY 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 107 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must Basic microbial features are considered as well asapplications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476. 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring) 473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes w h i c h occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well asdescriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and o n e additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers i n accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251, and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 i s strongly recommended) In addition, courses i n data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended. NOTE: The department i s currently planning to introduce a new major in marketing and a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer- aided Research Methods, lntroduction to Marketing, Managerial Economics, Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations Research and Research Methods for Economics and Business. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major i n Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible,in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I A, analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES dent the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 483 AUDITING An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years.) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the stu- The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) ECONOMICS MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied economics and a new area of public policies studies. In addition to the courses listed below. the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical Economics, History of EconomicThought, Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s , Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, eco- nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE An introduction to micro-economics.,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) - 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 723. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program w i l l afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life' sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115, 116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years o f #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall; 706, Spring) reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry. Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace .analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Designed f o r non-chemistry majors, medical technologists, and others i n allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775. Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied i n the first semester. Applications of these concepts t o areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds i n the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge o f German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation t o solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). East Asian S t u d i e s Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Components of the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses i n Japanese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. - Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. ?he courses, Orientatio" to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Steve Reuter, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Soc 231 Sociology of the Family Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music (1/2 course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (M course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (W course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select a situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements in a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation 2. 3. 4. 5. course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of t.he Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359,478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) Education Department Licensure Program courses. GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary) EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (% course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256 or #. Fall, Spring) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #) Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods % course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) % course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods ?hcourse (Spring) 376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) -- 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized 359 REFERENCE SERV~CES IN THE research projects not otherwise provided LIBRARY for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most which meets the of frequently used by studentsand librarians. faculty. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) LIBRARY SCIENCE 399 INTERNSHIP M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) Independent study and research o n some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly.,A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course i n the English language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and Guidance. In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program to department chairperson early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses in writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in their course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring) 226 CREATIVE WRITING The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 JOURNALISM An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets t o Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 7 980-87) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80). 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given t o the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 M O D E R N POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairpersons. Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 7980-87) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Open t o junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals below their level may only do so for a grade of P/N. Students with previous language study should register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useableskill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career information. Language majors and minors must consult with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking de.partmental honors must apply no later than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered i n conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed t o introduce the student with no previous background in French t o the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures: Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. Explores topics of current interest i n both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment, grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 7 979) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years. Spring 7980) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f all majors. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual,social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements i n style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (177, Fall; 772, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in termsof their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice i n speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE l The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the- elements of' theory through reading, analyzing and discuss. Ing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. I n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 371 or #.) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language, (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Coethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century t o the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #) literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according t o foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Japanese Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) wegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 772 or equivalent. Spring) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring) Norwegian 312 OLD NORSE MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not reauired. Norwegian language minors wili have special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring 7 980) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Nor- This study o f Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work i n the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years.) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring 7987. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses i n humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #. Spring 7980) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352, Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written re- ports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Richard Nelson M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four. areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o the regular history major a social science maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. . H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall 7980-87) 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Fall) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1979-80) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 7 980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division .. students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 412 PERIODS AND STUART A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. (Fall) 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire t o the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course i s designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be o n Western Asia. Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 7980-87) 463 MODERNSOUTHEAST A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80) 464 MODERN A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion of China's i;olationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. (Fall) 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 7980-87) 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maxi- mum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and. human environment. (Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman) MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. , H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. ties in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequali- Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily f r o m the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa11) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or 725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling dis- tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between student and department. COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction to computer methods includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction t o computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language i n numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry 351-352. However, credit for both Biology 367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two required upper division biology courses may not include Biology 367. Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course. Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons w h o already have t h e baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related t o subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program i s located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures i n both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 FIELD EXPERIENCE Structured field course focusing o n plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips t o other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to 383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major i n Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of thesophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform i n music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance.Studies; recital performance. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department o f Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals i s required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration i s required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required t o pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring t o Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H The Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, directors, and pre-theological stu- of music through the selected of great 'Omstudy posers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) dents. 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. Works of 20th Century composers w i l l be chosen according t o instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that in-depth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) M U S l C THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background i n the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally, membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Choir Membership by audition. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra. Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. N a t u r a l Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-72 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Physical Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-72 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111,112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses - In order to make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - c6mparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather (the alternative course not taken in the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology in addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. - Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers a second-step, upper division major in nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission t o the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n psychology and sociology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses must be taken prior t o admission into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits. I n addition, each applicant to the nursing major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the past five years, must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the major. A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take this course at Augsburg by the end of the first year. MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 (Interpersonal Communications) i s highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall GPA in the nursing courses i s required. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I This course is designed t o explore the contemporary role of the nurse as a client educator. Content on learning theories, assessment, planning, communicating via negotiated objectives, matching methodology and evaluation techniques within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II Through lecture-discussions, the class will explore factors affecting one's influence with individuals. Students will explore their own leadership style as it relates t o the professional nurse's role and the theory of planned change. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.) 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Through a lecture-discussion format, the class develops a holistic health framework within a family and community context. Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social trends are considered, as they relate t o the individual's perception and state of health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Clinical application of health concepts. Students participate i n negotiated health intervention and facilitation within a selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT The professional nurse's role as advocate and facilitator i s strengthened via the use of a systematic process of assessment and planning, intervention, and evaluation. This negotiated process isexplored within a developmental frame of reference with application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH The research process and methodologies appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics and nursing research i n nursing studies are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design individual research projects. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill This course will explore the process of negotiating with individuals and groups to identify learning needs and goals. We will experience a variety of teaching methods as we integrate therapeutic communication techniques w i t h t h e teaching process. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 423.) 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V This is a nursing synthesis seminar course dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective communication techniques, in facilitating complex group or family interaction. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370, 317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP I The preceptorship practicum is a flexible approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen area of study i n a selected practice setting. This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning expe. riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty, agencies, and clients i n initiating complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 403.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP II This course builds upon the knowledge and skills obtained i n Contemporary Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendationswill be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What i s the relation between faith and reason?Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. - 370 EXISTENTIALISM 440 THEORY O F BEING Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy) Being i s the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI.. SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major meets t h e coaching requirement. Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHYMS 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT (See Health Education) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (1/2 course. Interim) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION 373 MODERN DANCE This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (I/. course. Spring) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD (See Health Education) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for teaching license. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course 1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM 114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course Survey of basic statistical procedures and Historical background, legal bases,school health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall; Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed t o serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) transistors and integrated circuits, with applications to both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11 A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727, Fall; 722, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing solid state devices. The study of diodes, 351,352 MECHANICS I, I1 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226. 357, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas.* HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Ad- viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. For precise listing of terms in which courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class Schedule. 1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues i n American society. 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential election3 (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f election years.) 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic t o be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics i n the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate years.) V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES deration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division courses, or #.) (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered o n demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 399 INTERNSHIP Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consi- Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) - 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying animals and human beings in their natural habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) 399 INTERNSHIP 490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #). 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 356, Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe 360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time grant licensure for a Religion major or minor. teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implicationswill be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy 353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN AMERICA A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7979-80) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious cornrnunities. 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. 361 C H U R C H FATHERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA 475 JUDAISM A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Offered 7 979-80) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 495 SEMINAR The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 7980-87) Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) -. Russian Area Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. The Major consists of 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course in Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course in Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. A minor is presently under consideration. F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred )oel 255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L IMPACT MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. See, Norwegian courses listed under Department of Foreign Languages. An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics and economy of Norway and, conversely,- of Norwegian political perspectives and institutions, upon the development and use of this recently discovered resource. (Interim, 7980) 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. 331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N AMERICAN HISTORY How did the O l d Stock American host society receive the waves of newcomers to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the immigrants respond t o the reception? Through case studies, selected readings, class lecture, and discussions, this course examines the encounter of the new American culture with the older European cultures. 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7981) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980) 360 EDDA AND SAGA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse, Norse mythology and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered on demand) 364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN CHURCH LIFE Offered under Department of Religion. (1980-81) 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See description under Department of Music. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Department of History. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July 1, 1979 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Department of Education for further details. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology, economics, sociology, psychology. B. Behavioral Science Emphasis 14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5 courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the following: (1) at lea~t2coursesfrom each of the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history. (2) 1course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365. (3) 1 course in American history. \ A. History Emphasis 7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of these courses must be upper division. 2 courses in political science, 1 course in the methodology of the , C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis Hist. 103 - The Modern World 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 12 courses in non-western studies; selected from the following, with at least four disciplines represented. Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Econ. 122, 258 Sociology 241 Religion 356 Philosophy 355 D. International Relations Emphasis (1) Required: lower division Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104; Econ. 122 4th term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) Required: upper division Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332. (3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this list. No more than five from any one discipline. Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Sociology 241 4th term of college work i n a second modern foreign language. Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from each of five disciplines, selected from the f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The selection of courses must be approved by one of the faculty supervising the social science major. Social Work Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as t o sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student does not plan t o pursue a professional social work career. Core program consists of Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727, 325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and 362, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year. M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the B.A. program unless the student does not plan to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as specified for the B.S. except that Social Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not required. S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections and Youth are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in the senior year. A Human Services Management specialization is also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned t o address needs of olde,r population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, i t s ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi- viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior. Spring) 364 FIELD WORK I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD W O R K Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) Sociology Chairperson: C. Nelson M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety o f learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted t o a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and Psych. 705. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related t o shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 711 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP RELATIONS 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power i n the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #. Fall) Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early i n the,senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY 353 ADVERTISING See under Department of Art An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, I1 See under Department of Art 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) See under Department of English 242 FILM-MAKING See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) 355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Consult the Department Chairperson for details. See under Department of Political Science. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) 352 PERSUASION 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in advanced acting and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. 0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee. (Offered alternate years.) 229 STAGE DESIGN I 366 STAGE DIRECTION I lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterizationto a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 367 STAGE DIRECTION II In-depth analysis and practice in directingtypes of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 399 Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 361 THEATER HISTORY 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.) Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate years.) 429 STAGE DESIGN I1 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Offered alternate years.) Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students t o respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior t o the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available i n the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARDOFREGENTS* Mr. Ernest A. Alne C.P.A. Pasadena, California Mr. Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Mrs. Norma Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Paul W. Kraemer President and Chief Executive Officer Minnesota Gas Comaanv , , Minneapolis, Minnesota Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Mr. john Lienemann President Estate and Business Planning Consultants Edina, Minnesota Mr. James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee *as of September, 1978 Dr. Harold I.Lunde Vice President, Planning and Research The May Department Stores Company St. Louis, Missouri Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Mr. Donald C. Padilla Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. George T. Pennock Chairman of the Board Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Facilities Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman, Nominating Committee Mr. Martin 0. Sabo Speaker, Minnesota House of Representatives St. Paul, Minnesota Mr. Bertil Sandberg President N.H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota Rev. Paul C. Sonnack Professor, Church History Luther Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota Mr. N. Stanley Stake Vice President and General Manager Commercial Division Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Clair E. Strommen General Agent Strommen & Associates, Inc. of Central Life Assurance Co. St. Paul, Minnesota Vice Chairman Mrs. Mary Lou Williams Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. John R. Winsor Executive Vice President Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d Incorporated Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University *LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f Wisconsin, Department Chairperson HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa Barbara BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota *BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University *STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) * J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson' CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n Leave 1978-79 I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970 University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University *ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn) BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass) *JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) 1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University of Minnesota JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School of Pharmacy SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) Q MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota *R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ) *GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass) *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado *LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson *MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota *PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba) *MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ............................... ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke DEVELOPMENT .Glen W. Johnson Vice President for Development .Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. .Michael Walgren Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden. Director of Alumni and Parents Program .Jeroy Carlson Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson ........................ .......................... ............................. ................ - PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions ................................ Assistant Director Director of Transfer Programs Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor ................................. Admissions Counselor ................................. .David Benzel ..................................... Kathryn Lange ......................... .Jennifer Edwins ................................. .William Ross .Anthony Harris .Susan M. Bonner STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp Director of Career Planning and Placement .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan ............. Index . . ............................................................. Academic Administration 45 Academic Life 14 Accreditation 7 Administration 151 Admission t o the College 29 Advanced Placement 32 Advanced Standing 32 American Studies 54 Anthropology .............................. 133 Art, Department of 55 Biology. Department of 58 Board of Regents 141 Business Administration 61 Calendar 155 Campus Map ........................................................................ 70 Chemistry, Department of 66 Chinese 82 Classification ........................................................................52 Communications 736 Computer Science 96 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 19 Continuing Education 21 Corrective Therapy .............................................................. 19. 710 Costs ............................................................................... 42 Course Descriptions 54 Course Value 52 Credit by Examination ................................................................ 52 Dean's List 50 Degrees 22 Divisional Organization 45 Costs 42 East Asian Studies 70 Economics 61 Education, Department of 73 Engineering 19, 77 English, Department of 77 Enrollment .......................................................................... 53 Expenses .......................................................................... 42 Faculty ............................................................................. 142 Financial Aid 27,33 Five College Cooperative ............................................................. 18 Food Service 28 French ............................................................................... 62 Foreign Language, Department of 81 Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................ 52 General Education Requirements 15.46 Geography 94 German 85 Glossary of terms ..................................................................... 4 Grading 48 Graduates, Summary of 53 Graduation Requirements 46 Graduation With Distinction .......................................................... 50 Greek 87 Health Education 110 Health Service ....................................................................... 27 History of Augsburg College ........................................................... 6 ....................................................................... ......................................................................... ..................................................................... ............................................................. ................................................................. .................................................................. .................................................................... ........................................ .................................................................. .............................................................. ................................................................... .............................................................. .......................................................................... ............................................................ ............................................................................. .................................................................... ................................................................... .............................................. ................................................................ ................................................................. ........................................................................ .......................................................................... ............................................................................. .............................................................. ............................................................................... .................................................................... .......................................................................... ............................................................ ...................................................................... ............................................................... ..................................................................... ........................................................................ ..................................................... .................................................. .......................................................................... ............................................................................. ............................................................................. .............................................................. ............................................................ .............................................................................. ................................................................... ............................................................... ..................................................................... ............................................................................ .................................................................. ........................................................... .............................................................. .................................................................. ............................................................................ .... ...................................... ............................................................................. .............................................................................. ......................................................... ........................................... ................................................................ .................................................... ............................................................ ......................................................... .......................................................................... ............................................................... ............................................................ .......................................................... .................................................................. ........................................................................ .............................................................. ..................................................... .............................................................. ....................................................................... ......................................................................... ............................................................. ........................................................................ ................................................................ ........................................................... H.istory. Department of 91 Honors Program 22 25 Housing 50 Independent Study 18 Inter-Institutional Programs 24 Intercollegiate Athletics 22 Internship Program 87 Japanese 136 Journalism ......................................................................... 76 Library Science ................... 6 Location Majors 15 94 Mathematics, Department of 19, 96 Medical Technology .............................................................. .... 97 Metro-Urban Studies ............. 99 Music, Department of 103 MusicTherapy ..................................................................... 6 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg 104 Natural Science ..................................................................... 22 New Dimensions Program 7 Non-Discrimination Statement 88 Norwegian 53 Numbering of Courses 106 Nursing ............................................................................ 151 Personnel of the College 15 Pre-Professional Training ............................................................. 108 Philosophy, Department of 110 Physical Education 12 Physical Plant 115 Physics, Department of 117 Political Science, Department of 47 Probation and Dismissal Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121 43 Refunds 47 Registration 124 Religion, Department of 23 Religious Life 127 Russian Area Studies 127 Scandinavian Area Studies 129 Social Science Majors ............................................................... 130 Social Work, Department of ......................................................... 133 Sociology, Department of 89 Spanish ...................................................................... 136 Speech, .Department of 23 Student Life ......................................................................... 28 Student Rights 24 Student Services 21 Summer School 20 Study Abroad Symbol (#) 53 136 Theater Arts 140 Transdisciplinary Major 30 Transferto Augsburg 42 Tuition and Fees ..................................................................... 50 Veterans 7 Visting the Campus ........................................................... ............................................................ ...................................................................... ..................................................................... ...................................................................... ....................................................................... .......................................................................... ........................................................................ .............................................................. ................................................................. ............................................................................ ................................................................... Academic Calendar For 1979-80 (Tentative: Subject t o Change) Fall Semester 1979 Sept. 4-5 Sept. 6 Sept. 19 Oct. 22 Nov. 21 Nov. 21 NOV.22-25 Nov. 26 Dec. 12 Dec. 14-18 Dec. 19-Jan. 2 Registration and Welcome days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Christmas Holidays Interim 1980 Jan. 3 Jan. 30 Feb. 6 lnterim Begins lnterim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1980 Feb. 7 Feb. 20 Mar. 28 Mar. 29-Apr. 6 Apr. 7 Apr. 25 May 16 May 19-22 May 25 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1998-2000
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: .. Y. W W W . . . 3 from the President I hope you are looking at this catalog because you've enrolled at Augsburg College. If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of the profession an...
Show more .. Y. W W W . . . 3 from the President I hope you are looking at this catalog because you've enrolled at Augsburg College. If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of the profession and role to which you feel called, and a confident sureness that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which to spend the next several years of your life. If you're dipping into this volume to figure out who and what Augsburg College is and what education it offers, welcome to these pages! May they convey the fundamental character of our mission: to provide an education especially serviceable in the contemporary world because it has been designed in the midst of and in full contact with the critical social, economic, religious, and political phenomena of the modern city. This education, however practical and professional, will be serviceable over the long haul only to the degree that it respects and pursues certain of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it is offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself. The study you are undertaking at Augsburg-r thinking of undertaking-will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans. As you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and in which new destinations are reachable. Bon voyage! Sincerely yours, William V. h a k e President I Fall Term 1998 Summer..................................... Freshman registration Sept. 6-81Sun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation Sept. 9Ned. ................... ..........a..Upper-class validation Sept. 91Wed. ................................ Classes begin Sept. 15Dues. .............................. Last day to register Sept. 15lTues. ..............................Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on record Oct. 30/Fri. ..................................Mid-term break Last day to designate grading option Nov. 6/Fri. ............................... Last day to withdraw from class Nov. 13/Fri. ................................ Nov. 16-Dec. 4IMon.-Fri. ............ Interim registration Nov. 16-Dec. 4IMon.-Fri. ............ Spring term registration Nov. 26Ehurs. ............................ Thanksgiving recess begins Nov. 30IMon. .............................. Classes resume Dec. 1l/Fri. .................................. Classes end Dec. 14-17IMon.-Thurs............... Final exams Interim Term 1999 Jan. 4Mon .................................... Interim classes begin Jan. 5lTues. ...................................Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record Jan. 15/Fri. ................................. Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class Jan. 27AVed.................................. Classes end Spring Term 1999 Feb. 1IMon................................... Classes begin Last day to register Feb. 5/Fri. .................................. Feb. 5/Fri. .................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record Mar. 29IMon. ............................... Mid-tendEaster break begins Apr. 6Eues. .................................. Classes resume Last day to designate grading option Apr. 9Rri...................................... Apr. 16/Fri................................... Last day to withdraw from a class Apr. 19-3OIMon.-Fri. ...................Early registration for fall May 14/Fri....................................Classes end May 17-2OIMon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams May 23ISun. ................................ .BaccalaureatdCommencement TENTATIVE-CONSULT THE 1999-2000 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC REGISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES Fall Term 1999 Summer ...................................... ..Freshman registration Sept. 5-7/Sun.-Tues. ..................... New student orientation Sept. 8/Wed. ................................. Upper-class validation Sept. 8fWed. ................................. Classes begin Sept. 14flues. ............................... Last day to register Sept. 14Kues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on record Oct. 29/Fri................................... .Mid-term break Nov. 5/Fri. .................................... Last day to designate grading option Nov. 12Eri. .................................. Last day to withdraw from class Nov. 15-Dec. 3Mon.-Fri. .............Interim registration Nov. 15-Dec. 3Mon.-Fri. .............Spring term registration Nov. 25flhurs. ............................. Thanksgiving recess begins Nov. 29flLIon. .............................. .Classes resume Dec. 10/Fri. .................................. Classe end Dec. 13-16Mon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams Interim Term 2000 Jan. 3Mon ....................................Interim classes begin Jan. 4flues. .................................. Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record Jan. 14/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class Classes end Jan. 26/Wed. ................................ Spring Term 2000 Jan. 3 l/Mon. ................................Classes begin Feb. 4/Fri. ................................... Last day to register Feb. 4/Fri. .................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record Mar. 2O/Mon. ............................... Mid-term break begins Mar. 27/Mon. ...............................Classes resume Apr. 7/Fri......................................Last day to designate grading option Apr. 14/Fri................................... s t day to withdraw from a class Apr. 17-28 Mon.-Fri. ................... Early registration for fall Apr. 21/Fri. ................................... Easter break begins Apr. 251Tues. ................................ Classes resume May 1UFri.................................... Classes end May 15-18Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams May 21/Sun. .................................BaccalaureatdCommencement Area Code 612 Academic Advising...................................................................................................... 330-1025 ....................................................................................................... Academic Affairs ..330-1024 Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001 Toll-free number ........................................................................................(800) 788-5678 AlumniRarent Relations ............................................................................................. 330-1178 Athletics ...................................................................................................................... 330-1243 Business Office (fees and accounts) ........................................................................ 330-1029 Career Services.................................. ................. .................................................. 3 3 0 - 1162 College PastorICampus Ministry ............................................................................... .330-1732 ........................................330-1180 Public Relations 6r Communication ....................... ................................................................................ ConferenceEvents Coordinator .330-1107 Development (financial gifts to the College) ........................................................... 330-1613 ........................................................................................ Toll-free number (800) 273-0617 Facilities Management ................................................................................................ 330-1104 Financial Aid (scholarships) ....................................................................................... 330-1046 General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ...........................330-1000 Master of Arts in Leadership Program ........................................................................330-1786 Master of Social Work Program ..................................................................................330-1307 Human Resources ....................................................................................................... 330-1058 Interim Office ............................................................................................................. 330-1150 Lost and Found ...........................................................................................................330-1000 President...................................................................................................................... 330-1212 ......................................................................... ..................*................... Registrar .-. .330-1036 ............................................................ Residence Life (Housing) .................... 3 3 0 1109 Student Activities ........................................................................................................ 330-1111 Academic and Learning Services ............................................................................... -330-1160 Student Government .................................................................................................. 330-1110 Summer School ........................................................................................................... 330-1787 Weekend College ........................................................................................................330-1782 Mailing Address: 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis. MN 55454 Web Site: www.augsburg.edu c; E 2. T.. $: >-, -, ?+ xt :2=" 7. I 7 MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY AND AREASOF EMPHASIS Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Adrninistrat~on Business AdministrationIFinance Business Administration/lnteinational Business Busmess AdministrationIManagement Business AdrninistrationlMarketing Chem~stry(B.A. or B.S.) Communication General Communication Studies Mass Communication Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) Computational Economics @.A) East Asian Studies ' Economics Applied Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Education Education Studles (non-licensure) Elementary Education Studies (nonlicensure) Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure) Secondary (non-majOr, licensure Engineering English Health Education History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages ' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Yitrstrq :R.S -!?Peekend Cnllcqc onlv! Phr!i?snnl~~ . I. :. TJ? rh\rslcal Cdurafton ,;. c;? P5ysrchsn,b~i<,tai?~ P i ~ y ~ l (cBs A. or E.S.! Y . -< rvbL .J Space Physics (B.S.) Polit~calScience Psychology Religlon Youth and Family Ministry Russian, Central, and East European Area Studies Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies ' It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to do so must apply through the Augsburg Office of the Registrar. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department. I Cooperallvc program r,l t h A\,o~ialed ~ College5 [he Jwln C111esand agret me~ltsw ~ l hf l l Un~vcrstLy ~ o[M~nnetola 11 1s p o s s ~ b l ~ f o\tudolts r to take heg~t~nlngllntc rmrd~~il~ladvanced cour\cs not avatloble nl ~onsortluincolleges tn Arabic, Ch~nr\c.Hebrav, \apanc>c, Ru\s~an,and other ~njrcqumtlyLaugkL Iunguug~, S l u d ~ n u r e g ~ d e d~reclly r with file ACTC oJ$cc 'Dual rlgrcc programs w~Lkthe Unlver$tly ofM~nnarita 111~1ilule of Technology, Washlnglon IJnlve~s~ty School of Englne~rlngand Appl~edScience, and M~cInganTcchnologi~al Un~vtrsily A t Augsburg College, we believe that the college experience should be a time of exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal arts education is your best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively Emphasis on values, perspectives, experience, and skills The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg curriculum-the College's general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses requiring students to consider important issues and examine values questions. These Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human Identity, the Social World, Christian Faith, The City, Aesthetics, and the Natural World. At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a few. Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in the heart of a thriving metropolitan area, many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Selection from over 50 majors Augsburg offers more than 50 majorsor you can create your own major either on campus or through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 53 for a complete list of majors and minors.) This five-college consortium allows students to take courses on other campuses without charge while a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine, Hamline University, Macalester College, and the University of St. Thomas. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the mission of the College: To nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confessibn of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Gennany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. 10 About Augsburg Early Leaders Establish a Direction The Focus Changed August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr. became president. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She spent the next 42 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 125 years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Apgsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modem college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American Lutheran Church. About Augsburg A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the Christensen Center, Ice Arena, and Murphy Place. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs, and a cumculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting two graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increasing accessibility, and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication; the Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the James G. Lindell Family Library. The city-with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Dr. William V Frame became president in August 1997. He has initiated a strategic planning process intended to iden* the distinguishing marks of the Augsburg education-in both pedagogy and substance-and a restructuring effort intended to improve operating efficiencies and open access for the College to new sources of capital. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative, and successful citizens; Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now almost 14,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. In addition to a traditional undergraduate liberal arts and sciences "day" program, Augsburg offers a Weekend College program for nontraditional students and master's degree programs in social work and leadership. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical complexes-Fai~ew-University Medical Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theatre district just a few blocks away Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, 11 - l2 About Augsburg home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Anderson-Nelson Athletic FieldThe athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing yearround use. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Christensen Center (1967)-The College center, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunneVramp/skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Office of Undergraduate Admissions-The central Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located at 628 21st Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. Offices of t h e American Indian Student Services Program and PanAfrikan Student Services ProgramLocated at 620 2lst Avenue South, these programs provide support s e ~ c e and s information to American Indian and African American students. Anderson Hall (1993)-Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students and the Physician Assistant Program. East Hall-Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) and the Center for Atmospheric Space Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center f o r Worship, Drama and Communication (1988)-The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry and the drama and communication offices. The Foss Center's lower level is home to the Gage Family Academic Enrichment Center, which includes the Learning Skills Office, the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) Program, the Groves Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center, and the John Evans Learning Laboratory. The Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center-Named in 1991 to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. The center houses the Office of Alumni and Parent Relations and is located at 624 2lst Avenue South. About Augsburg Ice Arena (1974)-Two large skating areas provide practice for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. The JamesC. Lindell Family Library (1 997)-This new four-level brick structure opened during the 1997-98 academic year. As the library and information technology center, it houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 2lst Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh St. Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the fitness center, and general auditorium purposes. Mortensen Tower (1973)-Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. 2222 Murphy Place (1964)-This facility provides offices for the Center for Global Education and a resource room for those interested in global issues. The Office of Academic Programs Abroad is also located here. Music Hall (1978)-Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. 13 Old Main (1900)-Home for the modem languages and art departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Public Relations & Communication House-The public relations and publications offices for the College are located at 709 23rd Avenue South. Science Hall (1949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the registrar's office, student financial services, and the business offices. In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. Sverdrup Hall (1 955)-Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains the Academic Advising Center, Weekend College, and the Office of Continuing Education as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Urness Tower (1 967)-Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, t h ~ ~ tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. l4 About Augsburg ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs that increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to the programs listed below, the College is also home to Elderhostel and College of the Third Age. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial InteradionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 2lst Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (M M EP)-The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a nonprofit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and resources of others concerned with the success of students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps them move from thinking to doing, from wanting to having, and from dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. Nordic Center-The Nordic Center promotes interest in contemporary Norway, encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies, and nurtures intercultural relations between the United States and the five Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. The Nordic Center is located at 2400 Butler Place. Youth a n d Family Institute of Augsburg College-The institute is designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The institute offers an undergraduate academic program, as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center, and counseling services. POLICIES Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status or handicap, as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed on page 48 or to the director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. About Augsburg ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools* and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society Council on Social Work Education (B.S.W. and M.S.W.) National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. National League for Nursing Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Programs (Physician Assistant Program) Augsburg College is an institutional member of the: National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) Association of Physician Assistant Programs We are members of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. *North Central Association of College and Schools Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, 30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, Illinois 60602-2504; (800) 621-7440 15 Location-Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 20 percent represent other Protestant denominations, and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation-North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, the National League for Nursing, and the Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Programs. Member-Associated Colleges of the Tivin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office, as described on page 15. Enrollment (Fall 1997-98)-2,866 s ~ u dents from 36 states and 38 nations. Graduates-13,975 undergraduates from 1870 through August 1997. StudentIFaculty Ratio-14 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 20-25. Campus-16 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-80 with special emphasis on accessibility Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway/tunneVelevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. Degrees Granted-B.A., M.A., M.S.W. B.S., B.M., W Financial Aid-Over 85 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. Library-Over 175,000 items, direct access to over 1,300,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The new James G . Lindell Family Library opened in September 1997. School Year-Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend Collegetrimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program-trimesters, September to June. Majors-More departments. than 50 majors in 23 Off-Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE), and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. Athletic Affiliation-Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. Policy-Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status or handicap, as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. A ugsburg College is looking for students with intellinence - and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community, and the community at large. Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual affectional orientation, or age. Visit t h e Campus Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an admissions counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Call any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-(612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located on the comer of Seventh Street and 2lst Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call first.) FRESHMEN Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. Transcripts-An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final, official transcript upon graduation. General Education Development (G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores--Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT are also accepted. It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. - Undergraduate Admissions 19 On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's coursework, additional letters of recomrnendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate Admissions will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decisiow Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the director of financial aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100" tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $200 housing deposit. *Non-refundable after May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree after completion of their junior year or first semester of their senior year of high school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from their high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the director of undergraduate admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for specific information. TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer from other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. 20 Undergraduate Admissions Augsburg College limits transfer coursework from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. Students may transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a student reaches junior status, no additional credits will transfer from two-year institutions toward the minimum of 33 credits required for a baccalaureate degree. These courses can, however, be used to meet liberal arts and major requirements. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work for admission to the College. Acceptance of courses submitted for transfer is done by the registrar's office based upon the official student transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires approval of the department. The major or minor department may require certain courses or a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. Students transferring from the Minnesota State University and College System who have completed the Minnesota Transfer Cumculum, have earned the Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA or higher will be given transfer status as outlined below. The following applies only to the MNSCU A.A. graduate: 1.Admission will be with junior standing. A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is reached. No additional courses may be transferred from a community college. 2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except: The City Perspective Two courses in Christian Faith (any two areas) The language requirement as stated One course that meets the Quantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement One graduation skill writing course in the major College algebra or Math Placement Group 3 3. Courses with D grades will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree. Also, the physician assistant major requires a cumulative GPA higher than 2.5. Students are advised to consult major departments for major requirements upon transfer. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and consult the departmental section of this catalog. - Undergraduate Admissions 21 Note: No student who falls below the standards for automatic admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions Committee after August 15 for entry in fall semester or January 15 for entry in spring semester. FORMER STUDENTS Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended other institution(s) during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Office of the Registrar. Returning students do not pay the application fee. SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Students may request a change in their degree status by submitting a petition to the registrar's office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take coursework at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). An application form for special-student status is available from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for admission as a special student, submit the completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. SPECIAL STUDENTS (SECOND DECREE) Students who have completed a four-year degree at an accredited college or university may complete a second degree at Augsburg College. Second degree requirements include: a minimum of eight course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any liberal arts requirements not covered by a previous degree. Depending on the student's previous degree, completion of a second major (non-degree) may also be an option. 22 Undergraduate Admissions - Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. (See International Programs on page 46.) International students should contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for an international student application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1 for fall, Dec. 15 for spring. For more information, call (612) 330-1001 or (800) 788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA A, 1 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents, churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 1998-99 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. TUITION, FEES, ROOM, AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ............$14,470 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September 1998. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts, and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course..............$ 1,564 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course................................$ 590 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) ....................$ 2,624 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) ..................$ 2,510 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ..................$ 2,440 ....................$ Student Activity Fee ................$ 2,220 Flex 5 point plan 130 - Financial Information 25 W OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account Student Activity Fee (part-time students) .......................................$ 65 ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ...............................$ 16 Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ........................$ 35 Registration Change after first five days (canceVadd/changdgrade option, or combination at one time) ....................,.....+..... $ 10 Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ................$590 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ................... $301 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) .................. $ 61 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) .................$121 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .............$235 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or $ 25 special students) ........................ Nursing Comprehensive Exam ...........$ 16 Locker Rental (commuters) ................$ 40 Student Parking Lot Permit $108 - c a r ............................................. .$ 50 -motorcycle ............................... Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ...............$ 3 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in registrar's office) BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to be $675 per year. DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ....................$ 100 Required of all new students after acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only when their enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Housing Damage Deposit ......$ 200 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for fall or spring term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to June 1 for fall semester or December 1 for spring semester, the $200 damage deposit will be forfeited. After these dates, the student shall forfeit the full amount of the damage deposit and shall be assessed an additional $450 for termination. 26 Financial Information PAYMENTS Semester Fees-Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Office of Student Financial Services is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options-(1) Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (3) Payment PlanUpon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the estimate of charges letter; (4) 10month Payment Plan-Upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning July 15 and ending April 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts that are current. An application will be sent upon request. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan where payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all.student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan including the National Defense and National Direct Student Loans and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a portion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College or drop course(s) and receive financial assistance. Students who wish to withdraw from Augsburg should complete the Leave of AbsencdWithdrawal from College form available in the Academic Advising Center or the registrar's office. It must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the registrar's office. Students who properly withdraw or change to part-time, who are dismissed, or who are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition andlor room (except for the minimum deduction of $100 to cover administrative costs). - - - - Financial Information 27 Augsburg College Refund Policy: Applies to Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses in a term and are not receiving Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term. Rehnd Amount Refund Period 100% Through the first five days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% From the sixth day through the tenth day of classes 80% From the 1l t h day through the 15th day of classes 70% From the 16th day through the 20th day of classes 60% From the 21st day through the 25th day of classes 50% From the 26th day of classes through the midpoint of the term. Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses during their first term at Augsburg and receive Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). Tuition, fees, and room costs will be calculated based on the pro-rated portion of the term completed. The student may be eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60 percent point in time of the term. The student account will be credited for that portion of tuition and room for which the student was not enrolled. This calculation will use federal government guidelines. Federal Refund Policy: Applies to returning Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses for the current term, and receive Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). Augsburg College is required by federal regulations to complete two refund calculations for students who have completed at least one full term at Augsburg and receive Title IV funds. Refunds will be based on the calculation that provides for the greatest refund of tuition, fees, and room charges to the student's account and the greatest refund of financial aid dollars to the fund from which they were awarded. The refund calculations used are the Augsburg College Refund Policy as stated above and the Federal Refund Policy as stipulated by federal guidelines stated below. 28 Financial Information Refund Amount from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available in the Office of Student Life in Christensen Center. Refund Period 100% Through the first day of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% After the first day of classes through the 10 percent point in time of the term 50% After the 10 percent point in time through the 25 percent point in time of the term 25% After the 25 percent point in time through the 50 percent point in time of the term Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. MEDICAL REFUND If a student is forced to withdraw from all courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal . All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the brochure "Academic Progress Standards for Financial Aid." This brochure is available from the Office of Student Financial Services and is distributed to students on an annual basis. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education in a time of increasing financial challenge. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1998-99 academic year, nearly eight out of ten students at Augsburg received financial assistance. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources. - Financial Information 29 The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (KFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent familv members. other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. HOW TO APPLY The following are required to process your financial aid application: 1.Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular student or be a returning student in good academic standing with the College. 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are available from the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College or from high school guidance counselors. Renewal FAFSAs will be mailed to those students who applied for assistance during the prior school year. Be sure to include the Augsburg College Code, 002334, on your application. Mail your application to the processing agency after Jan. 1. Applications must be mailed by April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application and submit it to Student Financial Services. WHAT HAPPENS NEXT? Once all documents are received, we review the financial aid application to determine financial aid eligibility for all available programs. A financial aid package will be sent to the student. This package includes: Letter detailing the financial aid award Information regarding financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility Subsidized~UnsubsidizedStafford loan application promissory note Students are encouraged to complete and return one copy of their award letter to student financial services. In addition, the student must complete and return the Stafford Loan application promissory note to receive Stafford Loan funds. Applications for the SELF Loan and the Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It is worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to 30 Financial Information students who meet their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and other sources. Merit Scholarships President's ScholarshipPresident's Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top 15 percent of high school rank or top 20 percent ACTEAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15. Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p T h e Regents' Scholarships are awarded to all qualified new freshmen in the top 30 percent of either high school rank or test score who apply and are accepted before May 1. Regents' Transfer S c h o l a r s h i p Regents' Transfer Scholarships are awarded to qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA and 84 quarter ( 56 semester) credits in transfer from a Minnesota community college or Lutheran junior college who apply and are accepted for admission by May 1. Transfer Merit S c h o l a r s h i p Transfer Merit Scholarships are awarded to selected transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA and 84 quarter (or 56 semester) credits in transfer from a Minnesota community college or Lutheran junior college, who apply for and are accepted for admission by May 1. A separate application is required by May 1. Legacy ScholarshipThese scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates; siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors; or children, grandchildren, or spouses of long-term Augsburg employees. Phi Theta Kappa S c h o l a r s h i p These scholarships are awarded to selected transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84 minimum quarter (56 semester) credits from a community college. A separate application is required by May 1. Science Scholarship--These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen who are in the top 30 percent of their high school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg. Youth and Family Ministry Partner ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded by the partner congregation to a full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in Youth and Family Ministry. Augsburg AmeriCorps ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members who are currently serving or have served for at least one year. Must be certified as eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the finacial aid application. PRIME S c h o l a r s h i p T h i s is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches scholarships with Lutheran congregations. Separate application is required and church funds must arrive at Augsburg by October 1. - - Financial Information 3 1 Leadership Scholarships M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Bonnie Wallace Leadership Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Asian American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to full-time day students. HispanicILatino Leadership ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Hispanickatino students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Faculty Leadership S c h o l a r s h i p Awarded to selected incoming freshmen who participate in the President's Scholarship competition. Performing Arts S c h o l a r s h i p Awarded to selected incoming students who demonstrate active participation in the performing arts. Separate application and audition are required. The deadline is February 15. Hoversten Peace S c h o l a r s h i p Awarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate application is required by March 15. Community and Public Service ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a demonstrated commitment to public and community service. Separate application is required by March 15. Lutheran Leader ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen in the top 30 percent of their high school rank or ACT/ SAT test score who have demonstrated leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their pastor. A separate application is required by February 15. NASA Scholarship-Awarded to freshmen (only) who have excelled in the areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high potential in careers related to aerospace science, technology, and allied fields. Lutheran Brotherhood and Aid Association for Lutherans-Awarded on financial need, participation in the Lutheran church and available funds. The AAL scholarship recipients must also have an AAL policy. Gift Assistance (Need Based) Augsburg Tuition Grant-These awards are based on financial eligibility, academic record, and participation in extracurricular activities in school, community, and church. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota residency and enrollment of less than four years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Office of Student Financial Aid for accepted enrollment patterns. 32 Financial Information Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students eligible for the Federal Pell grant. Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines maximum grant for 1998-99 is $3,000. Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal and State Indian ScholarshipBureau of Indian Affairflribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairflribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be a quarter degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary. Contact the director of the American Indian Student Services Support Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the director of the American Indian Student Services Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan-A federally-funded program administered through Augsburg College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loan Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a lender or state agency in states that provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans that the federal government subsidizes by paying the interest while the student is in school and during the grace period. For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually on July 1, based on the 91-day Treasury Bill. I Financial Information The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniorsheniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized) Federal Nursing Student Loan-A federal program with provisions similar to the Federal Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institution. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness; juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $500. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students. Assignment is based on need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Federal College Work Study Program a n d Minnesota State Work Study Program-Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide part-time work opportunities. 3 34 Financial Information - .- Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty, staff, and friends of the College, offers more than 400 sponsored scholarships. All returning students are encouraged to apply for these funds by completing the Sponsored Scholarship Application. This form is available each February for the upcoming school year. Selection is based on academic achievement, financial need, and selection criteria established by the donor. A list of scholarships follows. Note: For a complete description of Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of the Scholarship Catalog Supplement from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. *Indicates endowed scholarships GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS ADC Telecommunications Inc. Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships American Express Company Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship* Class of 1931 Scholarship* Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship* M. J. Estrem Scholarship* E. W. Hallet Scholarship Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship* Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson, and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship* The Jostens Foundation, Inc. Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential Scholarship Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship Northern States Power Company Scholarship Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship* Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship* Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation Scholarship John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship* Rahr Foundation Scholarship Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship* St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship* Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial Scholarship* Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* H SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS John Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship* Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship Alne-Swensen Scholarship* Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship* Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment Fund* Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship* Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship* Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship* Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Financial Information 35 Dain Rauscher Scholarship* Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* Julian F! Foss Scholarship* The Grace Scholarship* Kay Halverson Scholarship* Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship* Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund* Hormel Foods Company Scholarship Hoversten Peace Scholarship* Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* King Harald Scholarship Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship* Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship* Mary E. Larsen International Studies Scholarship* Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship* Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity Scholarship Minnesota Power Company Scholarship Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes) Monson Scholarship* Karen Neitge Scholarship* Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship* Norwest Foundation Scholarship Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship* Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship* Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation Scholarship ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial Scholarship* John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Student Government Alumni Scholarship Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship* Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship* Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship CBS Foundation Scholarship General Mills Foundation Scholarship Grand Metropolitan American Indian Scholarship Grand Metropolitan Food Sector Foundation Scholarship* Hearst American Indian Scholarship* Honeywell Corporation Scholarship Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship* Kemdgehlueller American Indian Scholarship Little Six, Inc. Scholarship* McKnight Foundation Scholarship Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Prairie Island Indian Community Scholarship* Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community Scholarship* Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching Assistants Scholarship James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th Anniversary Scholarship* UPS Foundation Scholarship U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship West Group Scholarship Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile Mission Scholarship* 36 Financial Information PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Margaret E. Andrews Public Service Scholarship Fund Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund Person Public Service Scholarship Fund Adeline Marie (Rasmussen)Johnson Memorial Scholarship Martin 0. and Sylvia A. Sabo Scholarship for Leadership in Public and Community Service Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS Art Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* Queen Sonja Art Scholarship Biology Biology Scholarships Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* Business Administration/Accounting/ Economics Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial Scholarship* Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* Cargill Foundation Scholarship Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship Forss-Herr Scholarship* Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship* Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen Scholarship Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship* Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* Chemistry Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship* Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni Scholarship* Department of Chemistry Scholarships Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship* Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Chemistry Scholarship Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* Education James and Shelby Andress Education Scholarship* 5. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship* Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship* David Mathre Scholarship* Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial Scholarship* John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial Scholarship* Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* English Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship* Anne Pederson English Scholarship* Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship* Foreign Language Emil M. Fossan Modem Language Scholarship* Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship* Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship* - Financial Information 37 Health-Education Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Robert D. and Carolyn W Odegard Scholarship* Health-Related Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota Scholarship Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship* Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association Scholarship* Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Bertha E. Hagen Memorial Scholarship* History Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship* John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship* Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship* Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History Scholarship* Mathematics and Computer Science Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship* Mathematics Scholarship Music Centennial Singers Scholarship* Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship* Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* Majorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr. Memorial Music Scholarship* Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship* 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship* Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship* Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin Scholarship* Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music Scholarship* Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship* Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship* Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship* Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship* Music Education Scholarship Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship* Henry F! Opseth Music Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship* St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship* Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship* Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* String Scholarships John and Vera Thut Scholarship* Nordic Area Studies Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship* Walter G. and Ruth 1. Johnson Scandinavian Studies Scholarship* Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship* 38 Financial Information Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey Scholarship* Physical Education Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship* James F! Pederson Memorial Scholarship* Stan Person Memorial Scholarship* Physics Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* Alfred A. Iverson Scholarship NASA Space Grant Scholarship Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship* Political Science Myles Stenshoel Scholarship* Psychology Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship* Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship Religion and Christian Service Scholarships C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson Scholarship* Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson Scholarship Augsburg College Associates Scholarship* Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship* ' Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship* Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal Scholarship* Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship* Elias P Harbo Memorial Scholarship* Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial Scholarship* Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial Scholarship* Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship* Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship* Onesimus Scholarship* Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship* Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack Scholarship* Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship* Social Work Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship* Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship* Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship* Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship* Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama) Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Artsmeligion Scholarship* ZP - (SSVI~) -!gl!qes!a Y~!M sluapnis 104 W P J ~ O J ~ ZP - Juauq3!Jugs l l ! ~3!uapey ~ ZV - sayhlag 6u!u~eal pue >!wape>v E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The college pastor and campus ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or information. Through Student Government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student Government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student Government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. The Student Activities Program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and organizations that serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. - Student Life 41 Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's Attic (the gameroom and student lounge) is a popular hangout located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government; and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower. Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting arts professionals. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, track and field, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball, track and field, and golf. When Augsburg announced in February 1995 that it was adding women's ice hockey as a varsity sport, it became the first college or university in Minnesota to do so. H INTRAMURALS Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. SPORTS AND RECREATION At Augsburg, sports are for the average student as well as the intercollegiate athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena, gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center with workout machines and weight room, and an air supported dome over the athletic field for winter fitness use by walkers and runners. (See Fitness Center on page 45.) 42 Student Life - Augsburg's mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student learning, the student and academic affairs offices work to bring together the student learning found in the classroom with the activities of experiential education and work, residence life, and the learning resources of the library and information technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal academic programs and requirements are described on page 52. GAGE FAMILY ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT CENTER The Gage Family Academic Enrichment Center, located in Rooms 17 and 18 of Foss Center, is designed to offer students study-skill assistance so that they may achieve academic success. The center has four offices: the Learning Skills Office, the Tutor Center, the Learning Laboratory and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). The Learning Skills Office, located in Foss Center, Room 17, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient studv skills. The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and sophomore-level courses. The center also notifies students of tutoring labs available and coordinates supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the course. The John Evans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing, and mathematics through the use of computer software, as well as to review and prepare software for tests such as PPST, MCAT, GAT, and GRE. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) Program serves nearly 200 students and is recognized as a leader in educating college students with disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning, physical, and psychiatric disabilities who demonstrate the ability and willingness to participate in college-level learning. The CUSS staff includes four licensed learning disabilities specialists and a physical disabilities specialist who meet individually with students to assist them with advising and registration, academic support services, learning strategies, self-advocacy skills, organization and time management, and selecting appropriate accommodations. The accommodations specialist coordinates testing accommodations, notetaking services, taped textbooks, adaptive technology, such as dictation and voice recognition software, a scanner, CCTY Braille printer, adaptive keyboards, and computer assistance. Student Life The Groves Computer Lab is designed for students with disabilities and contains computers and adaptive equipment to assist them in their academic progress. The campus is accessible to students with physical disabilities and includes a skyway tunnel elevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Modified and accessible rooms are available in all residence halls. For more information, please contact the CLASS Program at (612) 330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure and video andlor to schedule an appointment with a specialist. Components of the program are: American Indian Student Services: Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship applications, orientation and registration, coursework selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing, and crisis intervention. It advises and supports the Intertribal Student Union. 1 STEPUP PROGRAM Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors cultural events. The mission of the StepUP Program at Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing study and living skills that support them in their academic progress toward a degree; and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches; one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT SERVICES The American Indian Student Services Program, located at 620 2lst Avenue South, is a multifaceted office established in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of American Indian students in the state of Minnesota. American Indian Studies Minor: An academic component encompassing the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture. Courses offered include art, religion, history, literature, Ojibwe language, and women's issues. For more information, contact the director of American Indian studies at (612) 3301385, or see course listings under Interdisciplinary Studies in the Departments and Programs section of the catalog. Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000 books, a variety of journals and scholarly publications, research materials, American 2 - Student Life Indian magazines and newspapers, and over 125 VHS videos are housed in the Lindell Library and at the American Indian Student Services office. The library project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States. PAN ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES The Pan Asian Student Services Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian American students and to enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where Asian American students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and coursework selection, career development, academic and non-academic difficulties, and employment and placement referrals. The Asian American Association is affiliated with the program. The association cames out various activities during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian American and other students at Augsburg. PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES The program is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to promote cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement, and social interaction. It sponsors events and activities such as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One Reach One mentoring program, and Augsburg African American Alumni Council gatherings. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) provides support to students, including a schedule of social and cultural activities. The headquarters is in the Pan-Afrikan Student Services office, as is the PanAfrikan Center. HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT SERVICES The HispanicLatino Student Services Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling, and advocacy. Students find assistance in admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment, and placement referrals. The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic1 Latino students and provide awareness of the unique aspects of Hispanic culture. stubent Life CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Counseling Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Counseling is an educational process in which students learn to think objectively about themselves and learn methods of understanding themselves and others. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Health Promotion Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments, and group workshops to accommodate the needs of all students. Topics include varied health issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight management, stress reduction, alcohol and other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students interested in health issues can combine learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services. Academic and practicum opportunities are also available to students from a variety of academic disciplines. HEALTH SERVICE Riverside University Family Practice Clinic serves as the Augsburg College health service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located five blocks from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue South. Many services are available for all Augsburg students. Please refer to the Student Guide for details. Students must check family health insurance coverage to determine if they are included. If not, contact the health service coordinator for information regarding student health insurance and other services available through RUFPC. FITNESS CENTER Located on the lower level of Melby Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993 and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic workout machines. It includes a weight room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may use the center. 2 46 Student Life - The Office of International Student Services in the undergraduate admissions house focuses on the needs of international students. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. International StudentsInternational students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financial matters, practical matters, and personal concerns. New international students participate in an orientation program before the beginning of the term that provides practical information on housing, banking, using local transportation, and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and how to adjust to life at Augsburg. (Also see English as a Second Language on page 79.) Augsburg Community-Study abroad works to utilize the cross-cultural perspectives of its international students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff, and student development programs that include activities sponsored by the CrossCultural Club, forums on world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural communication for faculty and staff. (Also see Study Opportunities Abroad on page 57 and Student Teaching Abroad on page 60.) Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residence experience during the college years. Research indicates that students who live on campus will be more likely to complete their college degree successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic residence program that fosters the development of community, and supports and enhances the academic experience. Live-in staff assist students by providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions, and assisting in emergencies. Each complex contains 24-hour study rooms, computer services, laundry and vending services, and access to security staff. Augsburg expects all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in college-operated housing. Housing for mamed students and students with families is available. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire academic year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they amve at Augsburg. Upper-class students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign room and board contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay a $200 deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to students' accounts when they move out. - Student Life 47 The College houses approximately 700 students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A wide variety of options is available, including single rooms. Urness Tower-All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room) with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens are not provided. Mortensen Tower-This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. Anderson Hall--Open in fall 1993, this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, and desks. It is equipped with telephones, cable T\! and computer hook-ups. Special Interest Housing-Students may submit proposals in the spring for a program that allows them to live as a group with a special educational contract. Examples of programs include Campus Ministry, healthy living options, and international floors. FOOD SERVICE Commons-Situated on the top floor of Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty, and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's-Located on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS The College has adopted a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of academic honesty, disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. These are in the Student Guide. The College operates in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files, and data that pertain to them and that are maintained in the registrar's office and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Information on these policies are found in the Student Guide available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. 48 Student Life FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's policy is published in this catalog on page 81 and in the Student Guide distributed annually to students. Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory information" can be released without the written permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written permission is given by the student to release non-"directory information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation. Complete information about Augsburg's procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office. DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances: Affirmative Action Coordinator (for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin)-Contact Lora Steil, manager of human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall, (612) 330-1023. 504 Coordinator (for matters based on physical or mental handicap)-Contact Vern M. Bloom, assistant professor of social work, Memorial Hall 332, (612) 330-1133. Title IX Coordinator (for matters based on sex or marital status)-Contact the associate dean for student affairs, First Floor, Christensen Center, (612) 330-1160. Employment-Contact Human Resources, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall, (612) 330-1058. All correspondence should be addressed to the designated office at Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide. Copies are available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. /" ,/ General Information - 50 Degrees Offered - 50 Academic Calendar - 50 Faculty - 50 Library and Information Technology Services - 51 Computer Resources - 51 Academic Adv~s~ng Center - 52 Augsburg Sem~nar- 52 Academic Organization and Proqrams - 52 Divisions and Departments - 52 Majors and Minors - 53 Teaching Licensure - 54 Pre-Professional Programs - 55 Honors Program - 56 Inter-Institutional Programs - 56 Study Abroad - 57 Center for Service, Work, and Learning - 60 Weekend College - 62 Graduate Programs - 62 Other Programs - 63 Academic Policies and Procedures - 64 Registration - 64 Withdrawal from College - 65 Leave of Absence - 65 General Education Curriculum - 68 Quick Check Surnmanl - ,ofGraduation Requirements - 66 Graduation Requirements - 68 Skills Components and Requirements - 69 Liberal Arts Perspectives - 71 Rationale for Perspectives - 71 Evaluation and Grading - 75 Assessment of Previous Learning Program - 77 Academic Progress, Probation ar Dismissal - 80 Commencement - 81 Four-Year Assurance Program - 81 FERPA - 81 A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the that students must be educated intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in Christian Faith are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students opportunities to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over 50 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. DECREES OFFERED Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of science degrees. Augsburg also offers the master of arts in leadership and the master of social work degrees. ACADEMIC CALENDAR The Augsburg day program follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks, separated by a four-week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester and one course during Interim. Day school freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take a course on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration on page 64 and Calendars on pages 4 and 5.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning, and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Augsburg offers two summer school sessions. A maximum of three course credits can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Office of Summer School. Augsburg Weekend College and graduate programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs on page 62.) FACULTY The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activi- - Academic lnformation 51 ties, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. LIBRARY AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES The James G. Lindell Family Library opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The new, four-level, 77,000-squarefoot facility houses all library and information technology functions of the College. In addition to the 175,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library includes the Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections and archives, a curriculum library and instructional technology lab, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and listening. A bridge will link the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the former library), which will be renovated to house additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms as well as a lounge and vending area. Library Resources A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing research. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation and special needs. Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. Electronic access to the world of scholarship is also available through the Internet, and a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service provide access to the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the building to access these resources. lnformation Technology Resources Augsburg College has been a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet since 1990 and has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with the best access to information technology and training. In Newsweek magazine's Cyberscope section on Aug. 1, 1994, for example, Augsburg was cited as one of two first-rate sources for information about the Internet. Visit Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu> for more on IT at Augsburg. Computing Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There are desktop machines in three computer labs and four computer classrooms, as well as a suite of laptops that can be checked out at the IT Service Center. Other machines ar'i: available for student use within academic departments. A campuswide network offers a full range of network services including printing, e-mail, newsgroups, the World Wide Web, and access to resources available via Gopher, Telnet, and FTF! Appropriately equipped studentowned machines can also be connected to the network to provide access from dormitory rooms. (Also see Honors Computing and Communications Lab under Honors Program on page 56.) 52 Academic Information Media The Media Center provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. The center supplies TV sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-, filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center. Telecommunications A campus-wide telecommunications system enables easy and convenient voice communication between students, faculty, and staff. Students can leave voice mail messages with any member of the faculty, administration or the staff; voice mail or call waiting are available to resident students at a modest cost. Long-distance service, billed to individual students, can be arranged for any on-campus residence phone. ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER (AAC) The Academic Advising Center advises all incoming students with undeclared majors, provides information on matters of general education, administers and tracks all entry level skills assessments, interprets catalog and graduation skills requirements, and advises students who have been placed on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The AAC also provides materials for organizing and recording student academic progress. The center also coordinates summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and development for faculty advisers. AUCSBURG SEMINAR (AUG) The Augsburg Seminar assists students in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes begin, and includes a seminar series. The Augsburg Seminar reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our s t u d e n t s an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, the Augsburg Seminar is centered on a series of themes. These themes are reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions, and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing, and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the program. (Also see page 92.) DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS The College cuniculum is offered by 23 departments that are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities-Catherine Nicholl (Chair). Art, English, modem languages, philosophy, religion, speech/communicationltheatre arts, College librarians. Natural Science a n d Mathematics--Larry Ragland (Chair). Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer science, physics, physician assistant studies. Social and Behavioral S c i e n c e s Garry Hesser (Chair). Business administration/accounting/MIS, economics, history, political science, psychology, sociology. Professional Studies-Anne Jensen (Chair). Education, health and physical education, music, nursing, social work. - Academic Information 53 MAJORS A N D MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of arts degree. Students may contact the registrar about creating a student-designed major. Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Administration/Finance Business Administration/International Business Business Administrationhlanagement Business Administrationhlarketing Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General Communication Studies Mass Communication Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) Computational Economics (B.A.) East Asian Studies 1 Economics Applied Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Education Education Studies (non-licensure) Elementary Education Studies (non-licensure) Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure) Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering 2 English Health Education History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S.-Weekend College only) Philosophy Physical Education Physician Assistant Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Russian, Central and East European Area Studies 1 Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies1 s4 Academic Information Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies Economics English Health Education History International Business International Relations Linguistics Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages French German Norwegian Spanish Music Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Sociology Social Welfare Russian, Central, and East European Area Studies 1 Special Education Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department. 1 Cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office. 2 Dual-degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Teaching Licensure Teaching licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in kindergarten-elementary education and the following fields in secondary education: English-language arts, French, German, life science, mathematics, physical science (chemistry or physics), science (grades 5-9), social studies, Spanish, speech, theatre arts, and in the special areas of art (K-12), band (K-12) and classroom music (grades 5-12), orchestra (K-12) and classroom music (grades 5-12), vocal and classroom music (K-9), vocal and classroom music (grades 5-12), health (K-12), and physical education (K-12). (See Department of Education on pages 127-137.) Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Department of Education and the area of their academic major(s) . Academic Information The State of Minnesota intends to have new teacher licensure rules in effect by August 1, 2000. Students who enter the programs in the fall of 1998 and beyond will be under the new rules. It is expected that license areas after that date will be similar to the list printed above. It is the student's responsibility to work closely with an education department adviser and to stay informed about changing requirements in their teaching field. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, denti~try,~ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or erigineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Academic Advising Center early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry--These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113, 114,215; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-See engineering degree and major requirements on pages 138-139. Pre-Law-Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American Law Schools. Students may wish to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing; most law school entrance requirements will be satisfied with a record of solid achievement coupled with an acceptable LSAT score. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. While a major in chemistry and biology is not required to apply to medical schools, many students with an interest in the sciences choose to major in these fields. Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO 113, 114,215,367; MAT 145,146; PHY 121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355, 473, 476; CHM 361. Students must consult with faculty in biology and chemistry as well as the pre-medical adviser in the Academic Advising Center early in their studies. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical Therapy-Coursework in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Department of Biology. Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113, 114, 215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122; electives from human anatomy (ACTC); and humanities, literature, and the arts to fulfill the semester hour 2 56 Academic Information requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy, and Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145, 146; public speaking, one course; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 113, 114, 215; PHY 121, 122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or upper division modem languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. HONORS PROGRAM The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior year. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript. That notation provides an advantage for both employment and graduate school application. The Honors Program at Augsburg was awarded a National Science Foundation Grant in 1995 to establish an Honors Computing and Communications Lab in Foss 20, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the program as freshmen are required to take an honors version of CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications, which establishes crisp computing and communications skills at the outset of their collegiate careers. Other courses in the program make use of these computing skills in lab-oriented sequences exploring literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion), one each semester, and participate in a six-week Monday Forum Program each term. Seniors take a senior seminar during Interim, which satisfies a perspective requirement, and are obliged to complete an approved honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal that publishes outstanding student papers. Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr. Joan Griffin, associate director of the Honors Program, 330-1045, or Dr. Lany Crockett, director of the Honors Program, 330-1060. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private - Academic Information 57 colleges library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to over 1,300,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of t h e Twin Cities (ACTC)-Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)-Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs on page 59.) Air Force ROTC-Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two- and threeyear AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Army ROTC-Augsburg students may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway or thrill to the sounds of The Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures, and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as if studying on campus. Courses abroad can 58 Academic Information fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. Students receive advice on selecting programs that best fit their academic, career, and personal objectives. Assistance is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. The deadline for application is Sept. 30 for off-campus study during spring term and March 1 for off-campus study during fall term. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a semester on campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. The Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences that prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The tenter's programs explore a diversity of view- points and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting, and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars-from Mexico to Central America, and from Namibia to South Africa. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives (Mexico)-Fall This program explores the experiences of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class, and global economics. The program offers credit in religion, interdisciplinary studies, political science, and Spanish. Application deadline: April 1. \\ Sustainable Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)-Fall and Spring This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Course credit may be earned in Spanish, religion, interdisciplinary studies, and eco- Academic Information nomics. Application deadline: April 1for fall, October 15 for spring. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Multicultural Societies in Transition: Southern African Perspectives (Namibia)-Fall Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, or Colombia. All programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Credit is available in history, political science, and interdisciplinary studies. Application deadline: April 1. Gender and Environment: Latin America Perspectives (Mexico)Spring This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Credit is available in Spanish, sociology, and religion. Application deadline: October 15. Women and Development: Southern African Perspectives (Namibia)Spring This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce students to the central issues facing southern Africa, with emphasis on the experiences of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in southern Africa, to the history of their role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Credit is available in sociology, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies. Application deadline: Oct. 15. For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway-Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in other countries, including the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15. South American Urban Semester: Colombia-Fall This semester-in-the-city program, located in Bogota, Colombia, is an interdisciplinary program that focuses on the relationships between third world development and the consequences of urbanization and social inequality. Analysis of competing theories of development are integrated with field study in the host city and outlying regions. 9 60 Academic Information Community Internships in Latin America: Colombia-Spring This interdisciplinary program enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increase language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadlines: Nov. 1. Culture and Society in Latin America: Colombia or Ecuador-Spring This interdisciplinary program focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts, and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: Nov. 1. Student Teaching Abroad Selected education department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University or the University of Minnesota-Morris. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Department of Education. Interim Abroad Each January, 25 to 30 courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UWIE). Course registration is held dur- ing the spring and fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: Oct. 25. THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK, AND LEARNING The Center for Service, Work, and Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an educational focus emphasizing the importance and value for all students to engage in service and work-based learning experiences and design of a four-year career plan integrating their education with a vocation and life plan. The center helps students take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location through the highly successful experiential programs that link the College's academic programs to Twin Cities employers and organizations. Through internships, cooperative education, and community servicelearning, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal arts education by embracing the worlds of work and service and integrating this learning with their career and vocation plan. The center helps link employers, community organizations, and the academic program in ways that enrich and expand a student's educational experience and personal development. Experiential education opportunities are closely related to a student's major, coursework, or career interest. Placements may be in small and midsize companies, large corporations, nonprofit organizations, schools, government agencies, and community-based organizations. The underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, personal, and career decisions. - Academic Information 61 Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned, work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan that is negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods, is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the internship credit. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199 (see page 85). Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), Interim, or summer session. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 75. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education Cooperative education is a college-supported, paid, work-learning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice in work or servicebased settings. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience. Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year andlor full-time in the summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begin and end anytime. Co-op ed is not accredited in and of itself, but a non-credit cooperative education transcript notation is highly recommended during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op ed students are encouraged to register for at least one internship for credit in conjunction with their cooperative education participation. Co-op ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Community Service-Learning Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with opportunities to respond to human needs in the city through service experiences, which include reflection on and analysis of community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth. Augsburg students learn from the community in which they live by participating in service activities combined with learning components such as orientation sessions, seminars, and class discussions. This dynamic and interactive educational approach employs reciprocal learning between the students and the community. Community service examples include tutoring at schools and community centers close to campus, volunteering at homeless shelters, building housing for low-income people, or working with environmental groups. Service-learning experiences include course-embedded community service, internships, cooperative education, and a wide range of extracurricular volunteer options. The service-learning program works closely with the student-directed Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors, and campus ministry. 62 Academic Information CAREER SERVICES Career Services is committed to assisting all students with their career planning. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services offers students the opportunity to actively participate in career seminars, career assessments, one-on-one counseling, self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews. Services are available to all students, but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend one of three annual job fairs with recruiters representing business, education, or nonprofit and government sectors. There is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means to earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the academic year, from early September through June. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although Augsburg Weekend College involves the same courses as the day pro: gram, the cumculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: accounting, business administra- tion (specializations in finance, international business, management, and marketing), communication (concentrations in general communication, organizational communication and mass communication), computer science, economics, elementary and secondary education, English, history, management information systems, nursing, psychology, religion, social work, and studio art. A separate Weekend College catalog is available from the Office of Weekend College, (612) 330-1782. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Augsburg College offers two graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) and the Master of Social Work (MSW). Catalogs for each degree program should be consulted for complete information. The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts. This crossdisciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults, the program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social work practice. The program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture future leaders in service to the world. Academic lnformatsn There are two concentrations: family practice or program development, policy, and administration. Students choose one of the two concentrations for their program focus. The curriculum emphasizes work with diverse and oppressed groups, social justice, leadership for social change and a holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving framework. Graduate social work classes meet in four-hour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons. The program development, policy, and administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. OTHER PROGRAMS Continuing Education Program The mission of the Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally, and spiritually in their homes, workplaces, and communities. The program strives to meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission and values of the College. Adult students who wish to earn traditional course credit should contact the Office of Weekend College. The Office of Continuing Education is currently developing a series of non-credit programs to offer through the Center for Professional Development. These seminars will focus primarily on leadership, management, communications, and information technology for businesses and nonprofit organizations. Call the office for information on current course offerings. Canadian Program The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. For more information contact Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian program coordinator. Elderhostel and College of the Third Age Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and is host to both Elderhostel and College of the Third Age. For more information, contact the Office of Continuing Education. 2 b4 Academic Information - 1 --= 1 REGISTRATION A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four course credits per semester and one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees are also charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing the grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following academic year. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Interim, summer school, Weekend College, and graduate program courses are published in separate catalogs. Specific information on registration and help with registration on other campuses are available from these offices: Office of the RegistrarScience Hall 114 Interim OfficeMemorial Hall 226 Office of Summer SchoolMemorial Hall 226A Office of Weekend College-Sverdrup Hall MAL Graduate Program OfficeMemorial Hall 226A MSW Graduate Program OfficeMemorial Hall 12 Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring term and during the spring for the fall term. Class Confirmation (payment of fees) All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment arrangements prior to the start of classes. Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes (unless special arrangements have been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days, but special late fees are assessed and added to their account. - Academic Information 65 Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this may result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from the College must be completed in the registrar's office. A Leave of AbsencdWithdrawal from the College form may be obtained in the Academic Advising Center or in the registrar's office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Committee on Student Standing. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the registrar's office. Leave of Absence Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons. A Leave of AbsencdWithdrawal from the College form must be picked up in the Academic Advising Center or the registrar's office. It must be signed by advising center staff or an authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the registrar's office. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated leave of absence form must be submitted to the registrar's office prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period, or an application for re-admission will be required. Students are responsible for keeping the registrar's office informed of their mailing addresses. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by the returning student. A leave of absence does not defer payment of loans or extend incomplete course deadlines. Former Students Former Augsburg students, re-admitted to complete a degree after being away from the College for at least one calendar year, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of re-admission. Students must meet all of the requirements in effect under the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete under the current catalog will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine applicability to current academic requirements. 66 Academic Information Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5 This quick-reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the general education curriculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree requirements that begin on page 68. Students are advised to read carefully the full graduation requirements and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for graduation are met. All new freshmen and all freshman and sophomore transfer students must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): Li Complete the AUG fall orientation and seminar (see page 92). (Sophomore transfer students are exempt.) D Satisfy entry level skill requirements in: Mathematics Writing Critical Thinking D Demonstrate proficiency in two different lifetime sports. Li Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. D Complete 33 course credits. Of these: 11 must be upper division (numbered 300 or above) Other maximums are described on page 68. Li Complete a major. D Maintain minimum grade point average. Li Complete courses that fulfill the following perspective requirements. No students will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. One City Perspective Two Western Heritage Perspectives from different departments One Human Identity Perspective One Aesthetic Perspective Two Social Work Perspectives, from different departments One Intercultural Awareness Perspective Two Intercultural Awareness (language) Perspectives, other than your native language Two Natural World Perspectives, from different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken Q Complete courses designated to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or I? (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) Two courses with Writing components (one within the major) Two must be Interim courses No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: One course with a Critical Thinking component Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 .20 One course with a Speaking component One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component Academic Information 67 All transfer students (entering with 14 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): tl Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing CS Demonslrate proficiency in two different lifetime sports CS Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. U Complete 33 course credits. Of these: Cl Complete a major. CI Maintain minimum grade point average CI Complete courses that fulfill the following perspective requirements: Two Christian Faith Perspectives (one Christian Faith Perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) One City Perspective One Western Heritage Perspective One Human Identity Perspective 11 must be upper division (numbered 300 or above) One Aesthetic Perspective No students will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. One Intercultural Awareness Perspective No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M.) .... . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . ...... . ... .17 Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5 Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Other maximums are described on page 68. One Social World Perspective Two Intercultural Awareness (language) Perspectives, other than your native language One Natural World Perspective Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) One course with a Writing component within the major One course with a Critical Thinking component One course in Speaking One course in Quantitative Reasoning 68 Academic Information Requirements For Undergraduate Graduation: W GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, the Academic Advising Center staff, department chairs, and the registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the registrar's office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 21 in Undergraduate Admissions-Special Students (Second Degree). Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available in the registrar's office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Seminar (AUG), a minimum GPA, residence, and general education courses, including lifetime sports. 1. Completion of 33 course credits-At least 11 course credits must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy (B.S.) - 17; physician assistant (B.A.) 19.5; and social work (B.S.) - 15. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Students transferring with 14 or more courses are not required to take the Interim courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 33 total course credits required: four Interim courses; two courses by independentldirected study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except elementary education (two in the major plus student teaching), social work (two in the major plus field work practicums). 2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC)-A11 students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall orientation and the Augsburg Seminar. See the program section on the Augsburg Seminar for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average-2.0 for most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken and specifically for all courses that apply toward a major or special program. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required to be taken in residence within the major. Consult the catalog description of the major or the chairperson of the department Academic Information 69 SKILLS COMPONENT Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Writing Mathematics Critical thinking Placement in writing courses, math courses, and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore transfer students with fewer than 14 courses: Take entry-level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the math placement assessment. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing before ENG 111 Effective Writing. Freshmen should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their sophomore year. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Freshman and sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all of the Graduation Skill course requirements. 70 Academic Information Advanced Transfer Students Transfer students who enter with 14 credits or more are exempt from critical thinking assessments. Those who have not passed the equivalent of ENG 111 Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course. Advanced transfer students are required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill course requirements, except only one of the writing courses (the one within the major) is required. Math Requirement In order to graduate, students must take the Math Placement Exam and achieve a score placing them in Group 3 (college algebra skills). Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the registrar's office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult the mathematics department. Math placement is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfer courses in collegelevel math. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students in MPG 2 needing to advance to MPG 3 may take MAT 105. Students in MPG 3 needing to advance to MPG 4 may take MAT 114. No other MAT courses change a student's Math Placement Group. Students in MPG 1needing to advance to MPG 2 should consult the registrar's office or Academic Advising Center for advice on transferable equivalent courses available off campus. Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam until September of the following academic year. Review help is available from the Academic Enrichment Center. Please note that all students must attain at least Math Placement Group 3 . In addition, many courses have Math Placement Group requirements. In particular, MIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY 103; all MAT courses; and all courses with a Graduation Skill component in Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math Placement Group 3 as a prerequisite. In addition, MIS 175 and introductory physics courses have at least Math Placement Group 2 as a prerequisite. Students should refer to the course descriptions to check the Math Placement Group prerequisites for courses that they are interested in taking. Graduation Level Skills General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with Writing Skill components (at least one within the major) and one course each with Critical Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative Reasoning Skill components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. Academic Information 71 All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111,all Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3, and all Critical Thinking Skill courses have the prerequisite of passing the entry level Critical Thinking Assessment. Lifetime Sports Two different lifetime sports are required. Students in the day program who are not health and physical education majors or in intercollegiate athletics may test out of one lifetime sport. Weekend College students may test out of two lifetime sports. Lifetime sports are non-credit courses, are not counted as meeting Interim course requirements, and are not included in the 33-course requirement. 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence of approved natural science courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World. Up to two courses of the same mode m language may be used to meet part of the perspective, Intercultural Awareness. LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The general education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human. The goals of the perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses that have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the registrar's office. These choices are controlled by the following policies: 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. 2. No single course can fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. RATIONALE FOR PERSPECTIVES Augsburg, in its mission statement, declares the College exists "to nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way that the College seeks consciously to realize this mission is through its general education curriculum. The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses, and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the general education component of the College cuniculum that is divided under two headings: Liberal Arts Perspectives and Skills. 72 Academic Information The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways that encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the mission statement are embodied in the general education perspectives: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and The City. These perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach that derives from the Christian roots of the College, and its location in the city deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution-is also emphasized in the other general education perspective requirements. Certain dimensions of human life-of what it is to be humanform the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the perspective on Human Identity But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on significant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric. We live in a global society. Hence the perspective on Intercultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the perspective on the character and mission of the College, the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The perspective on Aesthetics enables students to focus on aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamental insights, express beauty, and enhance life. Finally, the mission statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in general education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The general education requirements are couched in a context that pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry level skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including writing, mathematics, and critical thinking, will be assessed and help will be given to students who need it. Graduation level skills are also emphasized so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. Academic Information The general education requirements provide a coherent way to address the mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, and do not they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes, and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This perspective focuses on Augsburg as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3) Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this perspective except for the following: Transfer students entering with 14-23 course credits will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences, or by designated or college-approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209 seminar related to the perspective. The City (C) One course credit or experience is required to meet this perspective. Perspective: Western Heritage This perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy, and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. 3 74 Academic Information Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Perspective: Human Identity This perspective is intended to help students view themselves as people with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. Human ldentity (HI) One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Perspective: Aesthetics Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty, and enhance life. This perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. Aesthetics (A) One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Perspective: The Social World This perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. Social World (SW 1 and 2) One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Perspective: Intercultural Awareness This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds, partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a modem language, or American Sign Language for hearing students. The modem language requirement will be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement. Intercultural Awareness (IA 1) The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective. Academic Information Intercultural Awareness (IA 2 and 3) Perspective: The Natural World Study of a modem language other than the native tongue. For a language previously studied, consult the table below for the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of 111, 112 is required. Students with previous language study should contact the modem languages department if there are questions. There is a seven-year time limit on courses presented for transfer and automatic waiver. Students whose native language is not English should contact the Academic Advising Center. This perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. H.S. Semesters Augsburg Required Placement Courses Natural World (NW 1 and 2) Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective unless an approved one-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. EXPLANATION OF GRADES Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation. 8 311 exempt Students who are required to complete two semesters of modem language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA 2 and IA 3 Perspectives. Most courses are offered with grading options-traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. PassINo Credit Students who choose the PIN option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a C. 5 76 Academic Information P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, page 68. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (e.g., lifetime sports are graded only PIN). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. All changes in grading option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or the instructor. Numeric Grades Numeric grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher 0.5 0.0 An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission from the course instructor, stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work with comments from the instructor; and must file the form with the registrar's office. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. 1.5 1.0 Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. Academic Information 77 grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Classification Auditing Courses Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the registrar's office. Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 24. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of courses taken.* "Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and Interim terms. Sophomores-7 courses completed. Juniors-16 courses completed. Seniors-24 courses completed. International Baccalaureate Program (IB) ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that comprise the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. 78 Academic Information The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Advanced Placement Program Test (AP)-The Advanced Placement program may allow students who have scores of 3, 4, or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Test to receive college credit for selected courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on the AP Language and Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective Writing. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the registrar's office. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the registrar's office and the Academic Advising Center. Departmental Comprehensive Exams-These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $400 for a full course credit. The Portfolio Assessment Program-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is composed of two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment should consult the registrar's office. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed andlor systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to. both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses/credits of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used - Academic Information 79 when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is a non-refundable application deposit of $200 to initiate the credit assessment process for each course presented in a portfolio. An additional $200 is charged upon approval of each course. Credit is available on a PIN credit basis only. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of course credits applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, upper division requirements, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the depaments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning-While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of leaming that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams, and credit granted through portfolio assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language or who are citizens of another country must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. All students whose native language is not English must stay enrolled in ENG 217/218 until such time that they pass the ESL placement test at 80 percent or higher. The ESL course can be counted only twice in the total number of courses required for graduation. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation. - Academic Information ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION, A N D DISMISSAL The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman-A student who has taken fewer than 7 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore--A student who has taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA o m r higher junior-A?t'u%nt who has taken fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of $or higher 2 0 Senior-A student who has taken 24 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore, junior, or senior who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be smongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incomplete~in courses offered for credit. Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a Weekend College trimester term by a day student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when determining the Dean's List. If permission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. - Academic Information 81 Graduation with Distinction Augsburg recognizes those students who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation will begin with the year 2000 commencement and will apply to all students who complete degree requirements after Jan. 1, 2000. Students achieving Graduation with Distinction will have an overall GPA of 3.5 and will have completed an outstanding project as determined by the student's major department. Students wishing to be considered for Graduation with Distinction should consult with their major department no later than the fall semester of their junior year. Qualification for Commencement Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the month of May. Undergraduate students who will not have met degree requirements by the end of the spring term may qualify to participate in commencement i t (1) no more than three course creditslrequirements will remain in their program at the end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for graduation who will complete summer or fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program. FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM This program applies to students who enter the day school schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate in four years-if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow advising guidelines-or they will receive the remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few professional majors are excluded from this program. Students must complete a formal advising agreement with the College by the end of their sophomore year (16 course credits are completed) in order to qualify. Contact the Academic Advising Center for details. FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Veterans of Military Service Right to inspect and review education records-You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Augsburg is approved by the state approving agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the registrar's office about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Right to request amendment of education records-You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. a2 Academic lnformation 7 Right t o give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. Right t o withhold disclosure of "directory information"-FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. "Directory information" includes t h e following: The student's name; The student's address; The student's telephone number; The student's date and place of birth; The student's major field of study; The student's participation in officially recognized activities and sports; The student's degrees and awards received; The weight and height of members of athletic teams; The student's dates of attendance; The most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student; and The student's photograph. Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. Forms for withholding disclosure of Directory Information are available from the registrar's office. If the completed form is not received by the registrar prior to Sept. 15, it will be assumed that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current academic year. A new form for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year. Right to complain t o FERPA Office-You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, Department of Education, 600 Independence Ave. S.W., Washington, D.C., 20202, concerning Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA. Right to obtain policy-You have the right to obtain a copy of the written Augsburg policy regarding FERPA. A copy may be obtained in person from the registrar's office. Reporting Educational lnformation No additional educational information will be reported, except to Augsburg faculty and administration for their official use, without the explicit written consent of the student. Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. I C r I Course Descriptions with Major and Minor Requirements 84 Department majors and programs are Qsted - 1 alphabetically. Also see index. 134 DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS A. a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge andtruthare interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses that make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, requirements, and evaluations for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered fall and/or spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and locations for fall and spring terms. Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedules for Interim , Summer Session, Weekend College, the Master of Arts in Leadership, and the Master of Social Work courses are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required for laboratory work. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description as prerequisites. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. - Departments and Programs 85 director of internships and cooperative education. Every department offers opportunities for internships and independent study. The course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. W INTERNSHIPS Registration for internships consists of the following steps: 1. Obtain the internship registration permission form from the Center for Service, Work, and Learning and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning) must be completed with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning, with copies made for the faculty, supervisor, and student. 199 lnternship A work or service-based learning experience at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning of the termlregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. 399 lnternship A work or service-based learning experience at the juniodsenior level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the internship office regarding requirements and permission to register. 86 Departments and Programs DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES 299 Directed Study An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. 499 Independent StudyIResearch An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. ACCOUNTING See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management Information Systems. AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. A. t is important as a field of study for our time. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Art Faculty Kristin Anderson (Chair), Tara Christopherson, Norman Holen, Philip Thompson Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two-dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Communication Design or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey Two additional art history courses Senior studio majors must participate in at least one exhibit during their final year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Art History Major Eight art history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art Two studio courses: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting I or ART 221 Sculpture 88 Art Honors Major Art History Minor GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or research (art history majors) reflecting high quality work, and special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the senior year. Five art history courses including ART 240. Certificate in Art Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Studio Art Minor Five courses including ART 240, ART 107, and three additional studio courses. STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. ART 102 Design A study of design as the unifylng foundation for the visual arts. Two- and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. STUDIO ART ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. ART 106 Calligraphy I Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $200-225. ART 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded steel and bronze, plaster, or Plexiglas. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld, or assemble the respective media. ART 223 Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil, and mono methods are explored. ART 224 Publication Design An introduction to design concepts and procedures for publication design. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications using traditional and electronic tools. ART 225 ART 250 Communication Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students will use the computer to develop their visual communication skills as they create designs using typography, symbols, logos, and illustrations. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion, and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. ART 306 ART 330 Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. Communication Design II An advanced study of graphic design using traditional and electronic tools. (Prereq.: ART 225) ART 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) ART 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) ART 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. ART 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, e.g., silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223) 90 Art ART 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. (Prereq.: ART 221) ART HISTORY ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year ART 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 382 Scandinavian Arts The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design. ART 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D ART 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 389 American Art A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. Art Internships and Independent Shdy Courses: ART 199 lnternship See description on page 85. ART 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. ART 399 lnternship See description on page 85. ART 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. ASIANSTUDIES See listing under East Asian Studies. 2 T he Augsburg Experience: Arriving at Augsburg ... The initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting period of change. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community. Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban, liberal arts college of the Church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students. Augsburg Seminar At registration, all first-year students in the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'paired' courses integrate disciplinary content with AUC 101 various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all beginning students. The content course usually meets three hours per week for the entire semester and is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for 12 weeks for .25 course credit. The Augsburg Seminar offers the opportunity for further discussion of topics from the paired content course, along with presentations on campus life, academic resources and study skills, and a hands-on introduction to the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis, the Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N). However, performance in the course is linked to performance in the seminar. Students must successfully complete the entire 12-week Augsburg Seminar in order to fulfill the requirement, even if they drop the paired content course. Permission to complete the seminar after withdrawal from the content course is at the discretion of the instructor. Augsburg Seminar (.25 course) A series of fall-term meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only) B iology is the study of life, and it's natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the Earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Biology Faculty Dale Pederson (Chair), William Capman, Mary K. Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Esther McLaughlin Major Nine courses includii: B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology B10 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans, including advances in memcine, agriculture, and food science. and at least one from each of the five following groups: Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important to support the student's broad-based understanding of biology. 2. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in the life sciences, leading to careers in college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public health. Many have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical industries, laboratory research, natural resources, and environmental education. 1. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology 3. B10 355 Genetics BIO 481 Ecology 4. BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 474 Developmental Biology 5. BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 476 Microbiology The ninth course may be any of the upper division biology courses listed above or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys. BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. 94 Biology Required Supporting Courses Biology for Pre-Medical Students CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry Pre-medical students should include a two-semester sequence in physics and a two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require two semesters of calculus. or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry One semester in organic chemistry or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121/122 General Physics MAT 114 Precalculus or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences or MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the start of the first term of the senior year. Minor A course in general chemistry and five biology courses including BIO 113, 114, 215, and two upper division courses. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the biology faculty. Biology majors must have an adviser in the biology department. Normally BIO 113 and 114 and Principles of Chemistry (or General Chemistry) should be taken in the first year, and Introductory Cellular Biology and Organic Chemistry in the second year. Students normally complete their math requirements early in their college careers. Students should consult members of the biology faculty and the pre-medical adviser in the Academic Advising Center for information specific to medical school application. Graduate and Professional Training Graduate programs in biological fields require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require undergraduate research experience. Health care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed with an adviser in the department and the pre-medical adviser in the Academic Advising Center. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identlfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Cooperative Education The department works with the Office of Cooperative Education in identifying and defining co-op ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Tivin Cities. - Biology 95 A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a sequenced course in registering for the second term. BIO 101 Human Biology An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Threehour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A survey of the structure and function of the human body (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 105 Biology and Society The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three-hour lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 113 lntroductory Organismal Biology First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Threehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Fall) BIO 114 lntroductory Genetics, Evolution and Ecology Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning, metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring) lntroductory Cellular Biology Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 351. Fall) 96 Biology BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years) BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology of the vertebrate. (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring) BIO 355 Genetics Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall) BIO 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring) BIO 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Threehour lectures. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall) BIO 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to structure and life history. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 473 Animal Physiology A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall) Biology BIO 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial, and medical issues a?e discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 481 Ecology A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environ- ment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Threehour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4. Fall) BIO 491 Seminar (0.0 course) A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) Internships and lndependent Study Courses: BIO 199 Internship See description on page 85. (Prereq.: BIO 113, 114) 610 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. BIO 399 Internship See description on page 85. (Prereq.: BIO 215) BIO 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. (Prereq.: BIO 215) 2 0 ur mission is to prepare - students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a curriculum that stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The department fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware. Faculty Milo Schield (Chair), Nora Braun, John C. Cerrito (Management Coordinator), Amin Kader (Finance Coordinator and International Business Coordinator), Fekri Meziou, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan (Marketing Coordinator), Thomas Morgan, Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe (MIS Coordinator), and Stuart M. Stoller (Accounting Coordinator). Specializations Within the business administration major there are four specializations: marketing, management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and managerial accounting. Graduation Requirements To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 68), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course limit per academic department. Courses designated as ACC, BUS, and MIS are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Transfer Students Transfer students must complete at least four of the upper division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the department. Transfer courses must be approved by the department. Courses taken more than 10 years ago will not be accepted. Majors Advising The Department of Business Administration, Accounting, and MIS offers three majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), and management information systems (MIS). Students who plan to major in business administration, accounting, or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sopho- - Business Administration 99 Internships dents may petition for an exception. An internship may satisfy the The City Perspective if taken in conjunction with GST 209. Internships can provide students with experience that may be valuable in competing for jobs after graduation. Advisers should be consulted about internships. Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Office of Cooperative Education and department faculty to obtain an internship (BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or senior year. Although an internship counts as part of the 13 courses allowed in the major, stu- The international business department actively supports international study. For additional details, see the section on International Partners under International Studies in this catalog, or consult the departmental coordinator for international business. more year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining internships or jobs, and provide letters of recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. 7r he major in business administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The four specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting 11 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law BUS 331 Financial Management 100 Business Administration Specialization in Marketing Business core plus 3 courses: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications or BUS 357 Advertising BUS 450 Marketing Management Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the international business coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project Management or ECO 318 Management Science Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory and one of EC0 311 ECO 312 ECO 313 ECO 3 15 MIS 479 the following: Public Finance Intermediate Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Money and Banking Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing and one additional upper division course in either international business (BUS 368 or 468) or international economics. 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other upper division economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331 Financial Management and one other upper division business administration, accounting, or MIS course Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair. - Business Administration lo1 Minor in Business Administration Minor in International Business Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379. Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and three courses in international business (one may be in international economics). This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in accounting or MIS. BUS 242 Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in international economics. Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions. BUS 254 Entrepreneurship The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this idea successfully. Examines the construction of a viable business plan with attention to the resources needed for success. BUS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 301 BUS 302 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Business Ethics Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing, and speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or junior/senior standing) BUS 331 Financial Management Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costhudgeting, leverage, and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3) 102 Business Administration BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results; evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252, MIS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) BUS 355 Marketing Communications Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. BUS 357 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. BUS 362 International Business Introduction to problems/possibilities and appreciation of perspective required for successfully doing business in an international context. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring) BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) BUS 424 Internal Audit and Management Consulting To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242,252, 331; MIS 175,379) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decisionmaking, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331, ACC 322) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities and extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor) - Business Administration 1 0 3 BUS 439 Risk Management and Insurance Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 450 Marketing Management Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day, strategic, and long-term planning issues; development and implementation of market plans. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) BUS 465 lnternational Management Private sector manager's perspective of nationaL'internationa1 institutions and strategies, structure, practices, and effects of a national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended) BUS 466 lnternational Marketing This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252, 362) BUS 468 Contemporary Issues in lnternational Business and Trade Conditions and motivations for world trade, business, and industrial cooperation. Practical applications of the commercial policies of the major trading nations. Examine the impact of contemporary issues on the volume and structure of world trade. (Prereq.: BUS 465, BUS 466) BUS 495 Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: BUS 199 lnternship See description on page 85. BUS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. BUS 399 lnternship See description on page 85. BUS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. T he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of accounting-related positions. This major has three tracks: general accounting, professional accounting, and managerial accounting. The general accounting specialization is adequate for a wide variety of positions. The professional accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidly-growing companies. The two professional specializations relate to two professional designations: the CPA and the CMA. A certified public accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, accounting majors in the public accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination during their last semester. Accounting Core 14 courses are required for this major (an exception to the 13-course limitation) including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business BUS 242 BUS 252 ACC 221 ACC 222 MIS 379 BUS 301 BUS 331 ACC 322 ACC 323 ACC 324 ACC 425 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting 11 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Business Law Financial Management Accounting Theory and Practice I Accounting Theory and Practice I1 Managerial Cost Accounting Advanced Accounting Students are encouraged to take the courses in the sequence given above. Specialization in General Accounting No additional courses required. Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting core (14 courses) plus: ACC 326 Tax Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting core (14 courses) plus ACC 424 Internal Audit and Management Consulting and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should eontact the department chair. Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175, 379, ECO 112, or 113. This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and finance. -- - Accounting 105 ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements. ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities and accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) < -Topics 62 Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty 6%regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business adminir ACC 295 0 , /,. ACC 322 tration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322) ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision-making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor) ACC 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) ACC 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the C P k role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 424 Internal Audit and Management Consulting To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, 331, MIS 175 or 320,379) '06 Accounting ACC 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: ACC 199 Internship See description on page 85. ACC 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. ACC 399 Internship See description on page 85. ACC 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 86. T he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, and accounting as well as from MIS. C. Seven courses in MIS: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 376 Project Management MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Minor in MIS Seven courses including: Management Information Systems Major 16 courses including: A. Six courses in economics, business, and accounting: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 B. Two courses in computer science and one in mathematics CSC 170 Structured Programming (requires MPG 4) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications MAT 114 Precalculus, if students are not at MPG 4. For students at MPG 4, MAT 121, or any higher level numbered math course is required. Note: Additional programming courses are strongly recommended. MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370, MIS 375, ECO 113, and one of the following: MIS 376,475, or ECO 318 Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall, a senior thesis, and a comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair. 108 MIS - MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MIS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems. MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel, Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175 or CSC 160, or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics include strategic uses of information systems, business process re-engineering, understanding the technology architecture, and information systems resources. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, or CSC 160) MIS 376 Project Management Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, and either MIS 175 or 370) MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 370 and either MPG 3 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.: MIS 375 and either MIS 370 or CSC 352) - MIS 109 MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Skills developed in previous courses are used to generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370,375, 376, and 475) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: MIS 379. Fall: evening) MIS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: MIS 199 lnternship See description on page 85. MIS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. MIS 399 lnternship See description on page 85. MIS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. c hemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes, and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat, and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their work, including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both truly human and truly scientific. The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain life- long learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences. *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty Joan C. Kunz (Chair), Ron L. Fedie, Arlin E. Gyberg, Sandra L. Olmsted BACHELOR OF ARTS Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 115,116 General Chemistry or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361, 364 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 49 1 Chemistry Seminar and two additional courses from: CHM 367 Properties of Polymers CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 48 1 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 495 Topics BIO 367 Biochemistry Chemistry Also required: PHY 121, 122 MAT 145, 146 General Physics I, I1 Calculus I, 11 Because upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students Pre-medical students should plan to take at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE American Chemical Society Approved Major 12 courses including: CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry One course from: CHM 367 Properties of Polymers CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry Also required are: CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & I1 MAT 245 Calculus 111 PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German, and computer proficiency. Honors Major Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor Five courses that must include: CHM 105,106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM 351,352, and CHM 353. Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. 111 112 Chemistry - A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count; otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times I Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) CHM 101 Chemistry for Changing Times II Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM 100, MPG 3. Spring) CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring) CHM 115 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall) CHM 116 General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring) Chemistry CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This one-semester course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic, and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a chemistry major or minor, nor will credit be given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet requirements for other programs (such as pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, and pre-pharmacy). (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. On demand) CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations, and reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352) CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall) CHM 361 Physical Chemistry Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall) CHM 363 CHM 364 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111) Physical Chemistry Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) - 114 Chemistry CHM 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 367 Properties of Polymers Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring) CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge of German is helpful. Fall) CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall) CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve molecular model problems. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (.O course) This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. Chemistry CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry Study of a specific area, such as medicinal chemistry, building upon analytical, physical, and organic chemistry. (Prereq.: CHM 352, BIO 367, or equiv. Spring) CHM 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) Internships and Independent Study Courses: CHM 199 Internship See description on page 85. CHM 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. CHM 399 lnternship See description on page 85. CHM 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) COMMUNICATION See listing under SpeechlCommunication and Theatre Arts. CSC 345 T he Augsburg Department of Computer Science strives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places eniphasis on networks, communications, and the use of computers as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their coursework by electing an internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities makes us an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. Computer Science Faculty Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Larry Crockett, Noel Petit, Lany Ragland. BACHELOR OF ARTS Computer Science Major 11 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 MAT 145 Calculus I Calculus for the Social or MAT 122 and Behavioral Sciences and two electives from CSC courses above 200, at least one of which is above 300. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Computer Science Major 15 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 246 Linear Algebra or MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures and three electives from CSC courses above 200, at least two of which are above 300. - Computer Science 11; Computational Economics The computational economics major has been designed to serve students who have a need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major requires six courses from computer science and six from economics with a required capstone independent study Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the coordinators. Coordinators Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics, Lany Ragland, Department of Computer Science. CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science ECO 315 Money and Banking Managerial Economics or ECO 415 CSC 499 Independent Study or ECO 499 Independent Study Computer Science Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Computer Science Minor Major in Computational Economics 13 courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I Calculus for the Social or MAT 122 and Behavioral Sciences CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Six courses including CSC 160, 170, 210, 345; MAT 145; and one upper division computer science course. Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a computer science course. CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, finite automata, context-free languages, Turing machines, network concepts, and the Internet. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) CSC 170 Structured Programming An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, oneand-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 or MIS 370 and one of MAT 114 or 122 or MIS 379 or MPG 4) 118 Computer Science CSC 210 Data Structures Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Prereq.: CSC 170) CSC 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 272 UNlX and C Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 273 Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently with CSC 373. CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 122 or 124 or 145) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 170; MAT 122 or 124 or 145) csc 345 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) csc 373 Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273) P - Computer Science 115 CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Operating Systems Network management; clientlserver databases and workstations; TCPAP and other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345) CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.: CSC 320) CSC 451 Programming Languages and Compilers II Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC 345 and 450) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: CSC 199 lnternship See description on page 85. CSC 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. CSC 399 lnternship See description on page 85. CSC 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 86. A major in East Asian studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China, and other East Asian nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian studies include government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. East Asian Studies Faculty Martha Johnson, Director Major in East Asian Studies Nine courses are required for the major. Courses in the major must be approved by the campus adviser and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional courses, two of which must be upper division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian studies seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in another discipline are strongly recommended. Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Language Courses Hamline University offers elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese. Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors may also take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. - East Asian Studies Minor in East Asian Studies Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia that would complement other discivlines. Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, 330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan, 641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam, 696-6262; St. Catherine-Martha Hardesty, 690-6189; St. Thomas-Robert Foy, 962-5603. Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of lapan HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World PHI 355 Asian Philosophy POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy REL 356 History of Religions THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre Students may also take independent studies (299,499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and approval of program director. 2 T he Department of Economics offers a program that stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis, and an emphasis on national and international issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. Currently four majors are offered. The economics major is designed primarily for students who are planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The applied economics major generally leads to careers in the business world or government. Computational economics meets the challenge of the changing career opportunities in the fields of economics and computer science. Finally, the combined economics/business administration major is designed for those who want more flexibility in planning their program of study. The study of economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and to make choices. Some reasons for studying economics are: economics deals with current problems, economics is a successful and prestigious social science, economics employs theoretical models and the scientific method, an economics major prepares students for community leadership, and an economics major leads to a great diversity of career opportunities. These include careers in business, law, teaching, journalism, politics, banking and Einance, service in government, educational administration, private and public international senrice, and industrial relations. A degree in economics may prove to be a valuable credential. Students are also able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer science, management information systems (MIS), political science, history, and Nordic area studies. Transfer students majoring in the economics department must take at least four upper division economics courses at Augsburg, one of which must be ECO 312 or 313. Internships are recommended. Students must consult with the department chair and the internship office before registering for academic credit. Economics Faculty Jeanne Boeh, Satya F! Gupta, Edward Sabella Major in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics and three other upper division courses: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Calculus for the Social or MAT 122 and Behavioral Sciences Students planning to attend graduate school in quantitative areas are strongly recommended to at least minor in math and take some computer science courses. Consult an adviser for specific course suggestions. Economics Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Money and Banking or ECO 315 ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics EC03 18 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics EC0 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Teaching Licensure Major Major in Computational Economics Note: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. See Computer Science, page 117 Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Five economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other upper division economics course, and six accountinghusiness administration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management Quantitative Methods for or MIS 379 Business and Economics and one other upper division business course The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted by consulting with the department chair. In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making With Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy, Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health Economics. 2 124 Economics ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, or MIS.) ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2) ECO 219 History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. ECO 31 1 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years) ECO 312 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall) ECO 313 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) - Economics 12' ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall: alternate years) ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic . decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall) - ECO 360 International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments, exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring: alternate years) ECO 365 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On demand) ECO 41 3 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 414 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) 126 Economics ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. On demand) ECO 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312, 313, MAT 122) ECO 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. Internships and Independent Study Courses: ECO 199 lnternship See description on page 85. ECO 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. ECO 399 lnternship See description on page 85. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or consent of instructor) ECO 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 86. T he Department of Education maintains liberal-arts based teacher education programs that are accredited by the Minnesota Board of Teaching and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendations for endorsements or licensure by the State of Minnesota for kindergarten, elementary, a wide variety of secondary subject areas, and K-12 licenses in art, health, music, or physical education. Students must apply for acceptance into the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS Exam prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching within the department's 45-mile service area. The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education and education studies. All students are expected to obtain an education department adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected to become knowledgeable of student programs and hand books, and follow through with department policies. Student Teaching Abroad Selected education department students may participate in an international student teaching abroad program. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those interested in further information should contact the education department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct Augsburg faculty supenision. Education Faculty Rich Germundsen (Chair), Mary Ann Bayless, Linda Dyer, Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Anne Jensen, Susan O'Connor, Vicki Olson, Jean Strait, Barbara West Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher licensure will be implemented in the fall of 1998 and beyond. At the date of this catalog printing those changes have yet to be announced. All candidates for teacher licensure will have to meet the standards set by the state and meet the state's timeline requirements. Teacher candidates are expected to maintain frequent contact with an education department faculty adviser and to stay informed about their license program requirements. Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: EDU 210 Learning and Dwelopmmr in an Educational Setting 0 Urban Setting and Fi Experience EDU 341 Media Technology Reading Beginning August 1, 2000, the State of Minnesota will begin requiring specific supporting concentrations of study as a part of all elementary teacher licenses. Students must select and complete a coursework program in one of the following concentration areas: English, mathematics, science, social studies, or world language. Please consult with an education department adviser to determine how many courses your concentration area will require. Students wl EDE 383 34 . EDE 386 Curriculum: Physical Education Kindergarten-Elementary@ Curriculum: Social Studi Thematic Studies Curriculum: EDU 388 Human Student Teaching K (optional) HPE 115 Health and Chemical EDE 484 Students who entered the College under a previous catalog and who will complete their licensure program after August 1, 2000, must complete the new concentration requirement and meet any other new state policies for licensure. Kindergm-Elmm Kindqpten-a-ta Curriculum: Children's Literature --- If students also desire kindergarten endorsement, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten is required. ,- - A GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major, ,--,=.RZEff8-a)grades . of P in stu/dent teaching courser are required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all education courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded PM, plus student teaching is the maximum allowed for the elementary education major. P/N es for EDU 388 Human Relations and teaching are counted in the eight course maximum allowed for graduation for all elementary and secondary teacher education degree students. The criteria for acceptance into the department licensure program are available in the Department of Education, 'G PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or MAT 131 Mathematics for Liberal Arts and EDE 377 K-E1Science Methods (WEC only) - Elementary Education 129 PHY 103 Conceptual Physics (See Department of Physics for course description.) EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDE 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingearning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, and sociological theories. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST, junior/senior standing, enrollment as close to student teaching as possible, and admission to department) EDE 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDE 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 130 Elementary Education EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265, and admission to department) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (P/N grading only) EDS 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education for course description.) EDE 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of College and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: All KElementary coursework satisfactorily completed, admission into the education department licensure program, PPST. P/N grading only) EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDE 495 Topics in Education (.5 course) Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). - Elementary Education 131 Internships and Independent Study Courses: EDE 199 lnternship See description on page 85. EDE 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. EDE 399 lnternship See description on page 85. EDE 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty. I t is the responsibility of each student to meet all speclfic requirements of the education department. Secondary education students are expected to consult with education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure: in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College education department licensure program: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an approved teaching area, and the following courses: EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDU 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Field Experience EDU 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching/ Seminar EDS 484 Student Teachingseminar (for art, health, music, and physical education teaching majors) HPE 114 Health and ~afet~kducation (or equivalent) (for art, health, music, and physical education teaching majors) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators Methods course in major/minor areas GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in education, 2.5 in teaching major/minor and P in student teaching required. All required EDUEDS courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher. PPST and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the education department. '32 Secondary Education Art, Health, Music, and Physical Education Licensure Students preparing for licensure in one of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they plan to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to EDS 354, the art major will register for EDS 361, 362; the music major for EDS 355-359. Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. Art, health, and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: (1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); (2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); (3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Modern Language Licensure Modem Languages for information on the required competency exams. Licensing in a Minor Field At the time of printing this catalog, the State of Minnesota has not announced a plan by which students will be able to license in minor areas beyond August 1, 2000. Students should consult with an education department adviser to determine if this option continues. Teacher licensure is available (prior to August 1, 2000) in several minor fields providing the student has a 2.5 GPA in that field, has completed the methods course for that field, and has student taught in the field. Students may not student teach in a minor only. Students who entered the College under a previous catalog and who will complete their licensure after August 1, 2000, must complete the new state policies for licensure. (Also see natural science licensure on page 206 and social studies licensure on page 245.) Completion of some license programs may require use of ACTC courses. For modem language teachers (French, German, and Spanish), see Department of EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105 Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) - Secondary Education 133 EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDS 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: required for secondary education. Upper division. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) %ends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Spring) EDS 356, 357, 358, 359 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings, Vocal (.5 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: woodwinds, vocals. Odd year: brass and percussion, strings. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDS 361 Art Methods (Elementary and JuniorHigh School) Procedures, materials, and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST and admission to department. Fall) EDS 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (.5 course) Procedures, materials, and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with EDS 361. Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Fall) EDS 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) 34 Secondary Education HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-6) (See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDS 366 Modern Language Methods (.5 course) World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Consult with the modem languages department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) HPE 368 EDS 374 (.5 course) (See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Physical Education Methods (7-1 2) Natural Science Methods (.5 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Consult with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall: WEC) EDS 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (.5 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre, and directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Spring) EDS 377 Mathematics Methods (.5 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Spring) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description. Open to all.) EDS 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior standing, EDU 265, PPST, and admission to department) - Secondary Education 135 EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 7-12 licensure majors and four courses required of K-12 art, music, and physical education licensure majors. Four or more courses required of double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and admission to the department, PPST. P/N grading only) EDS 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDS 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). See department listing for a description of the following approved elective: HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Internships and Independent Study Courses: EDS 199 lnternship See description on page 85. Student must consult with the departmental internship coordinator before registering for academic credit. EDS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. EDS 399 lnternship See description on page 85. Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. EDS 499 lndependent Study/Research See description on page 86. A projected program must be outlined that meets the approval of education faculty. 136 Secondary Education - Non-Licensure Education Studies Major EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience or EDU 264 Orientation to Education (.5 credit) with EDS 25UEDE 263 Clinical Experience EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDU 353 International Education EDE 352 or EDS 354 Creative Learning Environments EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature EDU 388 Human Relations EDE or EDS 399 Internship EDS 478 School and Society A. Select one from the following: ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions POL 325 Public Administration PSY 357 Behavior Analysis PSY 230 and 330 Research Methods 1 65 I1 SOC 349 Complex Organizations SOC 362 and 363 Statistical Analysis and Research Methods B. Select one from the following: PSY 357 Behavior Analysis PSY 359 Psychological Assessment PSY 361 Personality PSY 371 Psychology of Gender SPC 345 Organizational Communication SWK 30 1 History and Analysis of Social Policy Other A, B course options may be possible. Students must achieve a minimum grade of 2.0 in each education course. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in the major is required for graduation. Non-Licensure Elementary Education Major Complete the same coursework as listed in the elementary major but delete the student teaching courses (EDE 481-484). Complete two additional courses from the following: EDU 353 International Education EDE 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions POL 325 Public Administration PSY 355 Biopsychology PSY 356 Environmental Psychology PSY 359 Psychological Assessment SOC 349 Complex Organizations SPC 345 Organizational Communication SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policv Other course options may be possible. Complete a n academic minor or second major. Minimum grade of 2.0 B required in all education courses. A cumulative major and minor GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation. Minor The special education minor offers six courses (five plus one prereq. for PSY course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective related to the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines interested in disability issues. This minor consists of a minimum of six courses: EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World or PSY 105 Principles of Psychology (either course is a required prerequisite for PSY 351,352,353, or 357) Choose one from the following: PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle and Older Adult One course from the following: SOC 265 Culture, Ethnicity, Gender, and Race SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy EDU 495 Topics in Education: (Topics in Special Education Only) PSY 357 Behavior Analysis PSY 359 Psychological Assessment Students should contact the director of special education at the outset of coursework. EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education An introduction to issues facing people with disabilities. Critical issues related to schools, family, and society are examined, as well as existing attitudinal barriers and current methods of support. (Open to all. Fall) EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Open to all. Spring) A ugsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow students to earn a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser. University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: Bachelor of Art~IBachelorof Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a master of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The cumculum is the same as the B.A.B.E. cumculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate cumculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A.M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three-Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual-Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they com- - Engineering 1 3 plete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the engineering adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg engineering adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics 11 Four mathematics courses are required: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352. 7r hose who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do, and better understand the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in various cultures. The Augsburg Department of English integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through working in internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring in the writing lab, or participating in the Cooperative Education Program. Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library sci- ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English Faculty Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, David Hudson, Marilyn Kramer, Roseann Lloyd, Carter Meland, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari,John Schmit Major Nine courses above ENG 111,including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to the Modem Period Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature: The Romantics and the Victorians One upper division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature Before 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives - English 14. Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser regularly A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. English-Language Arts Teaching Major 10 courses, including those listed under the major, and: ENG 345 Introduction to the English Language ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing EDS 364 English Methods and one course with a component in non-Western literature (for example, ENG 361). In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English department and the education department in order to meet the professional requirements within the education department as well as the requirements for the major. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by Oct. 15 in senior year for department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an independent study program (refer to departmental guidelines). Minor Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an upper division literature course; and an additional writing course. Concentration in Writing Five courses in writing (above ENG 111). Transfer Students Note: Transfer undergraduate majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer students who minor in English must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer English education students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at,least three of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken before the department can recommend a student for student teaching. The English Placement Test A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skillssuch as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences--are required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111 Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101 Developmental Writing before enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing. Students in Effective Writing (ENG 111)and Developmental Writing (ENG 101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with their instructor up through the last week 142 English of class (without special permission. petition). Students who choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a grade of N if their work is below a 2.0. ENC 101 Prerequisites ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division literature course is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/or consent of the instructor. Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for ,$his course k 2.0 ENG lJ a- kv, Effective Writing * s C e b @I? in wyMuOt d&- . Ernphsis is on r spusi~ion, including learning research techniques and writing cnrical reriews. . h e n t i o n i s given to increasing students' effectiveness in chuosing, u~ganizing, nd developing topics; thinking critically; and revising )lor clariry and sylc. A rcriring lab is provided for those needing additional ., , h ~ 1 pThe m i n ~ m u mp a w I I graded-&Q! ~ Fxpc- ENG 218 );;'i..~.- * Li;p.,-, American Indian literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring) ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing determines placement in these courses, and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG 111). Its workshop format-stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111) - English 141 ENC 226 lntroduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall) ENC 227 Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 236 Women and Fiction A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. ENC 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) ENC 245 lntroduction to Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. ENC 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity, the shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American thought by women and people of color. ENC 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) ENC 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring) '44 English ENC 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. ENC 327 Advanced journalism: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing, and writing the story, and editing the work of others. Students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others. They edit their own work and that of other writers. A brief introduction to layout and design is included. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years) ENC 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 337 British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 341 Advanted Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) ENC 345 Introduction to the English Language A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 347 Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and Research This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructor. MPG 3.) - English 14: ENC 350 American Literature Before 1920 Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modem sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 351 American Literature Since 1920 Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 382 Topics Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literary criticism 01; in the case of writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing. ENC 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th-century beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 436 Women and Fiction A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ENC 438 Shakespeare Study of major plays-comedies, histories, and tragedies. Additional plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 445 Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivatedwriter, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of insmctor. Alternate years) '4English ENC 480 Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 482 Topics in Language and Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective: THR 325 Playwriting Internships and Independent Study Courses: ENC 199 lnternship See description on page 85. ENC 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. ENC 399 lnternship See description on page 85. ENC 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. See listing under Modem Languages. See listing under Modem Languages. G ENERAL STUDIES-GST S ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways that are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty. CST 009 Cooperative Education (.O course) A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit. CST 100 Critical Thinking A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by the entry critical thinking assessment. CST 140 Introduction to the Liberal Arts An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. CST 200 Quantitative Reasoning Critical thinking about statistics as evidenced in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs, and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) CST 209 City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/se~ce/cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar, completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective. Permission of instructor. No course credit. See listing under Modem Languages. v irmally all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The physical education department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. The health education department prepares students for careers in school health education and wellness. This program offers a comprehensive health component in examining prevention and promotion needs for individuals, schools, and the community. All health and physical education majors seeking licensure must receive a grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE prefix applying to the major. HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education Major HPE 101 Fitness For Life HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 316 Human Sexuality HPE 320 School Health Curriculum (Interim: odd years) HPE 390 Insmctional Methods and Materials (Interim: even years) HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (Interim: odd years) HPE 450 Current Health Issues BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology PSY 201 Health Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult \ BIO 220 Microbiology- w 1 L h = (at St. Catherine's) Must have instructor's certification for CPR and first aid. Recommended: HPE 355 Tests and Measurement Teaching Licensure Major Health and Physical Education Faculty Carol Enke (Chair), Brian Ammann, Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Lauri Ludeman, Patricia Murphy, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Paul Kriegler The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to ...... ..... - Health and Physical Education 1 4 change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor HPE 101, 110,114, 115,316,320,390, 450, BIO 103. Students interested in the teaching minor should consult with the health education department adviser. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 223 Team Sports HPE 23 1 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 232 Dance (Interim) HPE 254 Introduction to Development1 Adapted Physical Education HPE 275 prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (Interim) HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 473 Physical Education Cuniculum BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor HPE 101,115,210,223,231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota public schools. Coaching (not a major) Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute 3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior High Schools requires: HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 280 Coaching Theory (Interim, odd years) Internship in Athletic Training requires: BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise And advanced athletic training (ACTC schools) Also required: 1,500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer. 'So Health and Physical Education HEALTH EDUCATION HPE 101 Fitness For Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring) HPE 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthfur living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and s e ~ c e s(Fall, . Spring) HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators (.5 course) A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention. (Fall, Spring) HPE 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. HPE 316 Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Open to all students. Spring) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Sunrey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Fall) HPE 450 Current Health Issues (.5 course) This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years) Health and Phvsical Education 15' PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course) Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) HPE 101 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall, Spring) HPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education (.5 course) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring) HPE 220 Motor Learning (.5 course) The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to physical activity. (Spring) HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education (.5 course) A general overview of developmentaVadapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall) HPE 323 Team Sports Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring) HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports (a Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall) HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs (.5 course) A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) HPE 350 Kinesiology (.5 course) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall) HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring) 51 '52 Health and Physical Education HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Fall) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-6) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall) HPE 368 Physical Education Methods (7-12) (-5 course) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring) HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) Internships and Independent Study Courses: HPE 199 lnternship See description on page 85. HPE 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. HPE 399 lnternship See description on page 85. HPE 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. Open only to junior or senior majors. H istory is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences that makes scattered individuals into a community." The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in society The construction of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the future. History majors are prepared to be active and contributing members of their society. The study of history, which has long held a major role in the liberal arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in several fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information. History Faculty Christopher Kimball (Chair), Jacqueline deVries, William Green, Donald Gustafson, Richard Nelson (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and non-Western. Teaching Licensure The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to idennfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor Five courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. First-year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200-level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Upper division courses are numbered 300 and above. Prerequisites Major Eight courses plus the seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course Satisfactory completion of a lower division course is normally required before enrolling in an upper division course. See instructor for permission. - History 154 Transfer Students Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their courses at Augsburg. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. HIS 101 The Beginning of Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century. HIS 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. HIS 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. HIS 195 Topics in History An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 220 America to 1815 A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life, including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new republic. HIS 221 19th-Century U.S. A survey emphasging cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction. HIS 222 20th-Century U.S. A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation, immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform. - History 1% HIS 228 American Legal History An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to the emergence of our modem legal system. HIS 231 Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750 An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries. Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society. HIS 232 Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history. HIS 241 Topics in African American History Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 242 History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915 A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves. HIS 243 History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972 A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Gamey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr. HIS 311 Topics in Women's History Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. HIS 326 American Indian History A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations. HIS 331 Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. ' 5 6 History HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and military power. HIS 335 American Urban History A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture. HIS 336 American Labor History A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and 20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and union to the state. @A5 Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 170 in International Studies.) HIS 347 MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day HIS 352 Modern Germany A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust. HIS 354 Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688 This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic change in British politics, society, culture, and international status. HIS 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions. HIS 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the world's fleatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. - History 15; HIS 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560s A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state, emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. HIS 380 The History of Women in the West to 1870 A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods. HIS 381 The History of Women in the West Since 1870 With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period. HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 474 The World and the West Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. HIS 495 Seminar This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. (Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.) Internships and Independent Study Courses: HIS 199 Internship See description on page 85. HIS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. HIS 399 lnternship See description on page 85. HIS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history) I nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad spectrum of experience and coursework. Through interdisciplinary courses, students gain greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to major and minor in Women's Studies, and to minor in metrourban studies and American Indian studies. For other interdisciplinary course listings, see International Studies. American Indian studies is a minor that gives students the opportunity to learn about the original, indigenous cultures of INS 105 North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary, representing the religion, modem language, art, history, English, and women's studies departments. Interdisciplinary courses are offered as well in cinema and contemporary issues. This integrated course of study exposes students to the beauty and richness of the diverse tribal cultures still existing in our country today. Coordinator Virginia Allery Minor Students must take five courses in American Indian studies to get a minor. The only are INS 105 and at . requirements least one upper division course. These courses may also be taken as part of majors or minorsin other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. Introduction to American Indian Studies This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian studies curriculum, including an o v e ~ e w of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. (Required for American Indian studies minor.) OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe (See Department of Modem Languages for course description.) ENC 216 American Indian Literature (See Department of English for course description.) INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and China. (Cross-listedwith the Women's Studies Program.) - Interdisciplinary Studies 155 INS 260 Contemporary American Indians This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted. INS 264 American Indians in the Cinema Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture (See Department of Art for course description.) INS 320 American Indian Women The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life today (Prereq.: one course in women's studies or American Indian studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to women's studies.) HIS 326 American Indian History (See Department of History for course description.) REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought (See Department of Religion for course description.) REL 231 Religion in African American History (See Department of Religion for course description.) INS 225 Introduction to Islam The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and Islamic patterns of life. INS 232 The African American Experience in America An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects of that experience. HIS 241 Topics in African American History (See Department of History for course description.) .me~%old aq13o 1013ai!p ayl Xq pa~olddep aIq!seaj ale suogeu~q -mo3 ray10 .aleudoldde araqM p a p u a m o -331 k1q%ms! d!q=alu166E SNI aq1 .m&old 81101-~a~sauras pue ayl saslnos l-euogrppe yl* ur&old 11ma~o '66C SNI lo '18E r13-a (313v) )S ' am3 1 ayl3o sa83no3 30s 'Sf f SIH '9EC ASd :%~IMOIIOJ aV 30 PalWoW' Pue (VfD3H) sxlefftr u~q1fllOJ OM1 Pue 'EZZ SIH '112 30s '221 IOd mnglosuo3 uogampg lag%= aqL 'uogmol s,a%ano3ayl Xq paplop sap!umoddo u a JOU!yy -qodonaur aAFsua1xa ayl jo asn lany a y m .s3!mouo3aoixm JO sa~dpuud pue l o r m ay, jo hqenb ayl a m q u a 01 SXEM sz a1qqeAe am uoga3npa a~ueladoo3pue 033 a y a 01 paSa~no3uaale ~ o o q ~ s alenped3 uy palsala~u~ nuapnls .urel%oid '8ugutzq-a~puash ~ n m o r' s, d q m a m ~ sagr3 ~ I M L ( ~ s f l m uual ) sa!pnls u v n .Boloayl pus 'uogeque%io -ollam ay, X11e'~adsa 'papuaurmo3ai &unururo3 '1uaurwaao%'alejpM lepos d~q%!qale med3old sndmm-jjo v n 3 g ~ ! 'saypms Iemaumolpua 'uopellsN!urpe 31 (.luaura~!nba~pale~ai -qnd 'MEI 'alrusaJ!q3le ' B ~ u u ~ul! dsa~pnls a1anped31sod lo3 uogeiedald alanpafi -ueqin aq1 laam k~lelaua% a~g3adslad &3 a y l %uq~glnj saslno3) .asin03 -lapun appold osp 1ou1m pue 1oCm sa! palqal-ueq~npa~olddeIauog!ppe auo snld -pnls u~qln-onama q l . h p n m m o ~ue~qod -onam aqlo1 alnquluor, pue puaslapun d?qma1u1 66E SNI %U!UUEI~ 01 pa~!nbai s~oolpgaloay, pua ~ e ~ g X ~ e u e aq1 q1pi nuapnls d!nba pue sqege uaqod uEq~fl-oJlJMPue h!3 aq1 18E 30s -onam pue ueqln 01 palela1 slaale2 %!do leuymas srsX1m~pg!lod t g t Z O lo ~ - p a p jo h a u e a~ p aqlol ~ suaptus amp ToVal4 VleaSJX E9E 30s - 0 4 h~!3~ aq1 uo a~gsadsladuogmnpa Bo1opoqlayy 1a~aua8aq1 pue sa!ptus u~qxn-onam 1 ~ 9 s ~ ~ S A ~ 3 FC8t I I o?Od d lo s!sXle~@39WaS Z9E 30s Bo1oq3Xsd pmmmuoipua ~ S AS^ E XIols!~umuamv ueqin s f f SIH 9 9 I 3 UIM. J V 30 ~ O W H 522 SIH srlodonam wapom ayl pue h r u n m o 3 IIZ 30s xaIduro3 uaqodonam 221 I O ~ :%u~pnl~u! saslno3 01 JO!PW - Interdisciplinary Studies 161 Internships and Independent Study Courses: INS 199 Internship See description on page 85. INS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211) INS 399 Internship See description on page 85. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week. INS 498 Independent Study-Metropolitan Resources An independently-designedcourse developed by a student (or group of students), utilizing the memopolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of insmctor) INS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363) URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, and the Twin Cities. Also see International Studies listings. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. INS 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it. INS 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. INS 399 Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 85. 162 Interdisciplinary Studies II. City Arts Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program. INS 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. INS 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. INS 399 Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 85. Ill. See HECUA under International Studies (SUST, SAUS, CILA, and CUSLA) Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined resources of the ACTC schools and the Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic regional identity as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community. Coordinator Frankie Shackelford Major Eight upper division courses. Minor Four upper division courses. Other Requirements At least four of the upper division courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The remainder may be transfer credits included in the major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian Ianguage course listings under the Department of Modem Languages. Recommended supporting preparation: Study abroad through International Partners, or SUST (See International Studies, International Partners, and Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies, business administration, international relations, sociology or social work. - Interdisciplinary Studies 163 HIS 231 Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750 An inmoduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries. Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society HIS 232 Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history. NAS 330 Contemporary Norden A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language required. NAS 351 The Modern Nordic Novel Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) NAS 352 The Modern Nordic Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) NAS 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) NAS 377 Scandinavia in the World (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) ART 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Department of Art) NAS 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) NAS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) '64 Interdisciplinary Studies Internships and Independent Study Courses: NAS 199 Internship See description on page 85. NAS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. NAS 399 lnternship See description on page 85. NAS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. For degree and major requirements see page 263. I ntemational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc. Recent students have had double majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the international relations major. Two of the following: HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy POL 461 Topics in International Politics Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modem language. Required electives Six of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362,364,368,465,466 ECO 314,317,360,365 HIS 346,352,354,440,474 PHI 355 POL 350,351,359,382,459 REL 356,420 SOC 336 SPC 329 FRE 332. GER 332. NOR 331. SPA 331. SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.) Director Interim courses, seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval of the program director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Norma Noonan Honors Major Required courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 The Modem World or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes or POL 160 World Politics POL 490 Seminar in International Relations GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major, the student mus; complete an honors thesis no later than March 1 of the senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete an honors major by the end of their junior year. 166 International Studies Minor ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. I nternational study at Augsburg aims to increase intercultural competency and reflects the College's strong commitment to internationalism. Programs administered by the Center for Global Education, by International Partners, and by the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and exploration of the benefits of global citizenshiv. Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic I program. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distributiodgeneral education, and graduation requirements when approved by the appropriate program directors and faculty before departure. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. Students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus through the Center for Global Education or through International Partners. Applications are due December 15 for study off campus for the next year. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as oncampus study. THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION The Center for Global Education facilitates sound academic experiences that prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sus,tainable world. The center's cross-cultural programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspective of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. International Studies 167 The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars: from Mexico to Central America, and Namibia to South Africa. International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education and approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the academic programs abroad office. INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS The International Partners Program combines rigorous academic work with daily immersion in another culture. It offers students an opportunity to study abroad with outstanding faculty and to gain practical experience overseas in their major fields. The program is founded on reciprocal agreements with selected institutions of higher learning in Europe and Japan. Under these agreements International Partner students from abroad receive part of their academic training at Augsburg, and qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed admission to partner institutions, where courses are pre-approved for credit toward graduation requirements at Augsburg. Study abroad through International Partners emphasizes business, education, and social work, but is not limited to these fields. The study program may be for one year, one semester, a one-month Interim, or a summer session. Participation may be on an individual basis or as part of a student group accompanied by Augsburg faculty. For further information, contact the International Partners office. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Colombia, and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. For non-international HECUA courses, see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies. International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the academic programs abroad office at the Center for Global Education. 168 International Studies - WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO)FALL This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class, and global economics. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also approved for credit in women's studies. Application deadline is April 1. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director.) SPA 356 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. INS 311 The Development Process Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social change strategies. POL 359 Women in Comparative Politics-Women in Latin America An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies, and revolution. (Required course.) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology and sociaVpolitical transformation. - International Studies 169 GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO)-SPRING This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline is Oct. 15. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks, taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) SPA 356 SOC 286 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. Social Stratification A study of social stratification theory, focusing on its application in the Latin American context. Special attention will be given to the forms, causes, and consequences of gender, class, and raciallethnic stratification in Mexico. REL 31 1 Theology, Ethics, and the Environmerrt An o v e ~ e w of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAM IBIA)-FALL This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Application deadline is April 1. INS 312 The Development Process-Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. 170 International Studies HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South Africa, and the war for independence. POL 353 Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. INS 499 Internships W SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA, EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA-FALL This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) INS 267 Contemporary Social Movement in Central America This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization and modernization on indigenous cultures. ECO 325 Topics: Sustainable Economic Development This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage. REL 366 Church and Social Change in Latin America This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students examine the "theologies of liberation." - lnternatiozl Studies 171 WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-SPRING This intensive navel and study program is desigmd to introduce parddpants to the central issues facing %them Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces studenrs re the struggle of women in Buthem Ahim, to the history of && role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Afnca. Application deadline is Q c t 15. SOC 236 Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa Using a cross-cultural approach, this course examines the family as a social institution in Namibia and South Africa. A family stay will serve as a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia. INS 312 The Development Process-Southern Africa Thii course provides the opportunity tr, reflect critically on issues of development, hunger. injustice, and h m n rights. with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The cobrse examines beic hearies of development. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics-Southern Africa This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly-independent Namibia. INS 499 Internships SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL This interdisciplinary program focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union. INS 372 Norwegian Language Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the chair of the modem languages department for language credit. l7* International Studies INS 377 Scandinavia in the World Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of superpowers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World. INS 393 Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theatres, museums, galleries), and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. INS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social, and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view. INS 499 Internships (Students may choose either INS 373 or 499) SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAM)-FALL This semester-in-the-city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia, or Quito, Ecuador. This interdisciplinary program focuses on the relationships between Third World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study in the host city and outlying regions. INS 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an independent study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. INS 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture, and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic development issues, theories, and models applicable to Latin America. INS 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies, and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared. INS 363 Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in banio communities and site visits to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. INS 499 Internships International Studies 173 COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA (CILA) CILA combines a n internship, independent study and seminars on community participation, and development in the Latin American urban setting. Based in Bogota, Colombia, students live with local families, work in an agency three days a week, and meet as a group twice a week. INS 366 COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION FOR SOCIAL CHANCE Examines pressing social realities and policy initiatives in Colombia in recent decades. Explores concepts of community, democracy, participation, and community organization, and their meaning for community work. Provides tools to evaluate strategies for social, political, and economic development. Integrates readings, guest lectures, faculty and student presentations, discussions, and field work. INS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Students define topic of interest related to program themes and use analytical tools gained in CILA to study a particular issue or case. A faculty member advises the student throughout to assure adequate focus and incorporation of primary field research in the project design. INS 399 INTERNSHIP PLACEMENT AND SEMINAR (2 course credits) Placement matches student-defined goals and interests with one of a wide range of agencies working toward community development and social change. Students work 20 hours per week, assisting with special projects and a program operations. A learning contract outlines expectations of student, agency, and program for the term. The internship seminar provides for structured reflection, analysis, and integration of the experience. CULTURE AND SOCIETY I N LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (CUSLA)-SPRING This interdisciplinary program focuses on developments and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts, and the ways in which ideologies shape social realities. INS 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manifested in major artistic periods. INS 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among art, ideology, and society Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S., and Latin America. 74 International Studies INS 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence, and Manrism. INS 499 Internships Internships and Independent Study Courses: INS 199 Internship See description on page 85. INS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. INS 399 Internship See description on page 85. INS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. Check with the specific international studies program directorfor requirements in the program. See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management Information Systems. M Mathematics Faculty Ken Kaminsky (Chair), Larry Copes, Suzanne Doree, Rebekah Valdivia athematics is the study of structure and relationships, providing tools for solving a wide variety of problems. Mathematical language describes our world from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thought processes helps strengthen the problem solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected of every member of contemporary society. Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts education. Students majoring in many disciplines that involve structure or relationships find it helpful to acquire a minor or a second major in mathematics. MAT 145 MAT 146 MAT 245 MAT 246 MAT 314 MAT 324 CSC 160 Mathematics is also a discipline in its own right. Students majoring in mathematics acquire the skills necessary to serve society through a variety of careers. In addition to acquiring computational and problem solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg develop their abilities to reason abstractly, to conjecture critique and justify their assertions, to formulate questions, to investigate open-ended problems, to read and comprehend precise mathematical writings, to speak and write about mathematical ideas, and to experience working in teams on mathematical projects. These students can prepare for graduate school, for work in industry or service professions, or for teaching mathematics in grades 7-12. Teaching Licensure Major The department's programs support work toward those goals. Students may choose either a standard mathematics major, a mathematics major with concenaation in applied mathematics, or a mathematics major toward secondary education licensure. Augsburg's urban location allows students to gain experience working with mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and the practicum and colloquium courses. Major Calculus I Calculus I1 Calculus 111 Linear Algebra Abstract Algebra Analysis Introduction to Computer Science and Communications or CSC 170 Structured Programming or one other computing course with departmental approval Three electives from MAT courses above 200, at least one of which is above 300 Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium, junior and senior years (noncredit) Note: At least two MAT courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers. The state requirements are subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for licensure are the same as the major, with the electives specified as MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures, MAT 351 Modem Geometry, and MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I. 76 Mathematics Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics Twelve courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 246 Linear Algebra MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations MAT 324 Analysis CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications or CSC 170 Structured Programming or one other computing course with departmental approval PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 or one course in a mathematics-related area with departmental approval Three electives from: MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1 MAT 385 Mathematics Practicum or other MAT courses with departmental approval Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium, junior and senior years (noncredit) Note: At least two MAT courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in major, 3.1 overall, and independent study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor Five courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 Three electives from MAT courses above 200, at least one of which is above 300. Note: At least one MAT course above 200 must be taken at Augsburg. Math Placement Group (MPG) Before enrolling in any mathematics course, students must have the required math placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have mansferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may have their Math Placement Group determined by the registrar's office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam in calculus should consult with the mathematics department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by the Academic Advising Center. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from the Academic Advising Center. Students needing to advance their Math Placement Group may work with the Academic Enrichment Center to take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Academic Advising Center. Prerequisites A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course. - Mathematics 17; MAT 105 Applied Algebra Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models. Emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life. Successful completion advances students to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 or 4 should consult the department, as should students preparing for MAT 114 (Prereq.: MPG 2 and either a year of high school algebra or consent of instructor. Fall, spring) MAT 114 Precalculus Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. For students planning to take MAT 145. Students who have completed MAT 145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Successful completion advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Spring) MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming, and graph theory. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies) MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Concepts of differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies) MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of Western civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies) MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary Society An examination of mathematics in an interdisciplinary and applied setting with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students' life, work, and interests. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. Students who have completed another Quantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies) MAT 145,146 Calculus I, II Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals, differential equations, and series. Emphasis on skills of mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 or consent of instructor for MAT 146. Fall: 145. Spring: 146) MAT 163 Introductory Statistics Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies) 78 Mathematics MAT 173 Math of Interest Concepts from elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments and mortgages, and life insurance. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies) MAT 245 Calculus Ill Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables, partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall) MAT 246 Linear Algebra Concepts from linear algebra such as systems of linear equations, linear programming, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, eigenvalues, orthogonality, and linear regression. Emphasis on oral presentations of mathematical ideas and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271. Spring) MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations Concepts from differential equations such as methods of solving first and second order equations, modeling using difference equations and differential equations, and applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Spring) MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, number theory, graph theory, recursions, set theory, countability, and formal logic. Emphasis on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and reading and writing proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall) MAT 314 Abstract Algebra Concepts of algebra within abstract structures of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246. Also recommended: MAT 271. Fall) MAT 324 Analysis Concepts of calculus such as functions, derivatives, integrals, and series in a theoretical setting. Emphasis on written communication of mathematical ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271. Spring) MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See PHI 327.) MAT 351 Modern Geometry Concepts of geometry such as projective geometry, non-Euclidean geometries, transformations, and fractals. (Prereq.: MAT 245 and 246. Spring) MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I Concepts of probability such as methods of enumeration, random variables and probability distributions, expectation, the central limit theorem, and important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Fall) Mathematics 17! MAT 374 Probability and Statistics II Concepts of statistics such as sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373. Spring) MAT 385 Mathematics Practicum The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains service-learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245,246, 247, or 271 and consent of instructor. Fall) MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, numerical analysis, mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.: at least two of h4AT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of instructor. Interim) MAT 491 MAT 199 Mathematics Colloquium (.O course) Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit. (Fall, spring) lnternship See description on page 85. MAT 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. MAT 399 lnternship See description on page 85. (Prereq.: At least one upper division MAT course and consent of instructor) MAT 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. METRO-URBAN STUDIES See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. 18* Modern Languages FRE 21 1, 212 Intermediate French I, II Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall: 21 1; spring: 212) FRE 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion, and written reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. (On demand) FRE 295 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics FRE 311 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) FRE 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase, and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials, and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) - Modern Languages 18: FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, I1 The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 355 20th-Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) FRE 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim catalog. Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 495 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Internships and Independent Study Courses: FRE 199 Internship See description on page 85. FRE 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. FRE 399 Internship See description on page 85. FRE 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 86. GERMAN (CER) CER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111;spring: 112 ) '84 Modern Languages CER 21 1, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) CER 244 Cerman Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem periods are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of Gennan cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition. (On demand) CER 295 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics CER 311 Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary, and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) CER 331 German Civilization and Culture I Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) CER 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) CER 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) CER 351 Cerman Literature Through the 18th Century Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm and Stress, Classic, and Romantic literature. Readings and discussion in Gennan supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) - Modern Languages 185 CER 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Study of later Romanticism, Young-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism, and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings and discussion in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) CER 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) CER 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) CER 495 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Internships and Independent Study Courses: CER 199 lnternship See description on page 85. GER 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. CER 399 lnternship See description on page 85. GER 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. -Modern Languages JAPANESE(JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information. LINGUISTICS (LIN) LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand) LIN 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines. (On demand) Internships and Independent Study Courses: LIN 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. LIN 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. NORWEGIAN (NOR) NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112) NOR 21 1 Intermediate Norwegian I, II Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall) NOR 295 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics NOR 311 Conversation and Composition Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring) - Modern Languages 187 NOR 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural devel- opments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) NOR 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring) NOR 495 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Internships and Independent Study Courses: NOR 199 lnternship See description on page 85. NOR 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. NOR 399 lnternship See description on page 85. NOR 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. ' 8 8 Modern Languages OJIBWE(OJB) Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modem languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor. OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. RUSSIAN (RUS) One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Cenmal, and East European Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major (see page 243). See the Russian, Central, and East European Studies Program campus adviser for more information. RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian I, II Aims to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions, and a growing acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. (Fall: 111; spring: 112) SPANISH (SPA) Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies. SPA 105,106 Living Spanish I, II Modified introductory level Spanish courses designed to accommodate students with recognized learning disabilities in the area of language learning. Emphasis is placed on listening comprehension and vocabulary building toward conversational goals. (Prereq.: Permission of the CLASS director) SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; spring: 112) SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) SPA 248 Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand) - Modern Languages 189 SPA 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. (On demand) SPA 295 SPA 31 1 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall) SPA 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. (Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written, and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring: on rotational basis) 190 Modern Languages SPA 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) SPA 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in Spanish. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th centuries in Spain. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 495 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Internships and Independent Study Courses: SPA 199 Internship See description on page 85. SPA 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. SPA 399 lnternship See description on page 85. SPA 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. M usic has the power to strengthen the mind, heal the body, and unlock the creative spirit. Whether we experience music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it adds a significant dimension to our lives. The Department of Music at Augsburg College offers music training within the context of a liberal arts education, and is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) and the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). Music majors may choose from four majors in three degree programs: bachelor of arts (music major); bachelor of music (music education major); bachelor of music (performance major); and bachelor of science (music therapy major). Music minors and nonmusic majors may also participate in a variety of music experiences including music ensembles, private lessons, some music courses, and additional Interim courses or special performances. Full-time Faculty Merilee Klemp (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Robert Karlkn, Robert Stacke immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to establish an appropriate course of music study and application/evaluation process. All students interested in pursuing a music degree at Augsburg are strongly encouraged to contact a music faculty adviser in their degree area as soon as possible to ensure a smooth program of study and timely completion of music degree requirements. Bachelor of Arts-Music Major For acceptance to the bachelor of arts-music major degree program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury. Bachelor of Music-Education Major Part-time Teaching Faculty Bridget Doak, Nancy Grundahl, Lila Olson, Paul Ousley, Nicholas Raths, Sonja Thompson Music Performance Coordinator Carley Miller -- Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of Music for acceptance to a degree program by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer students should meet with a music adviser For acceptance to the bachelor of music-education major degree program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement lg2 Music Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury. In addition to applying to the music department, bachelor of music-education major candidates must also apply to the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music-education major. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program. Bachelor of Music-Performance Major For acceptance to the bachelor of music-performance major program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see Music Student Handbook). Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major For acceptance to the bachelor of science-music therapy major program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano and guitar proficiency requirements Acceptance to the degree program will based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and a 2.5 in all music therapy courses is necessary for the music therapy degree. Bachelor of science-music therapy candidates should consult with the director of music therapy before applying for acceptance into the program. Transfer Students For acceptance to a music degree program, transfer students must: submit an application for admission prior to the end of the sophomore year, or as soon as possible after enrolling at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and transferred credits with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement Music 193 Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury if enrolled as a junior or senior, or spring semester sophomore jury if enrolled as a freshman or sophomore. For bachelor of musicperformance major candidates, acceptance will be based on the completion of the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see Music Student Handbook). Equivalency/Certification Students The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet the requirements set by the American Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. Depending upon the student's degree and skill level, individual requirements will be outlined by the director of music therapy. There is a minimum two-year residency requirement, which includes participation in a major ensemble for four terms and successful completion of a two-year music theory equivalency test. For acceptance to the degree program, equivalency/certification students must: submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and transferred credits with the application submit the studio instructor recornrnendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency and guitar proficiency requirements during the first semester of residence Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury. Candidates must submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year. Students may qualify for participation in the music honors program if they: have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses apply by petition for the honors program before the senior year provide leadership in one or more of the following areas: - promotion of high music performance standards within the music department - breadth of music interests by attendance at concerts on and off campus - major ensembles Honors may be achieved in one of the following ways: writing a senior thesis and defending it before a faculty committee presenting an additional senior recital of graduate quality composing a work for vocal andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration conducting an ensemble concert a combination of the above lg4 Music - Core cumculum (required of all music majors): MUS 101 Materials of Music I MUS 102 Materials of Music I1 MUS 111 Aural Skills I MUS 112 Aural Skills 11 MUS 201 Materials of Music I11 MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 211 Aural Skills 111 MUS 212 Aural Skills IV MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting Large and Small Ensemble Participation Performance Studies Music Repertoire Tests Piano Proficiency Plus fulfillment of recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major, and French or German study as stated in the general education requirements or in specific degree requirements. Checklists for specific degree programs are available in the music department. Requirements: 12 course credits Core cumculum plus one music credit elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital) plus two semesters chosen from: MUS 311,312 Composition MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble Pass piano proficiency test Pass three music repertoire tests BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Education Major BACHELOR OF ARTS Music Major Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose this course of study. Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. - Music 195 Requirements: 16.5 course credits Core cuniculum plus: MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 358 Half junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creative Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) EDU 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar One of the following two: MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Three of the following four: EDS 356 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion EDS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds EDS 358 Music Methods: Strings EDS 359 Music Methods: Vocal One of the following two areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasis--MUS 251,252,253, 254,435 Instrumental emphasis-MUS 152,155, one course credit of music elective Two quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumenVvoice Four half course credits of performance studies in the major instrument/voice Two full course credits of performance studies in the major instrumenthoice Two quarter course credits of performance studies in the minor instrument/voice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble Improvisation competency on major instrument/voice Pass piano proficiency test Pass three music repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major instrument/voice BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Performance Major Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in music and the liberal arts. The program is made available only to students of exceptional performing ability who are selected on the basis of an auditiodinterview application process. The bachelor of music performance program prepares d t e d performers to compete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions. Requirements: 19.5 course credits Core cuniculum plus: MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 358 Full junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital lg6 Music One of the following two: MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting One of the following three areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, one course credit of music elective, French or German to fulfill language requirement Piano or organ emphasisMUS 301,302, 436, 456, one half course credit of music elective lnsmmental emphasisMUS 301,302, one and one half course credits of music electives Two quarter course credits and six full course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice Two quarter course credits of performance studies in the minor instrumentlvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble Pass piano proficiency test Pass three music repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and 3.0 in the major instrurnentlvoice BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Music Therapy Major Fulfills the academic and clinical requirements for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is minimally a 4 112 year degree program, which includes a full-time (six months or 1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility approved by the American Association for Music Therapy (AAMT). This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become professional music therapists. Requirements: 23 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and MateriaLs MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 3 11 or 3 12 Composition I or I1 MUS 372,373 Psychological Foundation of Music I, I1 MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 472 Human Identity Through the Creative Arts MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship MUS 458 Half senior recital EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY 362 Behavior Disorders BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology One of the following three: MUS 152 Class Voice MUS 155 Class Piano MUS 158 Class Guitar Two of the following three: EDS 356 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion EDS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds EDS 358 Music Methods: Strings One of the following two: SOC 362 Statistical Analysis PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice - Music 197 Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Two semesters in an Augsburg small ensemble (no credit) Pass piano proficiency and guitar proficiency tests Pass three music repertoire tests Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all music therapy courses Requirements: 6 course credits MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, 11 MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting One of the following two: MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 While the music department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir, or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Ensemble requirements are fulfilled by participation for the entire year. One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141);other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies (Private Lessons) One additional course in music history or conducting Four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses of performance studies on the major instrumendvoice Pass one music repertoire test Ensembles (MUE) These musical organizations are open to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are required to participate in a major ensemble on their major instrument (where possible) during their time at Augsburg College. Auditions for membership in ensembles are scheduled during the first week of the school year or by arrangement with the individual ensemble director. Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit l/2hour lesson, 3 hours of practice per week 1/4course credit, 1/2hour lesson, 4 hours of practice per week lL2 course credit, 1 hour lesson, 8 hours of practice per week One course credit, 1 hour lesson, 12 hours of practice per week Lessons for credit require: Private lessons Jury examination at the end of each semester Attendance at departmental student recitals and master classes Attendance at concerts and recitals lg8 Music Lessons for non-credit: Students may take private lessons for no credit and are not required to fulfill the performance and listening requirements. A semester of study consists of 14 weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury examination. Music majors and minors are required to register for music lessons for credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being sought). Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Department of Music, and private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. Music majors and minors must declare an area of concentration. Students seeking a bachelor of music-performance major degree are also required to have a minor instrument that necessitates additional lessons, jury examinations, and performances. Freshmen may be awarded free lessons, if taken for credit, in their major instrument/voice and with the recommendation of their private lesson instructor. Any lessons during Interim or summer are arranged privately with the instructor. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the instructor at least 24 hours in advance. Otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. Limited school instruments are available for student use. Music majors are required to attend departmental student recitals and will perform if requested by their instructor. All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester. Four of these events will be made up of major ensemble concerts, senior student recitals, faculty recitals, or designated campus music events. Four events should be professional, off-campus concerts that have the prior approval of the student's major instrument/voice instructor. Off-campus concerts will require that a program and a one-sheet review be submitted to the instructor. Music minors are required to attend four events (on or off campus) that meet the approval of their private instructor. Note: Final grades for private lessons are affected by attendance requirements. Student Recitals Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook and consult regularly with their applied instructor. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major instrumenthoice is required for recital performance. At least two full-time music faculty members and the student's private instructor must be present to evaluate junior and senior recitals. Recitals are given a padfail grade. Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements or honors program will be sponsored by the music department. Other student recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in this catalog and repertoire lists. B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half hour in duration for music education majors, and one hour in duration for music performance majors. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration for music education majors and music performance majors. B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration. - Music 199 EXAMINATIONS Piano Proficiency All music majors enrolled in a music degree program must complete the piano proficiency requirement by the end of the sophomore year. Consult the Music Student Handbook for piano major and non-piano major requirements and test dates. Music Repertoire Tests Music majors are required to pass three music repertoire tests, transfer students must pass two, and music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Student Handbook for contents of music repertoire tests and test dates. Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule or the music department for course offerings in each term. THEORY MUS 101 (.5 course) Materials of Music I Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test) MUS 102 Materials of Music II (.5 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 111 Aural Skills I MUS 112 Aural Skills 11 (.5 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111) MUS 201 Materials of Music 111 (.5 course) Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 202 Form and Analysis (.5 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201 and 211with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 211 Aural Skills 111 (.5 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing, and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101. (.5 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112) 200 Music MUS 212 Aural Skills IV (.5 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211) MUS 301 Counterpoint 1 (.5 course) 16th- through 18th-century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue, and canon. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 302 Counterpoint 11 (.5 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Barber, Copland, Hindemith, and Shostakovitch. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 311 Composition 1 (.5 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 312 Composition 11 (.5 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor) MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 111,231) MUS 342 Choral Conducting (.5 course) Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection, advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting (.5 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors. MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,201) Music 20" MUS 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101,102,201) MUS 241 History of Jazz This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and progressive jazz. MUS 320 Worlds of Music A survey of non-Western musical cultures. Thefollowingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the histoly of music: MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) (.5 course) MUS 332 Music of the Classical Period (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) (.5 course) MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) (.5 course) MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) (.5 course) MUS 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. MUS 435 Voice Repertoire A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251-254 or permission from instructor) MUS 436 Piano Repertoire (.5 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening, analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES MUS 199 Internship See description on page 85. MUS 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. 202 Music MUS 399 Internship See description on page 85. MUS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. TECHNIQUE MUS 152 Class Voice (.25 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. MUS 155 Class Piano (.25 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor) MUS 158 Class Guitar (.25 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253), French Diction (254) (each .25 course) Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian, German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors. MUS 358 Junior Recital (-0 course) B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy (.5 course) Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. MUS 458 Senior Recital (.O course) One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. MUS 459 Senior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. - Music 20 W THERAPY MUS 271 MUS 272 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (.5 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children. Human ldentity through the Creative Arts A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement. MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 372 MUS 373 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 472 Human ldentity through the Creative Arts See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module. MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings, including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. Music (.25 course each) MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375,and pass piano and guitar proficiency test) MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.5 course) Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months. (1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests) ENSEMBLES (MUE) These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to concert band members. While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in band, orchestra, choir or Riverside Singers will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students. MUE 111 Augsburg Choir (-25 course) MUE 112 Riverside Singers of Augsburg (.25 course) MUE 113 Vocal Chamber (.O course) MUE 114 Masterworks Chorale (.25 course) MUE 121 Orchestra (.25 course) MUE 122 String Ensemble (.O course) MUE 131 Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course) MUE 141 Concert Band (.25 course) MUE 142 Brass Ensemble (.O course) MUE 143 Jazz Ensemble (.O course) MUE 144 Percussion Ensemble (.O course) - Music 20! PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation, and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; music minor-Level I; B.A. and B.S. majors-Enter I and attain 111; B.M. -Education major-Enter I1 attain IV; B.M.-Performance majorEnter I1 and attain V LESSONS MUP 111-411 Voice MUP137-437 Horn MUP 121-421 Violin MUP 141-441 Trumpet MUP 122-422 Viola MUP 142-442 Trombone MUP 123-423 Cello MUP 143-443 Baritone M UP 124-424 Bass MUP144-444 Tuba MUP 131-431 Oboe MUP 152-452 Piano MUP 132-432 Bassoon MUP 159a Piano accompanying MUP 133-433 Clarinet MUP 161-461 Guitar MUP 1 3 4 4 3 4 Saxophone MUP 171-471 Percussion MUP 135-435 Flute MUP 181-481 Organ MUP 191-491 Harp Note carefully the following provisions: A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lesson during the Interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hoursin advance; otherwise except for illness immediately prior to the lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg Department of Music. T he natural science licensure program - for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. Courses are designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Coordinator Arlin Gyberg Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current licensure requirements. Broad Base Requirements Two earth science (PHY 101 Astronomy, PHY 106 Meteorology, or geology) BIO 113 Introductory Organism1 Biology BIO 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry ~ - Biology Major (for licensure in life science) Broad base requirements, plus: BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 491 Seminar Six other biology courses, including at least one from each of the following groups: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology or BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology or BIO 440 Plant Physiology BIO 367 Biochemistry or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 476 Microbiology or BI0 481 Ecology And one course in Organic Chemistry Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Two courses: one in earth science (astronomy, meteorology, or geology), and one in general biology. Natural Science 20; Chemistry Major (for licensure in physical science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation major in chemistry: CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, 11 (WEC only) One advanced chemistry course One year of General Physics Two physics courses above General Physics (Recommended: PHY 245 Modem Physics and PHY 261 Electronics) Physics Major (for licensure in physical science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation major in physics: PHY 121 General Physics PHY 122 General Physics PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only) MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations* Two additional physics courses above 122 One year of General Chemistry One course of Organic Chemistry and One course of Analytical Chemistry *Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics may substitute for MAT 247 See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. See listing under Modem Languages. I I he Augsburg Department of Nursing is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities in the health care field. The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through the entire life span for people of all cultures and socioeconomic levels. The bachelor's degree equips nurses with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle challenging new positions in today's health care field. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a bachelor of science degree with a major in nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health nurse registration in Minnesota. With two additional courses, they are eligible to apply for school nurse certification. Nursing Faculty Beverly Nilsson (Chair), Lucie Ferrell, Pamela Weiss Major Ten courses including: NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I NUR 3 11 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family NUR 431 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Students also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements. The program has been planned so that the major can be completed within two academic years; however, students may pursue their studies at a slower pace. Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends with practicum courses requiring additional weekday time. More time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with an adviser from the Department of Nursing for program planning. - Nursing 205 Honors Major Admission to the honors major requires: a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall, application to the department chair by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis to be presented before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement. The following steps may be taken in any order, but all must be completed prior to application for admission into the nursing major. 1.Admission to Augsburg College: Before you can apply for the nursing program, you must first be admitted to Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2 GPA. 2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate degree or diploma nursing program with a 2.5 overall GPA. 3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The applicant must be a registered nurse who is licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the nursing major. 4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology, and introductory psychology. These courses may be taken at Augsburg or at another accredited college or university. 5. Current clinical practice: Applicants must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years). This may include graduation from a school of nursing, work experience, or completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. 6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record. Options for Completing the Degree Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree. Nursing courses at Augsburg are available only through Weekend College. Classes usually meet on alternate weekends for one 3 1/2 hour time block. Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays. However, students also can complete their liberal arts general education requirements by taking courses in day school and Weekend College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting the nursing major. 210 Nursing - NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles. NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a patientlclient situation. NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities. NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing II: Practicum** Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems. Students will apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory, and basic public health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310) NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice. NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) . .. .. ...-. .........- - Nursing 211 NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is examined. (Prereq.: NUR 311) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family** Clinical practice offering the student an opportunity to provide complex nursing care to culturally diverse families in selected practice settings. (Prereq.: NUR 403) NUR 431 LeadershipIManagement:Theory and Practice** Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor. NUR 432 Topics in Nursing Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students. Independent Study: NUR 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. Note: I f NUR 31 1 and NUR 423 are not taken immediately following their respective theoly courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more thanfive years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses. ** This course involves an additional clinicalfee. T he Department of Philosophy assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. We consider questions about what knowledge is and how we know about the nature of reality, about the basis for making moral judgments, and about the rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the significance and meaning of the world they experience, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The department places a special emphasis on the history of philosophy, offering four courses covering the period from the ancient Greeks to the end of the 20th century. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand, and criticize great texts of Western civilization and to see how ideas have developed and matured through the centuries. The department also offers courses where philosophy and its methods and ideas are applied to other disciplines such as religion, science, and the arts. The major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with a major in philosophy and one in another discipline. Though some students continue on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, or the Christian ministry. Philosophy majors generally perform better than others on graduate entrance examinations in medicine and law. Others enter the work place confident that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. Philosophy Faculty David Apolloni (Chair), Mark Fuehrer, Bruce Reichenbach Major Nine courses including: PHI 230 Logic PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Enlightenment and 19thCentury Philosophy PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV 20thCentury Philosophy A 400-level course (other than PHI 499) Three elective courses in philosophy Five courses must be upper division. Honors Major Admission to the philosophy honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Minor Five courses, including two from PHI 241,242,343, and 344. - Philosophy 213 PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like how we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically. PHI 120 Ethics By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125. PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI 125 may not receive credit for PHI 120. PHI 175 Philosophy of Love and Sex Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and history of romantic love and its relationship to sex. PHI 215 Philosophy of the Emotions and Passions An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion with the intention of discovering the nature and role on this aspect of human nature. The impact of emotions upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations, and even religion are explored. PHI 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as Stoic, Epicurean, and Neoplatonic writings. 2'4 Philosophy PHI 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring) PHI 260 Philosophy and the Arts Attempt is made to ask and answer some of the following questions: What is a work of art? Is there such a thing as good and bad taste? What is aesthetic experience? PHI 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and l%h-Century Philosophy This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th-century idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall) PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy An overview of the major schools of philosophical thought in the 20th century: analysis, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, structuralism, and deconstructionism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241, 242, and 343) PHI 350 Philosophy of Religion We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy) PHI 355 Asian Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 360 Political Philosophy The question, What is just society? is considered with the answers given in the 20th century by utilitarianism, liberalism, Marxism, communitarianism, libertarianism, and feminism. PHI 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods. (Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science) - Philosophy 215 PHI 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings-both philosophical and literary-f prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia. PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent of instructor. Offered annually) Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHI 199 Internship See description on page 85. PHI 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. PHI 399 Internship See description on page 85. PHI 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. PHYSICAL EDUCATION See listing under Health and Physical Education. T he Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is designed for students interested in careers as health care providers. The physician assistant concept originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians and educators recognized that there was a shortage and uneven distribution of primary care physicians. To combat these problems, the Physician Assistant Program was developed. All PAs must, by law or regulation, have a supervising physician. An important element of the physician assistant education is the emphasis on patient education. The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is a 27-month program of study for students with at least 64 semester hours of college credit. A new class of 28 students begins each May. Students who intend to enter the Physician Assistant Program must apply by December of the previous year. The program is very competitive and not all students who apply are accepted. Physician assistant students who have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will earn a bachelor of arts in physician assistant studies upon successful completion of the program. The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is currently accreditated from CAAHEP (Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs). In order for someone to practice as a physician assistant, one must graduate from an accredited PA program and pass the PA National Certification Examination. Practice regulations differ from state to state. The mission of the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program is to educate students in a manner consistent with the College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to undersewed populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development. Physician Assistant Faculty Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair), David Johnson, Manuel Kaplan, Martha Kelly, Teny Lewis, LuAnn Shay Major First Year (Twelve Months) Twelve courses including: Human Anatomy and PA 3 11 Neuroanatomy PA 321 Human Physiology PA 331 PA Seminar Phannacology I PA 35 1 PA 361 Clinical Medicine I History & Physical Exam PA 371 Skills I PA 341 Current Trends PA 362 Clinical Medicine I1 PA 352 Pharmacology I1 PA 363 Clinical Medicine 111 History & Physical Exam PA 372 Skills I1 PA 380 Emergency Medicine and three supporting courses including: PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care I1 PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care - Physician Assistant 21; Second Year (Fifteen Months) Prerequisite: successful completion of the first year of the PA Program and all courses must be taken as traditional grading. Clinical rotations in prearranged health care facilities including: PA 400 Family Medicine .............6 weeks PA 410 Internal Medicine............6 weeks PA 420 General Surgery ..............6 weeks PA 430 Pediatrics.........................6 weeks PA 440 OBlGynecology ...............6 weeks PA 450 Emergency Medicine ...... 6 weeks PA 460 Psychiatry........................6 weeks PA 470 Electives ..........................6 weeks PA 480 Family Medicine Preceptorship ..................Final 11 weeks of program A minimum grade of 2.0 in each physician assistant and supporting course of study is required. Students in the degree program also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements. The program is planned so that the major will be completed in 27 months. The courses are offered consecutively, with subsequent courses based on material taught in previous courses; therefore, students are accepted for full-time study only. The following steps must be completed to apply for admission into the Physician Assistant Program. 1. Prerequisite course content: The following courses must have been completed at Augsburg (or an approved equivalent course at another accredited institution) with a GPA of 2.0 or better: One year biological sciences for majors Recommended courses include: BIO 113 Introductory Organismal Biology BIO 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology BIO 355 Genetics BIO 473 Animal Behavior BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 476 Microbiology CHM 223 Organic Chemistry or CHM 3511352 PSY 105 Principles of Psychology 2. It is recommended students maintain a cumulative and science GPA of 3.0 or better to remain competitive with all potential applicants. 3. All general education perspectiveslskills (except The City, one Writing Skill, Speaking Skill, and Critical Thinking) must have been completed. The above perspectives and skills are included in the physician assistant curriculum. 4. Submit a complete application to the program prior to the deadline, usually the end of December. Call the office for the official deadline each year. A comp!ete application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an, application fee, and an official transcript from each post-secondary school attended. 5. Application and admission to Augsburg College prior to matriculation to the Physician Assistant Program. Physician Assistant PA 31 1 PA 321 Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy. The course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is offered only to students accepted into the PA Program. Human Physiology A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and endocrine systems, and the special senses. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program) PA 331 PA Seminar A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including the laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program or consent of instructor) PA 341 Current Trends This course educates the student in understanding medical literature, research of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program) PA 351 Pharmacology l This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology, and prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic, cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and successful completion of summer semester) PA 352 Pharmacology II This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, and prescriptive practices as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351) PA 361 Clinical Medicine I A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and successful completion of summer semester) PA 362 Clinical Medicine II A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic, and neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361) Phvsician Assistant 21! Clinical Medicine Ill A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic, gynecologic, obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic, and immunologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 363) History and Physical Exam Skills I A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program) History and Physical Exam Skills II A lecture/discussion/laboratorycourse with extensive clinical exposure designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371) Emergency Medicine A lecture/laboratory course designed to educate the student in common emergency procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical procedures, and cardiac arrest protocol. (Prereq.: PA 371 and 362) Family Medicine A six-week required rotation that emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases, and conditions unique to the clinical practice of family medicine. Internal Medicine A six-week required rotation during which the indication, limitation, and methods of performing the necessary diagnostic procedure and therapeutic measures used in the treatment of general medicine disorders are reviewed. General Surgery A six-week required rotation providing an orientation to patients of various ages with surgically manageable diseases, emphasizing preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative periods. Pediatrics A six-week required rotation designed to emphasize care of the child from birth through adolescence, emphasizing common childhood illnesses, normal growth and development, and abnormal variations. - 220 Physician Assistant PA 440 OB/CYN A six-week required rotation that provides an exposure to the spectrum of problems and issues associated with women's health care, including pregnancy, common gynecological diseases, and preventive care. PA 450 Emergency Medicine A six-week required rotation designed to provide an in-depth exposure to the illnesses and injuries sustained by all ages that necessitate emergency care. PA 460 Psychiatry . A six-week required rotation designed to provide an understanding of the behavioral components of health, disease, and disability with exposure to patients with a variety of psychiatric diagnoses. PA 470 Electives A total of six weeks spent by the student in a department-approved rotation of the student's choice, such as, but not limited to, cardiology, orthopedics, radiology, dermatology, and neurology. PA 480 Family Medicine Preceptorship An 11-week required rotation providing the student an opportunity to utilize all skills and knowledge gained in the program, emphasizing complete patient care in a family medicine setting. (Prereq: completion of the clinical year of PA studies) P hysicists are a curious and ambitious lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Historically called "natural philosophers," physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to the largest galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery activity of stars. Physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weatker, medical science, and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and the need to keep abreast of rapid technological advances, the department strives to give students not only an understanding of basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. A rigorous major provides students with the preparation required for graduate study in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the medical and health-related fields. The department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses provide the basis for further study and enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and advanced degree levels, and administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. It also maintains active research programs (supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation, and other federal agencies) through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work as research assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative education, internship, and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their knowledge and problem-solgng skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Physics Faculty Jeffrey Johnson, Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson, William Monsma Physics Research Staff Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences 222 Physics BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS Major 13 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory Two elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 MAT 245,247 Calculus 111 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics H BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major 17 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 261 Electronics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 352 Mechanics I1 PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory I1 PHY 486 Quantum Physics I One physics course above PHY 122 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course. Honors Major A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121, 122 during the freshman year, and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. - Physics 22: Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in the society is open to all students interested in physics. Three elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 Sigma Pi Sigma Society of Physics Students The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a , GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank i n the upper third of their class. PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system. stars. and galaxies and tracing development scimtific thoughr from earlv civilization to the present. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are required, (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring) PHY 103 Conceptual Physics Applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics and explore hands-on intuitive approach. (Two threehour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall, spring) PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A survey of the basic principles of the Earth's weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) PHY 116 Introduction to Physics An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall) PHY 121 General Physics I A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall) 2" Physics PHY 122 General Physics II A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring) PHY 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics. This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one one-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall) PHY 261 Electronics AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lecl tures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146. Spring: cross-listed with computer science) PHY 320 Introduction to Space Science A survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring) PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring: cross-listed with mathematics) PHY 351 Mechanics I Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall) PHY 352 Mechanics II Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY 351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring) PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and electric properties of materials. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall) - Physics 225 PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring) PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course) An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall) PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (-5 course) A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) PHY 420 Plasma Physics Y u n d a m e n t a l s of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration) PHY 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and . approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Fall) PHY 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring) Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHY 199 lnternship See description on page 85. PHY 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. PHY 399 lnternship See description on page 85. PHY 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. F irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public administration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other intemships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area. Combined with broad, balanced, and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that offers courses in all major areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and international politics, mass communication and other information technology, racial and ethnic politics, and American public law. Political Science Faculty Andrew Aoki (Chair), Milda Hedblom, Philipp Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Moms, Norma Noonan Major Ten courses: POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 483 Political/Statistics/Methodology POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Required elective-ne of the following: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 160 World Politics POL 170 Law in the United States Also at least five other upper division courses in four out of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Only one internship may count for an upper division area. Also one other political science course in any area, upper or lower division. Honors Major The honors major in political science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's GPA must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the student must take an honors independent study and a seminar, and must submit an - Political Science 227 honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their honors thesis. For specific requirements, consult the department chair. Students should apply for the honors major no later than the junior year. Minor Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas. POL 483 may not usually be used for a minor. Political Science Areas (I) American Government and Politics, (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chair. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS POL 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential, and bureaucratic policy-making; and current issues in American society POL 122 Metropolitan Complex Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on actors, structures, and other influences on urban public policy Discussiodecture, case studies of the Tivin Cities metro area, and meetings with public officials and activists. POL 124 American Women and Politics Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic, and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives. POL 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion, and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) 228 Political Science POL 342 Mass Communication in Society A study of the effects of new information technology, of new communications networks such as the Internet, and of the traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. Includes issues such as ethics, censorship, and internationalism~.(Prereq.: Sophomore standing.) POL 370 Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 375 Media Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive, or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. POL 350 Topics In European Politics Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states. The course will focus on either European community law and politics or domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 351 Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist~post-communist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 459 Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political development, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) - Political Science 229 Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four courses in the international relations sequence) IV. PUBLIC LAW POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. POL 370 Constitutional Law The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of insuuctor) POL 371 Topics in Constitutional Law Selected topics in constitutional law, especially civil rights. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor) POL 375 Media Law Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics, and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent of instructor) 230 Political Science V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description.) POL 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 381 Topics in Democratic Theory Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 382 Marxist Theory Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the changing role of Marxist doctrines in society (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor) POL 383 Political and Social Change Examines cultural, social, and political change, focusing largely but not exclusively on the United States. Also emphasizes understanding the process of political change, and how individuals can participate effectively in that political process. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.) POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS POL 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) POL 483 Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology An introductory survey of the methods of political science with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and research design including evaluation of existing research in the field. Discussion of experimental designs, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political survey. POL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. - Political Science 231 nternships and Independent Study Courses: POL 199 POL 299 POL 399 POL 499 lnternship See description on page 85. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception. Directed Study See description on page 86. lnternship See description on page 85. Independent Study/Research See description on page 86. P sychology is an exploration of behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding of individual and group behavior. Psychology's scientific method also equips students to understand and use scientific research and to make more informed judgments about claims in the popular media. To prepare students for graduate study and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a strong foundation in research and theoretical work with application of knowledge and skills in coursework, research experience, and internships within the community The curriculum's emphasis on problem-solving skills and current information about human development and interaction is also relevant to careers in many related setting* business, education, social services, research, law, government, church, and medicine. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology have varied professional spec i a l i z a t i o ~ l i n i c a lcounseling, , physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, environmental, and industriallorganizational psychology-as well as expertise in psychological applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through a variety of learning experiences-within and outside the classroom, with group and individual projects, and through association with Augsburg's active Psychology Club, Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student research teams. Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Emily Hause, Duane Johnson, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget Robinson-Riegler Major Ten courses including: PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 200 Psychological Science Laboratory PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I PSY 330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis 11 PSY 399 Internship At least one course from the following: PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology PSY 355 Biopsychology PSY 359 Assessment At least one course from the following: PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues At least three additional psychology courses. (Majors are strongly encouraged to take more than 10 psychology courses; no more than 13 count for graduation. ) Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be counted. Transfer-course policy for majors and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective or PSY 105 credit for the major. WEC psychology courses are offered only on an alternating year basis. All psychology majors must have an adviser in the psychology department. - Psychology 233 Teaching Licensure Major Honors Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high-quality research project culminating the major program. Formal application must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements. Minor Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105, and four electives. A minimum of two courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299, 399, and 499 may be counted. PSY 101 Self-Identity and Values A study of personal life and the role of the individual in the larger social context. Topics include development of identity and gender roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.) PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes, and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.) PSY 105 Principles of Psychology An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research participation is required. PSY 200 Psychological Science Laboratory An introduction to the science of psychology through problem-solving. The focus is application of psychological principles to real-world issues. Emphasis on data collection, summary, and communication. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 201 Health Psychology Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis, and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230 must precede PSY 330. (Prereq.: PSY 200) 234 Psychology PSY 325 Social Behavior Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence, attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 200 or consent of insmctor) PSY 330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in the term immediately following PSY 230. PSY 230 may be taken for one course credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 with a grade of 2.0 or higher) PSY 351 Child Development Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult Development Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 353 Aging and Adulthood Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the elderly (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 230) PSY 355 Biopsychology Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psycholo& personality, normal and altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 230) PSY 356 Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence of the physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 357 Behavior Analysis Principles of learninghehavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105) - Psychology 23: PSY 359 Assessment Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement, personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 230) PSY 361 Personality Theory, research, and assessment of behavior patterns of individuals. Historical and current views of personality with attention to cultural factors. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to psychological disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I (Physician Assistant Program requirement) Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.: Junior standing in PA Program or PSY 355 and instructor approval) PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care II (Physician Assistant Program requirement) Continuation of PSY 368. Specific skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of health care plans. Emphasis on psychopathology. (Prereq.: PSY 368) PSY 371 Psychology of Gender Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational Psychology The theoretical and applied study of organizations: group processes and organizational change, member characteristics and appraisal. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 381 Historical Perspectives Consideration of psychological questions and theoretical positions as they developed historically Changes from philosophical roots to scientific method and postmodernism. (Prereq.: Two psychology courses) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Three PSY courses and junior class standing) PSY 490 Current Topics in Psychology Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and consent of instructor) - 236 Psychology PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students' knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary research issues. Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 330 or comparable course approved by instructor) PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion and exploration of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and junior standing) Internships and Independent Study Courses. PSY 199 lnternship See description on page 85. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other psychology course). PSY 299 Directed study See description on page 86. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 399 Internship See description on page 85. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. (Prereq.: PSY 330) PSY 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. (Prereq.: PSY 330) R eligion asks fundamental questions of life and meaning: Who are we as human beings? Where did we come from? Where did the world come from? What do good and evil mean in this time and place? Students will wrestle with these questions and with responses from the Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions. Through this study of religion, students will learn to understand, appreciate, and articulate the Christian faith, as based in the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church and its history, and as interactive in the contemporary world and with other world religions. Students will also develop the ability to read and interpret the Bible, other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their meaning for human life in relation to God becomes evident. In addition students will develop skills for becoming leaders in the religious communities to which they belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and practices differ from their own. A religion major encourages students to seek their future in the world andlor church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in minisq, nurses, youth and family ministry lay professionals in congregations, and as social service and human resource professionals in a wide variety of settings. Religion Faculty Lynne Lorenzen (Chair), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Philip Quanbeck 11, Beverly J. Stratton, Mark Tranvik BACHELOR OF ARTS Religion Major Eight courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Stuclles REL 356 History of Religions REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar Three additional religion courses, of which two must be upper division courses. Note: Seminar, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chair. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the department by Dec. 30 of the student's senior year. Minor Five religion courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the minor. Note: Not all courses that meet Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward the religion major or minor. Youth and Family Ministry Major The major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as youth and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This 238 Religion major is interdisciplinary, combining a core study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training, using resources of the Youth and Family Institute of Augsburg College. Students are accepted into the program through a twostep candidacy process. This major requires an approximately 100-hour internship administered by the Youth and Family Institute in partnership with a congregation. It may be possible for the intern to receive a stipend for this internship. The candidacy process begins with application, normally in the fall of the student's sophomore or junior year. Two of the theology core courses must be completed before making application to the program. An essay, one letter of reference, an assessment instrument called "Self Portrait," and an interview are required for candidacy review. The teaching staff will conduct step one. The second step will be conducted by the Youth and Family Institute staff with help from experienced pastors, a member of the religion faculty, and youth and family ministers. This usually follows the internship in the fall of the senior year. Retaking the "Self Portrait," an essay, an assessment of the internship, and an interview are required. This step is very important for recommending the students for employment. Major Ten courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 362 Theology of the Reformers REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar Youth and family ministry core: REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry (Interim) REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership (Interim) REL 358 Life and Work of the Church REL 399 Internship Theology elective: choose one of the following: REL 356 History of Religions REL 353 DenoIltkmtions and Religious Groups in America REL 343 Theology of Marriage (Interim) and six supporting courses: EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective EDU 265 Orientation to Education (with field work) or SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 351 Child Development or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult Development or SWK 260 Humans Developing Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major may not also major or minor in religion. - Religion 23s "" "" Or 331 isprmequisite to all other courses. REL 111 or 221 is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg. Junior or senior transfer students who are required to take two Christian Faith Perspective courses may take REL 331 as the prerequisite for other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for aligion department credit. All majors must have an adviser in the department. REL 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine. REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of the church. REL 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism. REL 331 Foundations in Bible and Theology An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 111or REL 221. REL 353 Denominations and Religious Croups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. 240 Religion REL 357 Giants of Christian Faith A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. REL 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work, and parish work. REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society ,REL 361 The Church in the Fi'rst Four Centuries A study ofthe early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom, councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions. REL 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. REL 363 Religion in America A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. REL 386 Speaking of Genesis An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related biblical texts. REL 390 Theology of Death and Dying A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology. - Religion 24' REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia. REL 441 Feminism and Christianity Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. REL 471 Jews and His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus. REL 472 Paul the Apostle A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings. REL 475 Judaism An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as attention to current issues facing the Jewish community The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism. REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. REL 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. 242 Religion REL 490 Topics in Religion Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular course offerings. REL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year; others by permission of instructor. (Fall) Internships and Independent Study Courses: REL 199 Internship See description on page 85. Limited to special cases. REL 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. REL 399 Internship See description on page 85. REL 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. See department listing for a description of the following approved elective: RELIPHI 350 Philosophy of Religion (See PHI 350) T his major, offered through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of Central and Eastern Europe and Russia. This interdisciplinary major offers an opportunity to become well acquainted with societies in socio-economical and political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area. Experience with the Russian language or, through the University of Minnesota one of the Eastern European languages, is required. Russian, Central, and East European studies is a sound liberal arts major offering considerable flexibility and career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history language, and literature or political science. Courses are offered at Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing on the faculty and resources of the five ACTC institutions. Adviser Magda PalecznyZapp Major Eleven courses, including language and area studies courses: A. Language Courses: Two years of basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or equivalent competencies. B. Area Studies Courses: Track 1: Concentration in humanities Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 1,plus one course from Track 2, as approved by adviser. Track 2: Concentration in social sciences Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 2, plus one course from Track 1, as approved by adviser. C. Two other courses selected from either Track 1 or Track 2. D. Students are smongly recommended to take a third year of Russian or any other East European language. A program of study abroad in Russia or one of the Central or East European countries during a semester, Interim, or during the summer is strongly encouraged. All options should be discussed with the student's adviser. - 244 Russian, Central, and East European Studies TRACK 1 HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the 20th Century E L 420 The Russian Orthodox Church TRACK 2 SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION E L 420 The Russian Orthodox Church ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission of adviser) POL 351 Topics in Communisflost Communist Systems (Requires permission of adviser) POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy Students may take other Eastern European language courses that are offered at the University of Minnesota through ACTC. See the adviser or contact the ACTC office for further information. Students may not receive credit for the same course taken on different campuses. The following courses are considered to be equivalent to-one another: (Location: A = Augsburg; H = Hamline; M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St. Thomas.) HIS 60 M = HIS 337 H HIST 333 T = HIST 373 H = HIST 348 A = HIST 351 C *ECO25M=ECO317A= ECO 349 T = ECO 349 C Faculty Advising Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and effective program. Each ACTC institution has a faculty member on the Russian, Central, and East European Studies Committee. These advisers can help with selection of courses, recommendations for study abroad, and consideration of career options. The current advisers are: Augsburg, Magda Paleczny-Zapp, 330-1761; Hamline, Karen Vogel, - 641-2973 and Nick Hayes, 641-2314; Macalester, Gary Krueger, 6966222; St. Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith, 690-6553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour, 962-5164. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. s tudents preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competencybased program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Coordinator Christopher Kimball Social Studies Teaching Licensure Seven courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 222 20th-Century U.S. POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes PSY 105 Principles of Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 336 Introduction to Cbltural Anthropology One course in geography (human or cultural) Plus a major in one of five fields-economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the social studies coordinator. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. T he social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist, professional practice in the field of social work. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a bachelor of science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities and to develop and analyze social policy. Courses within the program utilize a student empowerment model for teaching and learning. Augsburg's social work major provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has offered a full-time master of social work degree on a weekend schedule. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts foundation, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, and analysis and synthesis, is ideal for social work education. Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the Department of Social Work. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life that is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a variety of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect, and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The social welfare minor and electives in the department allow students from other majors to gain knowledge about human needs and growth, human s e ~ c e s , and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to learn about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country Using this knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good, always emphasizing social justice. Social Work Faculty Glenda Dewberry Rooney (Chair), Anthony Bibus (BSW Program director), Vern Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW field coordinator), Lois Bosch, Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Maria Dinis, Annette Gerten, Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten, Curt Paulsen, Michael Schock (BSW field coordinator), Edward Skarnulis, Clarice Staff, Mary Lou Williams - Social Work 24; Concentration Major Ten core courses: SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups SWK 3 17 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional and seven supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 Principles of Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, and Race SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 GPA is required in the supporting program. ' Concentrations in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. A concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For social ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy Social work majors must be granted candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400-level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level are necessary for candidacy review. Social Welfare Minor (for other majors) Six courses including: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: Communities and Polices SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity Gender, and Race and one course from: SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 325 Public Administration -Social Work 248 School Social Work Licensure Requirements State Department of Education required coursework includes EDU 265, HPE 115, and 400 hours in school social work settings. See adviser for additional specifics. Social Ministries This concentration helps to focus social workers on work in church congregations or church-sponsored social programs and projects. The concentration was designed by the Departments of Religion and Social Work. The concentration is achieved by completing the f0110~ingCourse of study: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups . SWK 317 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional Social Ministries Minor in Religion Required course--choose one: REL 111 Introduction to Theology or REL 221 Biblical Studies Suggested course-hoose four: REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363, 366,370,415,441, and 483. H ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. SWK 230 Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace. SWK 257 Exploring Human Services This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to perform 60 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the weekly seminar. SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Social Work *4! SWK 301 History and the Analysis of Social Policy This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) SWK 406 Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies This course focuses on social change through community organization; community development and social action; with emphasis on history, theories, and issues relevant to social change; the understanding of communities, human service agencies, and practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development This course includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy agency or official. (Prereq.: SWK 301, 406, and senior standing or consent of instructor) COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals and small groups, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: Integrative Seminar with SWK 301, junior standing) SWK 307 Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar* Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (Prereq.: SWK 301, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 306. P/N grading only) SWK 316 Social Work Practice [I: With Families and Croups This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on generalist practice in social group and family work. (Prereq.: candidacy status) SWK 317 Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar* Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus an integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading only) *Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for work infield sites. - 250 Social Work SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program and practice evaluations, plus use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) SWK 407 Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar* Field work practicum, a total of 60 or 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status. P/N grading only) SWK 417 Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar* Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status. P/N grading only) SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional This course reviews professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job attainment, and strategies for agency change and empowering clients. (Prereq.: candidacy status.) Internships and lndependent Study Courses: SWK 199 lnternship See description on page 85. SWK 295 Topics: Special themes in social work specified in subtitle. SWK 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. SWK 399 lnternship See description on page 85. SWK 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. *Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for work infield sites. s ociology is the study of society as a whole and of human social organization in groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how human beings come to think and act as they do. The goal of the department is to guide students in gaining knowledge of the social order, how it affects them in their daily lives, and how it can be applied to their vocation. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and social groups, learn to create and use scientific tools of analysis, and practice the application of sociological concepts to the solution of social problems. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim courses, and field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships and cooperative education enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice field, and as professors of sociology. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as l a y the ministry, social work, urban planning, and human services. Sociology Faculty Diane Pike (Chair), Gany Hesser, James Vela-McConnell, Gordon Nelson, Michael O'Neal, Rita Weisbrod Major Ten courses including: SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 349 Complex Organizations SOC 362 Statistical Analysis SOC 363 Research Methods SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory and four additional sociology courses. Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended. Concentration in Crime and Community Many of our students are interested in the field of criminal justice. This concentration, however, is not a traditional criminal justice program. Rather, the focus is on understanding crime in the community with respect to prevention, to solution of problems that lead to crime. Students interested in community crime prevention as well as the traditional aspects of criminal justice+ourts, prisons, probation, and law-will be served by this major. See department chair for specific requirements. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. - 252 Sociology Honors Maior To complete the honors major in sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In . addition, students must: (1) successfully complete an internship, independent study, or cooperative education experience; (2) submit a portfolio of completed papers and projects. See department chair for specific requirements. Lo 0 0 An application for the honors major can be obtained from the department chair. A letter of intent to apply for honors should be received by the chair no later than Nov. 1 of the senior year. The application and portfolio must be submitted for department acceptance by March 1. Minor Five courses including SOC 121 and two upper division courses, at least two of which must be &ken at Augsburg College. o w SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society What is society and how does i t make us who we are? socidlogy offers insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions with each other. (Fall, spring) SOC 21 1 Community and the Modern Metropolis How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic, and ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility (Fall, spring) SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective Diversity in family systems is explored among world cultures and within mainstream and sub-cultures in the United States. Students prepare and deliver oral reports on world and American family topics. (Fall, spring) SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, and Race Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality. (Fall, spring) - Sociology 253 SOC 277 Introduction to Criminology What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall) SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology . A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) SOC 349 Complex Organizations What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society (Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall) SOC 362 Statistical Analysis This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative a n a l y s k b e it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall) SOC 363 Research Methods Good researchdo you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 375 Social Psychology How does soceity construct the individual? How does the individual construct society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring) SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) 254 Sociology SOC 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) Internships and Independent Study Courses: SOC 199 lnternship See description on page 85. SOC 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. SOC 399 lnternship See description on page 85. SOC 498 lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andlor consent of instructor. Fall, spring) SOC 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and department chair. Fall, spring) SPANISH See listing under Modem Languages. O ur quality . of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality . of our communication. A communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, English, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts. The Augsburg communication major focuses on competency in both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in their programs. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major Program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty Martha Johnson (Chair), Deborah Redmond, Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, David Lapakko, George Gaetano BACHELOR OF ARTS Communication Major 12 courses overall-six required core courses and six courses within one of three emphases. For transfer students, at least six of these 12 courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. Required of all communication majors: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 188 Forensics Practicum (non-credit) SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication One of the following: ENG 223, 225, 226. 227. Rhetoric Emphasis Six additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495, 499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 230; PSY 325,371; SOC 362,375. Organizational Communication Emphasis Six additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART 132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or 450; CSC 160; PSY 325,371,373; SOC 265, 349, 375. Mass Communication Emphasis Six electives from the follo&ng: SPC 343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132, 225,330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL 342,375; THR 232,325,350,360. substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. For All Three Emphases Communication Minor Six courses including: SPC 111, Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speakipg POL 342 Mass Communication in Society or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication or SPC 355 Small Group Communication ENG 223,225,226 or 227 Majors must participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics Program by attending at least tw6 interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum) is required to document participation. Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October through mid-March, and should plan schedules accordingly All majors should plan to include at least one internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Students may petition the department to include is part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the departmental adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the adviser or department chair. Honors Major The honors major is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a c o ~ u n i c a t i o n faculty adviser. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. SPC 111 Public Speaking The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring) SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both. Fall) SPC 188 Forensics Practicum A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring) SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Fall: alternate years) SPC 343 Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. (Fall) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems. (Fall: alternate years) SPC 347 Documentary Video A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.: SPC 343 or 347) SPC 351 Argumentation Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. SPC 352 Persuasion Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Spring) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Fall, spring) SPC 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making, leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring) SPC 495 Communication Topics Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Internships and Independent Study Courses. SPC 199 lnternship See description on page 85. SPC 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. SPC 399 lnternship See description on page 85. SPC 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. See department listings for the following approved electives: ART 132 Photography PHI 230 ART 225 Communication Design I POL 342 Communication Design II ART 330 POL 375 Human Resource BUS 340 PSY 325 Management PSY 371 Marketing BUS 355 Communications PSY 373 Marketing Management BUS 450 SOC 265 lntroduction t o CSC 160 Computer Science and Communications SOC 362 lntroduction t o Creative ENC 226 SOC 375 Writing THR 232 lntroduction t o Cinema Art ENC 241 THR 325 Advanced Journalism ENC 327 THR 350 Quantitative Journalism ENC 347 THR 360 Theories o f Grammar LIN 311 (see Modem Languages) Logic Mass Communication in Society Media Law Social Behavior Psychology of Cender Industrial/Organizational Psychology Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, and Race Statistical Analysis Social Psychology Acting Playwriting Voice and Diction Interpretative Reading T he study of theatre is firmly grounded in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege and principles from many academic and artistic disciplines, including speechkommunication, art, music, history English, literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic productions by the Theatre Arts Program offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural theatre. Augsburg's location in the heart of a major theatre center makes it an ideal place to study theatre. At Augsburg we seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and scholars, by encouraging connections between our campus and the greater arts community while also exploring connections between theory and application. Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist Series (an annual series of events featuring visiting theatre professionals from the Twin Cities community who work closely with students,) and attendance at numerous professional productions in the Twin Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are treated as unique learning laboratories where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional artists-in-residence. In addition to learning skills specific to theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions: collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking, leadership, creativity, and self-expression. Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, edu- cation, business, communication, and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the workplace, the department strongly encourages a second major or minor in such fields as speech/communication, art, English, education, music, or religion. BACHELOR OF ARTS Theatre Arts Major Ten courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft THR 232 Acting THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism 1 THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Three of the following: THR 116 Creative Drama THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 350 Voice and Diction THR 360 Interpretive Reading THR 365 Advanced Acting THR 399 Internship or THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre Ten production units in three or more of the following areas: performance (three required), artistic (one required), and production (four required). Unless you are a transfer student. all six core courses must be taken at Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning is required. 260 Theatre Arts Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses THR 116, 222,232; sophomores: THR 228,245,361, 362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361, 365; seniors THR 365,366. Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only Thirteen theatre courses are allowed toward graduation. ' A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged, but not required. THR 002,003,004, or 005 is recommended to fulfill lifetime sports requirements.' Majors must participate in two out of three dramatic productions every year. Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major participation in productions. Honors Major . Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain. a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent proj'ect of honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Transfers: Transfer students are required to take three Augsburg upper division theatre arts'courses. ' Theatre Arts Minor Five courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft or THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 232 Acting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I or THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Five production units in the following areas: performance (two required), artistic (one required), and production (two . required). Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor Five courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 A directed studies course in dramaturgy or theatre criticism or theatre history ~eachingLicensure Major Students interested in the theatre teaching licensure major should consult with the theatre arts faculty for course requirements. Students should also consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher license requirements. - Theatre Arts 261 THRIHPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports-Introduction to Dance (.O course) This course offers an overview of various forms of dance from modem and ballet to Asian and Latin forms. Each class will begin with a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, breathing exercises, and modem dance technique. THRIHPE 004, 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern Dance and Improvisation (.O course) Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern. Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 00, or instructor's permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002,003,004, or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.) THR 116 Creative Drama A study of theatrical movement, mime, mask, actipg with an emphasis on active participation and reflective writing. (Fall) THR 222 Introduction to Theatre An introduction to survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall) THR 228 lntroduction to Stagecraft Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open40 all students. Lab required. (Fall) THR 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to,scene and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring) THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories,,and plays of traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures, films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years) THR 325lENC 325 Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television, and film. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the developmGt of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Fall: alternate years) 262 Theatre Arts THR 328 Theatrical Design Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR 228 or permission of instructor. Spring) THR 333 Acting for Camera An exploration of acting principles and techniques as applied to video and film. Since the art of acting enhances skills for on-camera effectiveness, actual TV drama scripts, commercials, and others will be used for video performance. THR 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Fall: alternate years) THR 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study, discuss, practice, and perform readings in prose, poetry, and drama before small and large groups. (Spring) THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Fall or Spring THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II r An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Fall or Spring) THR 365 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism,Restorationcomedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Fall or Spring) - Theatre Arts 263 THR 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor required. (Prereq.: THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring) THR 495 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. Internships and Independent Study Courses: THR 199 Internship See description on page 85. THR 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. THR 399 Internship See description on page 85. THR 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 86. See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he Women's Studies Program provides students with the opportunityto examine critically women's contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. This is an inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University, the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences. The Women's Studies Program offers both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and social work as well as graduate study. Major Ten courses that must include WST 201 Foundations in Women's Studies, WST 495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399 (internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved women's studies courses. At least three courses must be upper division courses. Students may take courses at any of the colleges participating in the women's studies department. However, at least three courses must be completed at Augsburg. The writing component of the graduation skills requirements for the women's studies major must also be completed at Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies program coordinator. Minor Women's Studies Faculty Jacqueline deVries (Coordinator), Kristin M. Anderson, Maria Brown, Grace B. Dyrud, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom, Victoria Littlefield, Lynne Lorenzen, Catherine Nicholl, Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Nancy K. Steblay, Beverly J. Stratton, James Vela-McConnell Five courses that must include WST 201; three electives, one of which must be upper division; and WST 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies programcoordinator. - Women's Studies 265 WST 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. WST 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, literature, and other aesthetic creations, the class analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will be placed on the perspectives of women of minority groups. WST 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 The Development Process (See International Studies, Women and Development.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies for course description.) WST 325 African American Women: Social, Historical, and Creative Perspectives This course examines the historical roots of African American women from Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women are examined, as well as past and current contributions by African American women. WST 481 Topics in Women's Studies WST 495 Women's Studies Seminar This advanced course will include student research and presentations that incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each year. 266 Women's Studies Internships and Independent Study Courses: WST 199 lnternship See description on page 85. WST 299 Directed Study See description on page 86. WST 399 lnternship See description on page 85. WST 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 86. Any must be approved in writing by the women's studies coordinator See department listingsfor descriptions of thefollowing approved electives: ART 352 Women and Art ENG 236 or 436 Women and Fiction ENG 480 Criticism HIS 311 Topics in Women's History HIS 380 History o f Women in the West t o 1870 HIS 381 History of Women in the West Since 1870 POL 124 American Women and Politics POL 421 Topics in American Politics POL 459 Topics in Comparative Politics PSY 371 Psychology o f Gender SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity REL 441 Feminism and Christianity Chair Barbara C. Gage Secretary Inez Schwarzkopf Vice Chair Norman Hagfors Treasurer Glen Person The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate. *Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002) Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran Church, Rochester, Minn. *Dr. Ruth E. Johnson, '74 (2000) Director, Mayo Breast Clinic, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn. Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000) Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran Church, Mahtomedi, Minn. *The Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange '68 (2001) Judge, Hennepin County Government Center, Minneapolis, Minn. *Ms. Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002) Attorney, Mackall Crounse & Moore, Minneapolis, Minn. Mr. David J. Larson (2002) Sr. Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, Lutheran Brotherhood, Minneapolis, Minn. Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998-11) Vice President, Gage Marketing Group, Plymouth, Minn. *Mr. H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002) AttomeyRartner, Lockridge Grindal Nouen, Minneapolis, Minn. Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998) Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd., Eau Claire, Wis. Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (2001) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Mr. James E. Haglund (2000) President/Owner, Central Container Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn. Ms. Beverly Thompson Hatlen (1999) Board Chair, Minnesota Life College; President, Hatlen Foundation, Apple Valley, Minn. Mr. Allen A. Housh (2001) Business Consultant, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina, Minn. *Ms. Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002) Executive Director, The Dwight D. Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, Minn. *Mr. Ronald G. Nelson, '68 (2002) Vice President and Controller, 3M Center, St. Paul, Minn. *Mr. Glen E. Person '47 (1999) Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn. Mr. Wayne G . Popham (2000) Senior Attorney, Popham, Haik, Schnobrich & Kaufman, Minneapolis, Minn. Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (2001) President and CEO, Communications Systems, Hector, Minn. *Ms. Inez M. Schwarzkopf '59 (1998) Assistant Vice President of the Mission, Investment Fund-ELCA, St. Paul, Minn. - Board of Regents 269 Mr. Glen J. Skovholt (2000) Vice President, Government and Community Affairs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998) Chairman and CEO, Sundet Companies, Eden Prairie, Minn. *Ms. E! Dawn Taylor, '78 (2002) President, The Iowa Group, Des Moines, Iowa *Ms. Jean M. Taylor, '85 (2000) Vice President of Development, Travel Tags, Eagan, Minn. Mr. Michael W. Thompson (2001) Realtor, Edina Realty Inc., Edina, Minn. Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (2000) Chief Operating Officer, Fairview Health System, Minneapolis, Minn. Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998) Principal and President, Tunheim Sanuizos Company, Minneapolis, Minn. *Mr. William A. Urseth, '71 (1998) Chairman and CEO, Upland Global Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn. *Ms. Joan L. Volz, '68 (2000) Afton, Minn. Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (2000) President and CEO, Norris Education Innovations, Inc., Edina, Minn. DIVISION FOR HIGHER EDUCATIONAND SCHOOLS THEEVANGELICALLUTHERANCHURCH IN AMERICA (ELCA) Chair The Rev. John G. Andreasen Director for Administration and Finance Sue Rothmeyer Secretary The Rev. S. Philip Froiland Director for Colleges and Universities (vacant) Vice-Chair Mary Hull Mohr Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities Cheryl Chatrnan Executive Director The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen 270 AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACULTYAND Beginning year of service is indicated with parentheses. Officers William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Washington. Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Vice President for Academic and Learning Services and Dean of the College. Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Paul R. Carlson (1998). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.B.A., University of Montana. Ida B. Simon (1998). Vice President for Institutional Advancement and Community Relations. B.A., Lincoln University; M.Ed., University of Illinois-Urbana; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary. Richard J. Thoni (1972). Vice President for Institutional Research and Program Development. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Administration Richard Adamson (1989). Controller and Director, Business Office. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Certified Public Accountant. Earl R. Alton (1960). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology. Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jose R. Bourget-Tactuk (1997). Director, Center for Global Education. Associate Professor. B.A., Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., Andrews University. Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University. Paul Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director. B.S.Ed., Concordia College-Nebraska, M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Herald Johnson (1968). Director, Student Services Center. B.A., Augsburg College. Benjamin Kent (1996). Academic Advising Coordinator, Academic Advising Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon. William Kuehl (1996). Director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., St. Olaf College. Ann Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point; M.S., Ohio University. Gaye Lindfors (1993). Assistant to the President. Director, Human Resources. B.S., Mankato State University. Donna McLean (1985). Director, Alumni and Parent Relations. B.A., University of Minnesota. Art Meadowcroft (1985). Director, Facilities Management Services. B.S., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 271 Barbara R. Nagle (1998). Director, Public Relations and Communication. B.S., Ohio University. Norma C . Noonan (1966). Director, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Julie Olson (1991). Program Coordinator, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College. Lois Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of Minnesota; MS., Mankato State University. Paul Simmons (1992). Registrar. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Lora Steil (1994). Human Resources Manager. B.A., University of St. Thomas. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Interim Associate Dean for Student Affairs. Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Don Warren (1978). Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministry. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Seminary. Faculty A Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Coordinator, American Indian Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., Unive~sityof Minnesota. Earl R. Alton (1960). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Seminary. Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology. Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistElute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M., Northwestem University. Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Salah Ayari (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. Maitrise Combinee de Langues, Institut Bourguiba des Langues Vivantes, Tunis; M.A., University of Minnesota. 272 Augsburg College Faculty - B Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio ArtistE'ercussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Michigan. Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Mimiesota. Aroti G. Bayrnan (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Edinburgh. Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Pomona College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles School of Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Michael D. Berndt (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.A., Southern Illinois University-Carbondale. Anthony A. Bibus, I11 (1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William F! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado;-MIA., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.EA., University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Jose R. Bourget-Tactuk (1997). Associate Professor. Co-Director of The Center for Global Education. B.A., Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., Andrews University. Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting1 MIS. B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central College; M.A., University of Iowa. Maria L. Brown (1980). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed., Boston College. Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 27! Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. W. Roger Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., Oklahoma State University; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of SpeecWCommunication and Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University. C William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accountingl MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Daniel J. Challou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.S., State University of New York-Albany; M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Susannah G. Chapman (1997). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., Mannes College of Music; M.M., D.M.A., State University of New York-Stony Brook. Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David T. Chollar (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of Houston; M.S.W., Fordham University. Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; MIA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design. Kurt N. Claussen (1997). Studio ArtistISaxophone, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., University of Minnesota. Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph R. Clubb (1994). lnsmctor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacfic Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 274 Augsburg College Faculty - D Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.EA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute. Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music. Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Assistant Professor of History Coordinator; Women's Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana. Maria C. Dinis (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., California State University; Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley. Steven G . Dixon (1994). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., Utah State University; M.L.S., University of Arizona. Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A., Saint Mary's University. Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., University of Iowa. Fran~oiseM. duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite de Bordeaux 111; M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke University. Linda D. Dyer (1995). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Bridgewater State College; M.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. E Nancy Edwards (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Indiana University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Darcey Engen (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College; M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Rene Escoto (1997). Academic Coordinator. Center for Global Education. M.A., The Institute for Social Studies, The Hague, Holland. Susan E. Everson (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. - Augsburg College Faculty 275 Heidi M. Farrell (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lucie K. Ferrell (1992). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.N., University of California-Los Angeles; Ph.D., Adelphi University. Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip E Fishman (1988). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Eloise I. Fredrickson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Southwest State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. C Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. George M. Gaetano (1993). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Germundsen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag., Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor of Social Work. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistIClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University. Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., St. Olaf College; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University, Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University. J. Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo Graduate School. Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. 276 Augsburg College Faculty Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota. Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Robert C . Groven (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communicationand Theatre Arts. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. H Abo-el-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting/MIS. B.B.A., Tanta University, Egypt; B.A., M.A., Cairo University, Egypt; M.B.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of North Texas. Panduleni S. Hailonga (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia, Center for Global Education. B.S., Windhoek College of Nurses; M.S., Leeds Metropolitan University, United Kingdom. Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Dolores V. Hanson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; B.S., Moorhead State University. John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo. M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting/ MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering and Technology, Karachi; M.B.A, Ball State University; D.B.A., Kent State University. Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University. Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. Robert G. Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Maurice Healy (1996). Academic Coordinator of Guatemala Programs, Center for Global Education. B.A., Maryknoll College; M.Div., M.Rel.Ed., State University of New York-Maryknoll. - Augsburg College Faculty 27: Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. Director of Canadian Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University; D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.EA., University of Iowa. Bradley I! Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M., Indiana University. Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio ArtistRiano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana University. David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. I Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Elena Izaksonas (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Michigan. J Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California. William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Anne C . Jensen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ross A. Jilk (1997). Instructor of Biology. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 278 Augsburg College Faculty Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas. Jeffrey E Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College. K Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting/ MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University. Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/ MIS. B.A., University of California;J.D., University of Minnesota. Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Consulting Medical Director, Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School. Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ten L. Kaslow (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College. Patricia A. Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., University of Maryland; J.D., University of Minnesota. Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA. Certification, Bowman Gray School of Medicine. John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana. Christopher W. Kimball (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Elizabeth E! Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science and Nordic Area Studies. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies. Vivian L. Klauber (1996). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., George Washington University; M.A., State University of New York-Albany. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 27! Marilyn A. Kramer (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Paul S. Kriegler (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Whitewater. Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Diane 0. Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/ MIS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Scott E. Kuster (1994). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia. Center for Global Education. B.A., George Washington University; M.A., American University. L Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistalit Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William W. Latimer (1996). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Hobart College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island. Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio ArtistFrench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University. Lynn Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State University. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton; M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University. Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Lejeune Yolande Lockett (1997). Academic Coordinator, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A., University of California-Davis; M.S., University of California. Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Christoffel Lombard (1996). Academic Coordinator, Namibia, Center for Global Education. B.A., B.Th., University of Stellenbosch; M.Th., D.Th., University of Western Cape. J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School. Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., University of Colorado-Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado Health Science Center. 280 Augsburg College Faculty Steven P. Lund 1982). Studio Artist~Trombone,part-time, Music. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ann Lutterrnan (1993). Academic Coordinator, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale Divinity School. Beth M. Mackey (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Indiana University. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University. Carter T. Meland (1998). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Monem Meziou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., Northern Arizona University. Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A., M.Ed., Macalester College. Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., California State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge. Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/ MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Thomas E Morgan (1983). Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting /MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. Patricia A. (Patty) Murphy (1991). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. - Augsburg College Faculty 281 Patricia E (Trish) Murphy (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Mary College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. N Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary, Catherine C. Nicholl(1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norbert Nielubowski (1997). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. Lane Technical High School (music concentration); private study Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norma C . Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. 0 Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University. Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Wayne L. Olhoft (1993). Assistant Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen T. Olsen (1992). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M., University of Nebraska. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College. Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M., Eastrnan School of Music. 282 Augsburg College Faculty - P ' Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration/ AccountingfMIS. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas. Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul E. Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Cincinnati. William A. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/ MIS. B.A., University of Detroit. Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological Seminary. P a r - Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A. Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University; M.S.W., Barry University. Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Michael D. Powers (1997). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., University of Minnesota. Q Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. R Lany C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas-Austin. 0. Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtistIGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 283 Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Susan E. Riley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley. Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College; M.A., University of St. Thomas. John L. Rohwer (1997). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Concordia College-River Forest, IL; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado. Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth A. Root (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.S.W., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Dan Eagle Boy Rowe (1997). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., Montana State University-Billings; M.A., Purdue University. S Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia Hume Santa Coloma (1997). Academic Coordinator, Center for Global Education. M.A., Instituto Norteamericano de Relaciones Culturales. Mark L. Sateren (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Merlyn E. Satrom (1995). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; D.Th., Philipps-Universitat, Marburghhn, Germany. Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. Paideia Program Director. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of Texas. Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington. Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.EA, University of Minnesota. David G. Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/ MIS. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Haward University. Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accountingl MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. 284 Augsburg College Faculty Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan State University; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ryan Rae Sheppard (1994). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Southern California. Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A., M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Edward R. Skarnulis (1990). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. Profesorado en Espafiol, Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America. Robert Spector (1997). Instructor, part-time, Chemistry. B.S., City College of New York; PbD., University of Pennsylvania. Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W., Columbia University. John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana. John F! Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A., University of Illinois. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting MIS. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Jean R. Strait (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Moorhead State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary. Grace K Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. Interim Associate Dean for Student Affairs. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Jeffrey T. Symstad (1997). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. John's University; M.S., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 28s T Rose M. Theisen (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. A.A., Anoka-Rarnsey Community College; B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Brown Thompson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; MIA., University of Iowa. Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota; M.M., The Juilliard School. James V. Tolar (1997). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., University of Texas-Pan American; M.A., Bowling Green State University. Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Prof-or of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary. Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of CaliforniaSanta Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael E Troy (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Lawrence University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. U-v Rebekah N. Valdivia (1995). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University. John W. Van Cleve (1996). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University; Ph.D., Boston College. David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University. Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. W Anthony R. ~ a g n e (1993). r Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time. Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/ MIS. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh. Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/ MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University. 286 Augsburg College Faculty Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia E Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North CarolinaChapel Hill. Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University. Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Gary S. Whitford (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of WisconsinPlatteville; M.Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Michael S. Wilson (1996). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio ArtistISaxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College. Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University. Fidel Xinico (1995). Academic Coordinator, Guatemala, Center for Global Education. B.A., Francisco Marroquin in Guatemala; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary, University of St. Thomas. Ruth Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College-Moorhead. Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Carl H. Chrislock. Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., PbD., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe College. Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-Residence Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 288 Faculty Emeriti Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Einar 0.Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., Juilliard School of Music; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Cenmal Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus., Lakeland College. Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ith Avenue S. DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS PUBLIC PARKING I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (curves right to become Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South. Street parking on campus is posted for one-, two-, or four-hour limits. Pay parking is available at the FairviewUniversity Medical Center across Riverside Avenue. For major events on campus during evenings and weekends, parking is also available in the facultylstaff and commuter lots. 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South. I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue. turn left at Zlst Avenue South. A C About Augsburg 9, 267 Academic Advising Center 52 Academic Affairs 6, 64 Academic Calendar 4, 5, 50 Academic Information 50 Academic Internships 61 Academic Policies and Procedures 64 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal 80 Academic and Learning Services 42 Academic Skills Enrichment 42 Accessibility 16 Accounting 98, 104-106 Accreditation and Memberships 10, 15, 16 Activities 40 Admissions 12, 18-22 Administrative Officers of the College 270 Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 78 African American Student Services (see Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 44 Air Structure 41 Alumni Center 12 American Indian Studies 43, 158-159 American Indian Student Services 43 American Sign Language 181 Anderson Hall 12, 47 Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 12 Anishinabe Library Project 44 Application Procedures 18, 29 Arabic 180-181 Art 87-91 Art History 87, 90 Asian American Student Services (see Pan Asian Student Services) 44 Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 120-121 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program 77 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 57 Associated Support Organizations 14 Athletic Affiliation 16 Athletics 41 Audit Fee 24 Auditing Courses 77 Augsburg Echo 41 Augsburg Seminar 52, 69, 92 Augsburgian, The 41 Calendar 4, 5, 50 Campus Location 11, 16, 289-290 Campus Map 289-290 Campus Ministry 40 Campus Tours 18 Canadian Program 63 Career Services 62 Center for Global Education 12, 58, 166-167 Center for Global Education Courses 58-60, 166, 168-171 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) 42 Center for Service, Work, and Learning 60 Chemistry 110-115 Chinese 180-181 Choir 41, 197, 204 Christensen Center 12 Class Confirmation 64 Class Schedule 84 Classification (Class Year) 77 Coaching Endorsement 149 College Costs 1998-99 24 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 78 College of the Third Age 63 Commencement 81 Commons 47 Communication 255-258 Community and Public Service Scholarships 31 Community Internships in Latin America 60, 173 Community Service-Learning 61 Computational Economics 117 Computer Resources 51 Computer Science 116-119 Concert Band 41, 197, 204 Continuing Education Program 63 Cooperative Education 61 Counseling 45 Counseling and Health Promotion 45 Course Descriptions 84-266 Credits 84 Crime and Community Concentration (Sociology) 251 B Biology 93-97 Board of Regents 268-269 Books and Supplies 25 Business Administration 98-103 Business Administration and Economics Major 100, 123 D Dean's List 80 Degrees Offered 8, 15, 50 Departmental Comprehensive Exams 78 Departments and Programs 48, 84-266 Deposits 25,46 Development 6 Directory 6 Disabled Student Program 42 Index 293 Dismissal 80 Discrimination Complaints 48 Divisions and Departments 52 Dormitories 12, 46 Dual Degree Programs 54, 138-1 39 E Early Admission of Freshmen 19 East Asian Studies 120-121 East European Studies 53, 54, 243-244 East Hall 12 Echo 41 Economics 92, 100, 122-126 Education 127-137 Education for Service 10 Elderhostel 63 Elementary Education 128-131 Employment 33, 60 Engineering 138-139 English 140-146 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program 79 English Placement Test 141 English-Language Arts Teaching Major 141 Enrollment 16 Enrollment Deposit 25 Ensembles 197, 204 Entry-level Skills 69 Ethnic Studies 159 Evaluation and Grading 75 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) 16, 269 Experiential Education Programs 60-61 Explanation of Grades 75 F Facilities and Housing 12, 46 Facts and Figures 16 Faculty 16, 50, 271-286 Faculty Emeriti 287-288 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 48, 81-82 Federal Work Study Program 33 Fees 24-25 Finance Specialization (Business Administration) 100 Financial Aid 16, 28-33 Financial Policies 26-28 Fine Arts 41 Fitness Center 45 Food Service 47 Foreign Languages 75, 180-190 Former Students 21, 65 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication 12 Four-Year Assurance Program 81 French 180, 181-183 Freshmen 18 C Gage Family Academic Enrichment Center 42 General Education Curriculum 66-71 General Education Requirements 66-71 General Studies 147 German 180,183-1 85 Gift Assistance 31-32 Global Education Center 12, 58, 166-167 Global Education Program Courses 58-60, 166, 168-171 Grade Point Average 69, 77 Grading 75-77 Graduate Programs Office 64 Graduate Programs 62 Graduation Level Skills 70 Graduation Requirements 66-71 Graduation With Distinction 81 Grants 32 Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 13 H Health and Physical Education 148-152 Health Promotion 45 Health Service 45 HECUA Courses 59-60, 171-174 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) 57, 167 ~is~anic/Latino student Services Program 44 History 153-157 History of Augsburg College 9 Honors Program 56 Housing 12, 25, 46 Hoversten Peace Scholarships 31 I Ice Arena 13 Incomplete Grade 76 Independent Studies 86 Information Technology Resources 51 Inter-Institutional Programs 56-57 Inter-Race 14 Intercollegiate Athletics 41 Interdisciplinary Studies 158-164 lnterim 50 lnterim Abroad 60 lnterim Office 64 lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 77 lnternational Business Minor 101 lnternational Business Specialization (Business Administration) 100 lnternational Partners 167 294 Index lnternational Programs 46 lnternational Relations 165-166 lnternational Student Services 22 lnternational Students 46 lnternational Studies 166-174 Internships 61, 85 Intertribal Student Union 43 Intramural Athletics 41 J Japanese 180, 186 K MIS Courses 107-109 Mission Statement 9 Modern Languages 180-190 Mortensen Tower 13,43 Murphy Place 13 Murphy's 47 Music 191-205 Music Education Major 191, 194 Music Ensembles 197, 204 Music Hall 13 Music Performance Major 192, 195 Music Repertoire Tests 199 Music Therapy Major 192, 196, 203-204 KCMR Radio 41 L Language Courses 180-190 Leadership Scholarships 31 Learning Disabilities Program 42 Learning Laboratory 42 Leave of Absence 65 Liberal Arts Perspectives 71-75 Library and Information Technology Center 12, 16, 51, 56 Licensure Veaching) 54 Lifetime Sports 71 Lindell Library 12, 51 Linguistics 186 Loan Assistance 32-33 Location 11-12, 289-290 Lutheran Leader Scholarships 31 M Majors and Minors 8, 53-54, 84-266 Management Information Systems 107-109 Management Specialization (Business Administration) 100 Maps 289,290 Marketing Specialization (Business Administration) 100 Mastefs Degrees 50, 62 Math Placement Group (MPG) 70 Mathematics 175-179 Medical Refund 28 Melby Hall 13 Memberships 15, 16 Memorial Hall 13 Merit Scholarships 30 Metro-Urban Studies 160-161 Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership (MNITTP) 43 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) 14 Minnesota Work Study Program 33 Minority Studies 158-164 Minors 54, 84-266 N Natural Science 206-207 No-Credit Grades 75 Nordic Area Studies 162-164 Nordic Center 14 Norwegian 180, 186-187 Notification of Admissions Decision 18 Number Grades 76 Numbering of Courses 78 Nursing 208-21 1 0 Off-Campus Programs 16 Officers of the College 270 Ojibwe 180, 188 Old Main 13 Orchestra 41, 197, 204 Orientation (AUG) 52, 69, 92 p, Q Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards 30 Pan-Afrikan Student Services 44 Pan Asian Student Services 44 Part-Time Students 24 PassINo Credit 75-76 Pastor 40 Payments 26 Performance Studies 197, 205 Performing Arts Scholarships 31 Perspective Requirements 66, 71-75 Perspectives (Rationale) 71-73 Philosophy 212-215 Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 30 Physical Disabilities Program 42 Physical Education 148-152 Physical Science Teaching Licensure 111 Physician Assistant Program 216-220 Physics 221-225 Piano Proficiency Test 199 Policies 14, 16, 47, 81, 291 - Index 295 Political Science 226-231 Portfolio Assessment Program 78-79 Pre-Professional Programs 55-56 Pre-Registration 64 Prerequisites 84 President's Greeting 2 President's Scholarships 30 Probation 80 P~ychology232-236 Public Relations and Communication 13 R Refunds 26-28 Regents 268-269 Regents' Scholarships 30 Registration 64 Religion 237-242 Religious Affiliation 16 Residence Life Program (see also Housing) 46-47 Residence Requirements 69 Room and Board 24 ROTC 57 Russian 180, 188 Russian, Central, and East European Studies 243-244 5 Scandinavian Studies 162-164 Scandinavian Urban Studies 59, 171-1 72 Scholarships 30-31, 34-38 School Year 4, 5, 16 Science Hall 13 Secondary Education 131-1 35 Service-Learning 61 Sigma Pi Sigma 223 Skills Requirements 69-70 Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 40 Social Studies 245 Social Welfare Minor 247 Social Work 246-250 Society of Physics Students 223 Sociology 251-254 Space Physics 222 Spanish 188-190 Special Education 137 Special Interest Housing 47 Special Students (Non-Degree) 21 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts 255-262 Sponsored Scholarships 34-38 Sports 41 StepUP Program 43 Student Activities 40 Student Affairs (see Academic and Learning Services) 42 Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 33 Student/Faculty Ratio 16 Student Government 40 Student Life 40-48 Student Newspaper 41 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) 16 Student Publications 41 Student Rights 47, 48 Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records 47 Student Teaching Abroad 60, 127 Studio Art 87-90 Study Abroad 57-60, 166-174 Summer School Office 64 Support Programs 4 3 4 4 Sverdrup Hall 13 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 13 T Teaching Licensure (see also Majors) 54, 127, 128, 131,132 Test Scores 18 Theatre Arts 259-262 Transcripts 18 Transfer Scholarships 30 Transfer Students 19-21, 66-67, 70 Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 24-25 Tutor Center 42 u Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE) 16 Urban Studies 161-162 Urness Tower 13, 47 v Veterans 81 W Weekend College 62 Withdrawal From College 28, 65 Women's Hockey 41 Women's Studies 263-266 Work Study Program 33 x, y, z Yearbook 41 Youth and Family Institute 14 Youth and Family Ministry Major 237-238
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Facu...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Requirements Majors Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs International Study Honors Program Degrees ... ... ... PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E ... ... ... ... ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l Recreation Intercollegiate Athletics Religious L i f e Student Services Housing Food S e r v i c e ... PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE ... ... The Application Process Transfer Early Early Admission Advanced Placement Decision : Advanced Standing ... .. ... PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D ... Expenses 1972-73 Cost Summary Settlement o f Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . . . . Financial Aid PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration Probation and Dismissal Credit Grading by Examination ... ... ... PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, PERSONNEL PAGE 79, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change without n o t i c e . Introduction There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4." In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian ~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature a n d Objectives Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major. t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world. t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic e x c e l l e n c e . t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern city. t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional, and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . L The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 6 CAMPUS GUIDE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. t 3. 14. 15. 16. West Hall George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main Urness Tower Residence for Women The College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall The Quadrangle Murphy Square The Art Studio Organ Studio The Music Building Si Melby Hall Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall Speech and Drama Building East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + ) Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your Here you w i l l i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld. d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n t h e modern g o r l d . _LX .@ .a. The 4-12a Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Physical Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Training Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of 1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable. The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates matriculation i n these co- learning courses . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI ) . Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f courses . International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . . Augsburg STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN) This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program. University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e offered each term. Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e college. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on t h e honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree. I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music. 12 Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and C u l t u r a l Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron second time i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal, academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative offices. West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r . The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d . Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Ad mission An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advance Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Advance Standing College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. 17 Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1750.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00. Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not authorized. A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable with t u i t i o n : .. . 4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00 Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00 (Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate b a s i s of $20 a course.) Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15 -00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an interim). OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $987.00 t o $1,050.00 Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board. (Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00) Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board. ( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00 A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . .$987.00 - ............$ 1,050.00 25.00 (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. ) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable) Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, 1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , . $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule : 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s , 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences. Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside t h e United S t a t e s . The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t year i n residence. 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s requirement . Division f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Chairman: M r . Raymond E . Anderson Department o f A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department o f Music Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck Department Department Department Department Department of of of of of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Phys i cs DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Plzilip A, Quanbeck Department o f Phi 10s ophy Department o f Religion DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Geography, Library Science Department o f History Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology Registration A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive credit f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F . Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done i n t h e Registrar1s Office. Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory. I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term. Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Credit Examination Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar. Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one f o r D and zero f o r F. Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course i n which t h e student receives a grade of N. A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor. An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed during t h e following semester. A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record. A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be audited. 25 Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages. See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: G r i e r N ic h o l l MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s . courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . TEACHING MAJOR: 16 MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings under major. 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE For description, see 295. level of work. all) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY One project of an interdisciplinary nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Field experience during interim Art P h i 1ip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from 221, 223, 225, 350. 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221, 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 1 1 8 PAINTING I Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r . (Fall, Spring) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , Spring) 351 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring) 3 5 5 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g . (Prereq.: 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. ( P r e r e q . : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud M+70R1 & -o n I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and one t e r m s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . 1 1x3 & bob% mf -ar. 351, 3 5 2 ) . 1 A - 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r - 11 1 1 1 - i ; r l MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . -- Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . I' cL 101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g ) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does not apply toward the biology major. (Interim) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; 112, Spring) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. : 112. Interim) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 112. Spring) . 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223 or 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l ) , 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business F a l l , Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c ~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. (Prereq .: 262. Spring) 3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g ) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MRTOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 . ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. E : Five courses i n Business Education. I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 . A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l education requirements . MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . HONORS 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (rnt e r i m ) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m ) 2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or equivalent . Spring) 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73) 4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) Economics MAJOR: ECYINOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) : Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required. MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education. Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . 120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120. (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications. (Prereq. : 123. F a l l ) 3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m ) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chal rman: Chemistry E a r l A1 t o n GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY: 115,.116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d . AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e . DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, F a l l ; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y , a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or 116. 251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g ) 253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a Prereq. : 352, r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . 3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362, or#. Fall) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques. 1a b o r a t o r y P r e r e q . : 362 o r #. Spring) . 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l ) 4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n during t h e academic year. Department of Chairman: E i n a r Johnson The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470, and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s , opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y education. F a l l , Spring) 371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND' MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 , 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Secondary Education 2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y ) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s . Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l . a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74) Seminars 369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major concentration. (1973-74) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t , t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d o n l y 1972-73) Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human environment. Library Science 2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n . Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l ) 3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l ) 3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n . (spring) 4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval. Department of English A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e short story. (Fall, Spring) 2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre, and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language. (Spring) 331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth century (Spring) . 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ] 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) American, and Continental novels. 428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m . S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ] 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Foreign Language Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s , however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. ( F a l l ) 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on ( F a l l , Spring) advanced placement. 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g ) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. ( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand) 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s . French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech h a b i t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. d e n md ) 331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent of instructor. Offered alternate years. F a l l 1973-74) 332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1974-75) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1972-73. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French. ( S p r i n g 1973-74. Offered every t h i r d year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I M o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) , B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a literature m d e a s that led t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide, A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n A *®.: 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g 1972-73. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re; form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r ) S a r t r e , Camus, i n theme and 311 or #. 332, 4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75. Offered every t h i r d year) 4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s , i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . 112 F a l l , Spring) 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by (Offered a l t e r n a t e years. 3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l English when h e l p f u l . 1973-74) 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism, humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1972-73) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 8 t h CENTURY Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism, with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74) 3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse, -Kafka, -Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language. (Spring) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t . Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73; 112, F a l l 1973-74) 21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74) Latin 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ; 112, Spring) Russian 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian. (111, F a l l ) 112, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies MAJOR: - 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring) 3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Spring 1972-73) 331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma Lagerlof, P ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape .- . majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. -%-- - - ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey -$ o Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber Knowledge of a --+ Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d ) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. 2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school Spanish) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n Spanish. 3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical e x e r c i s e s . 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. ( P r e r e q . : One survey course) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department and of Physical Chairman: Health Education E. W. A n d e r s o n BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 . 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472. 10 c o u r s e s . 110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human Physiology course are a l s o required. ~- - PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: COACHING ENDORSEMENT: coaching. 5 courses. 5 courses. 4 courses. 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 . 1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . 102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . (Fall, Spring) 110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body. (Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105. Spring) 3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program. (Fall) 3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74) 4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures (Fall) 4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y . (Fall) 4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures. (Spring) 4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h programs. ( I n t e r i m ) 4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l 4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Summer s c h o o l o n l y ) Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q .: 351, 352. 4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f department) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education. Open only t o majors. Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 courses plus 1 seminar. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western. A t least four o f these courses must be upper division. Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division. Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor. 1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring) East through t h e high middle 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day. (Fall) . 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74) 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development. (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g ) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73) 464 MODERN CHINA A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839. The erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74) 474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (1973-74) . 495 SEMINAR (Fall, Spring) Department of Mathematics Chai rman : Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325. MINOR: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education. 121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g ) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1 Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l ) . 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g ) 2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring) 2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring) 2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l ) 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1 A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq. : 31 4 . Spring) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l ) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 315, 324. Spring) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t registration. Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Computer Sclence 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL) Medical Technology This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical Technology adviser. . Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223 ( o r 351, 352), 353. Department of Music Chai man: Leland Sateren MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double - p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y ( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @ team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall] 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l ) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments. all) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores, organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. (Spring) 4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY (Fall) . PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l , Spring) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l , f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r . Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t , b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Orchestra Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 . b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o 59 In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; - or 351 352; or 351 361. In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Department of Chairman: Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y . j u n i o r year. T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement . 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . all, Interim, S p r i n g ) 120 ETHICS Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 130 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated. all, S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For description see under course 110. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring) 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211, 2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 19 72-73) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 1973-74) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344. F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1973-74) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 340. F a l l , 1973-74) 61 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o , Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #. S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r course i n philosophy. S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physics Chairman: T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . mechanics, thermodynamics, modern t o p i c s . The course i s designed as Medical Technology program. Spring) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, Spring) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1 A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m , central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1 The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g ) Department of Chai rman: Political Science Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may be counted f o r t h a t a r e a . The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.* MINOR: HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following: T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the department . * T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area toward major o r minor requirements.) -- Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c . T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and (No p r e r e q u i s i t e ; management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . I n t e r i m , 1972-73) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n . Offered Fall term o f e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e F a l l , 19 7 2 ) . 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326) 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1972-73) 11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73) 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972) 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice, including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One course i n Political Science or #) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) 1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S 1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. (Spring, 1972-73) 3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972) .-. L 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) I V . PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73) V. P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES ( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73) 380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) VI . SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq. : # . Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane J o h n s o n MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology, s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t . Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g ) 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . (Prereq. : 105. Fall) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h . ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall, Spring) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363, 871-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department o f Philosophy 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario* l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l ) 3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring) 3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these roles. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an of society and t h e relationship of these s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s exploration of t h e changing patterns changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church. (Fa11 ) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973) 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. ( F a l l ) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. ( F a l l ) 3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring) 475 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l ) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g ) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g ) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g ) Social Science T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r . A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than educational psychology), o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r 365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 , 383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352. 1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s . (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( F a l l ) 231 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. all) 3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and methods of human service. ( F a l l ) 3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ; and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g ) 3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g ) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g ) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Chairman: Arts Raymond A n d e r s o n CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r : S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication. Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives: E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368 Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485 S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482 L i b r a r y 385 Computer S c i e n c e COMMUNICATION MINOR: SPEECH MAJOR: 5 courses 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352, 355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d . SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476. THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366, 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening. per week. all, S p r i n g ) Meets f i v e times - I - 1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l ) 2 2 8 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING Practical work i n pantomime and participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) An introduction t o the a r t of acting. improvisation; 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements. (Spring) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r role i n society. (Spring) 3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 3 5 2 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech writing. (Spring) 3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring) 3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) Practice i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning product ions and conducting rehearsals (Spring) . 76 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. S p r i n g ) (Prexeq.: 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l ) 487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . ( F a l l , Spring) General Information Courses A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation. Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks i n length. Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings. Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e 100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and 400's f o r seniors. Symbol Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of #. prerequisites. Personnel Administration ...................................Oscar A. ...................Burton President Vice President and Executive A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President Anderson P. Fosse Academic A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Registrar Assistant Registrar Librarian. ....................Kenneth C . Bailey ....................................Miss Mildred J o e l .........................Miss Beverly Wegge ...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y Business A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . . Controller D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . . Director of t h e College Center Director of Food Services Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent Director of Data Processing.. Manager of t h e Book S t o r e ............Warren Cuolin ...................................... Wayne Pederson ...............,,..Eugene Ecklund ...................Douglas Wasko .........................Carl Stromer ...........James Lancaster ...................David Pederson ..........................I r v i n g Hoe1 Development Vice President f o r Development Associate D i r e c t o r of Development A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development Director of Alumni Relations Public Relations Coordinator. Manager, News Bureau .................Glen W. Johnson ...........Sigvald Hjelmeland .................David Teslow ..................... J e r o y Carlson ................. .Michael Walgren ...............................Steven Vite Student A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean o f Admissions Associate Dean of Students; Director, Career Planning and Placement Director of Financial Aid. Director of New Student Programs.. Director o f Residence Programs. Associate Director of Admissions Admissions Counselor .....................Bruce L. Gildseth ............Miss Fern Martinson ......................Herald Johnson ...............Richard Thoni .............Mrs. Joan Petersen ...............Donovan Lundeen .............................David Gronner Total Student Enrollment .............................. 1,968 .................................... 332 ................................ 1,817 .................................... 349 Academic Year, 1969-1970. Summer Session, 1970 Academic Year, 1970-1971 Summer Session, 1971 Summary Of Graduates Graduates, 1870-1969 Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970) Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971). ... .. 4,505 309 310 5,124
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1999
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: .................... . 2 Options ..................... . 4 Visiting Students. ............... 5 Calendar. ....................... 6 About This Catalog. ................ 7 Interim Courses ...................8 Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4 Interim Abroad .................. 4 5 Othe...
Show more .................... . 2 Options ..................... . 4 Visiting Students. ............... 5 Calendar. ....................... 6 About This Catalog. ................ 7 Interim Courses ...................8 Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4 Interim Abroad .................. 4 5 Other Courses .................. . 4 7 Introduction. Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 '12 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged day school tuition ($1,564) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bonafide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is conimitted to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerningAugsburgs compliance with fideral or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Ofice of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, ateil@augsburg.edu>. Options International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 11. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4- 1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,564 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. Interim Calendar 1999 November 16 to December 4 . .........Interim registration January 4 . ......................... First day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m. January 5 ............ Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 15. .................... Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 15 ......... Last day for withdrawing from courses .............................. Interim ends February 1 ......................Spring semester begins February 5 ............... Interim grades due to registrar January 27 The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at 1:00 p.m. Afternoon classes begin following the convocation. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. + For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1 150. Accounting See listing under Business, pg. 9. Introduction to Drawing in Architecture ART 100-J lnstructor: Staff This course develops basic skills involved ,in perceiving and representing the material environment. Sketching and drawing conventions are employed to study visual phenomena and forms. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Old Main 17 Tribal Arts And Culture ART 290-J Instructor: Steve Chapman The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion, and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture, or prints. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Old Main 4 Seeds of Change BIO 145-J Instructor: Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the b0tto.m of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines, fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history, and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Internal Audit and Management Consulting ACC 424-J Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management, marketing, and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning, and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project, and final examination. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Wayne Olhoft Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prerequisite: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the inslructo~or Math Placemenl Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindell I6 International Business in French and English BUS 295/495-J FRE 295/495-J Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Paty Pezechkian- Weinberg This course focuses on opportunities and challenges of doing business in the enlarged European Union and is designed to give you the skills and the cultural insights needed to do business in French and with the members of the European community. Through the study of governmental agencies, management, marketing, and media, we will discuss and analyze some of the hottest issues of the European business world today. This course provides the appreciation of cultural differences and world-view perspectives and offers the opportunities to discover professional vocabulary usually not covered in a language class. It will help you gain a better comprehension of the sociocultural, economic and political structures of France as com- pared to those in the U.S.Students are required to read and prepare assigned articles (in French and English) at home for class discussions. You will be required to prepare two presentations (one in French) of 10 minutes each on a related subject. You will be assigned translations and case studies to be performed in class and at home, and to write commentary (in French and English) on articles. No final exam. Prerequisites: Business 362 and French 21 1 or consent of the instructors. Maximum enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-J Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consenl of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: IntercuNural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age. Now we live in the Age of Plastics. Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up various plastics. Through chemistry the variations are endless. Many items and materials such as coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, construction supplies, automobile parts, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others used every day come from different polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry with a special focus on plastic. There are both synthetic and natural polymers. Most plastics come from synthesized polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber tree-golf balls and latex gloves are just two of its popular uses. The class will also focus on the book American Plastic: A Cultural History by Jeffrey Meikle. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. There will be supplemental handouts on some of the important natural polymers not covered in the book. There will be labs in which some polymer molecules will be made and the various properties will be explored. This will help to give a hands-on experience with the seemingly unlimited possibilities of properties in these long chain molecules. Prerequisite:Malh Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enmllmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 212 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-J Instructor: Satya Gupta Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Contemporary Economic Issues EGO 195-J lnstructor: Jeanne Boeh This course will focus on using the basic tools of economic analysis to analyze current policy questions. The course will emphasize the skills of critical thinking and speaking. Students will read articles presenting at least two sides of an issue. Classroom and out-of-classroom assignments will be geared toward developing thinking skills necessary to evaluate policy positions. This course does not serve as a substitute for either Economics 112 or 113. Course grade will be based on two in-class tests, assignments, and participation. Prerequisite: Student must have passed Critical Thinking assessment or have successfully completed GST 100. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 International Education EDU 353-J lnstructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves so that we can understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arls Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 17 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-J Instructor: Susan OJConnor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EOU 282, completion of courses for special education minor, or consent of instructo~ Maximum Enrollmenf: 9 (This course involves fieldworksupe~isionfor the faculty member) Time: 11 Room: Sverdrup 4 American Dialects: Differences and Attitudes ENG 219-J Instructor: John Schmit Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economical standing and our cultural background. For this reason we should expect women to speak differently from men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communitites. This course will examine the dialects of various English-speaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules on discourse. It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Topics: Introduction to Asian American Literature ENG 282/382-1 Instructor: Joan Thompson In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J. Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry, short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors. Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional novel and write a research-based paper on it. Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maxium Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Topics: The Heroic Journey ENG 282-J Instructor: Joan Griffin "The hero:' says Joseph Campbell, "is the man or woman who has been able to battle past his personal and local historical limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms." This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe. The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero and/or the redemption of the hero's society. This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of the hero by Lord Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard Slotkin, among others. We will note that major heroic genres in western traditionthe epic and romance-almost always assume that the hero is usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus we will analyze typical elements of the heroic warrior myth as depicted in ancient and medieval epics and romances, but will also pay particular attention to its appearance in contemporary American popular narratives. We will consider the implications of the enduring popularity of this rendition of the heroic journey. The heroic journey, however, is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women as well as of men who may be neither aristocratic nor warriors. As a lower division literature course, ENG 282 does not assume that the student is proficient in literary analysis. Rather the course will help students develop analytic and critical reading, thinking, and writing abilities. Course requirements: There will be 15 class meetings, each lasting three to four hours. Course grades are based on class attendance and participation as well as on daily writing and formal papers. If you must miss more than one or two classes or frequently leave class early, you should not take this course. Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required Liberal Ads Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 School Health Curriculum (0.5 course credit) HPE 320-J lnstructor: John Rohwer Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisile: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I -M, bl! and alternale F (1/4, 1/6, 1111, 1/13, 1/15, 1/18, 1/20, 1/25, 1/27) Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supervision of School Health Program (0.5 course credit) HPE 410-J Instructor: John Rohwer Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: 1-6Th, and allernate F (1/5, 1/7, 118, 1/12, 1/14, 1/19, 1/21, 1/22, 1/26) Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'46' f~ed-keelsailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,950, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall 12 1, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 (a wailing list will be kept after the original 10 spols are filled) Topics in World Histo : History by Hollywoo IT HIS 195-J Instructor: Rick Nelson How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased? Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of historical characters, events, and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures, and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students. Others may enroll with permission. Prerequisite: One history course or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Lindelll6 Shaping Human Reality: Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things INS 240-J/440-J Instructor Jose Bourget This course offers an open, fun, and adventurous environment for exploring how culture shapes human reality. Intercultural principles are studied in the context of personal, national, and global differences. Students identify the factors that shape their ways of seeing the world and, through experiential activities, discover how similar factors help shape distinctive ways of seeing the world among those who are culturally different. Specific cross-cultural competencies are then presented to help students embrace a diverse and complex world. In addition to required readings, students will be evaluated on the basis of a journal (15 percent), completion and analysis of a self-assessment questionnaire (15 percent), writing of critical incidents (20 percent) and culture-specific reports (20 percent), and daily quizzes (30 percent). Liberal Arts Perspectives: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Literacy in the City: Service-Learning Externship INS 298-J Instructor: Garry Hesser The course, taught by the experiential education staff, will explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films, and reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals, and make a final group presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Work in the City: Career Exploration Externship INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson Discover the world of work in the city. This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. Special emphasis will be on selfdiscovery learning activities, visits to Twin Cities businesses and community organizations, and panels of professionals. Students will keep an individual journal, write a 2-3 page integrative paper and give a final class presentation. This course is intended to help students make the connections between their interests and abilities, their education, and the work world. If you are an Augsburg freshman, you won't want to miss this hands-on experience for understanding organizations that are part of the city and why and how they function. Liberal Ads Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Native American Storytelling INS 495-J Instructor: Staff The objective of the course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will learn how the art of storytelling is an integral component of the story content. Students will be expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling traditions. Students will be evaluated on their knowledge of Native American storytelling and their ability to demonstrate the art of storytelling. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business, pg. 10 Finite Mathematics MAT 121-J Instructor: Anthony Dunlop How were the resources effectively allocated to the battlefields in Europe during World War II? Did you know that one of the first applications, other than gambling, of probability theory was in genetics-n the questions of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out? How do we build the most cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the cost factors between pairs of satellites? The above questions are from the main topics to be discussed in this course: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. The format of each session will be a combination of small-group activities and lecture. You will be evaluated by methods such as class participation, quizzes, and exams. Finite Mathematics is intended for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher who need a course in Quantitative Reasoning or who are interested in MIS and lor computer science. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning Elective foc MIS major, economics major Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts MAT 131-J Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Course activities will include a balance of doing mathematics and exploring historical and cultural aspects of mathematics. Evaluation will include projects, essays, homework, and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I Room: Science 108 Math of Interest MAT 173-J Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or 4 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: OuantilativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 212 International Business in French and English FRE 295/495-J BUS 295/495-J Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg See course information listed under BUS 2951495-J, pg.10. Beginning Norwegian I NOR I l l - J Instructor Staff This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 213 Beginning Russian RUS I l l - J lnstructoc John Van Cleve So where else in this booklet are you going to find a course that spends a third of Interim on the alphabet? It's got four more letters than ours, but some of the letters are the same. There is just one new sound-the same "r" that's in Spanish. The alphabet that features a backwards "R" and an "H"that morphs into an "0"gets a lot of use in international business, in science, and in the arts. More Europeans speak Russian natively than any other language: 170 million native speakers. The course will hit vocabulary, sentence structure, communication, and culture-like any other foreign-language course on campus. And that alphabet means you'll be giggling all the time. Liberal Ads Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Spanish and Latin-American Culture Through Film SPA 248-J lnstructoc Romin Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writting assignments; and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 * Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-1 See page 48. Topics: Sounds and Sights of China MUS 2954 Instructor: Robert Karlen Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and experienced in four of the most important cities of China. While lectures and required readings will provide basic factual material, students will be able to experience Chinese music in concerts and opera performances, examine many forms of art works in museums, and observe Chinese principles of architecture expressed in palaces, temples, pagodas, gateways, and public builidings. There will be opportunities to informally meet English-speaking musicians and artists. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students will listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships among the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this Interim course must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 21. For more information you may call Cynthia Truitt Lynch, (612) 330-1650. Maximum Enrollment: 20-25 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 195 1 1971 - MUS 204-J Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Seminar: Printing Music at the Computer MUS 295-J Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The program Finale will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading abilily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Mac Classroom Introduction to Music Theatre Performance MUS 235-J/THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience, and skills in various genres of music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony, and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Saleren Auditorium f Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica (UMAIE Course) MUS 295-K Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean music, where composition, recording, and world distribution take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of Caribbean music. Caribbean musical forms, such as reggae and salsa, have long been popular and effective means of expressing cultural difference and social discontent, particularly for those with African heritage. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed, and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music like reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami; and Montego Bay, Negrel, and Kingston in Jamaica. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast, and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal, and a final project with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 The Philosophy of Socrates PHI 231-J Instructor: David Appolloni We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his person and teachings. We shall clari@and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Meister Eckhart: Mystic and Philosopher PHI 295-J Instructor: Mark Fuehrer An in-depth study of the mystical writings of the medieval mystic and philosopher, Meister Eckhart. His writings will be studied with an attempt made to relate his ideas on God to the soul and the world. The last week of the course we will spend in retreat in a lodge on Lake Superior where evening sessions will be devoted to students presenting their meditations on the topics covered in the course. Prerequisite: Wrilten permission of professor Graduation Skill Requirement: Wriling Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sclence 319 Topics: Ethical Issues in Medicine and Biology PHI 4 10-J Instructor Bruce Reichenbach Conducted as a seminar, the course will focus on the relation of science and ethics and on diverse ethical structures. Using ethical models, it will address such topics as the environment and species preservation, artificial reproduction, genetic engineering and cloning, technology, and mindlbrain identity. Students will be evaluated with tests, papers, and a presentation. Prerequisite: Preferably a course in philosophy GraduationSkill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Anderson Seminar Room Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-J Instructor Jeffrey Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisile: Malh Placemenl Gmup 3 Gradualion Skill Requiremenl: (luantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 42 Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor Andrew Aoki Students develop and defend their own standards of social justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban America. Substantial participation in class discussions required. Course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor. Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Topics: Constitutional Ideals and Legal Realities POL 195-J Instructor Andrew Kurvers Spalding What are the principles of freedom and justice embedded in the American political system? And how have those principles been realized in modern constitutional law? In the course, we will begin by studying the ideas of human nature, liberty, and good government that informed the framing of the U.S. Constitution. We will then consider certain important and controversial cases of the U.S. Supreme Court. Touching on issues such as free speech, separation of powers, and racial equality, we will discuss the extent to which the United States has succeeded in protecting the rights of all citizens. Requirements will include class participation, two very short papers, and a final exam. Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Science 315 International Negotiations POL 295-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady The course will examine the dynamics and challeges of resolving international disputes through negotiation and diplomacy. It will involve extensive use of role playing and simulation and prepare students for participation in the national Model United Nations conference. Students will be evaluated on the basis of their performance, on participation, midterm and final exam, and "position papers" they will complete in preparation for participation in the Model UN conference. Prerequisite: POL 160 or permission of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 208 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PSY 335-J Instructor: Nancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-J Instructor Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisite: PSY 101, PSY 102, or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Science 205 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry REL 235-J Instructor: Richard Hardel This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide students with basic skills and understanding for designing an effective youth and family ministry in a congregation. Students will study the latest research on children, youth, and families from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of home and congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith. They will learn the latest conceptual model of a holistic approach to youth and family ministry. Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221 Maximum Enrollmenl: 40 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 Religions of China and Japan REL 373-J Instructor: John Benson This course will study the historical development of the chief religions of China and Japan: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Shinto. The approach will be both cultural and literary, paying attention to texts, rituals, and the various arts of these two traditions. Some attention will also be given to the those East Asian religions that have migrated to the United States and are present today in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Class meetings will include lectures, audio-visuals, and some organized group discussions. There will be a guest lecture by a practitioner of Zen Buddhist meditation, one by a representative of the Nichiren Shoshu group in St. Paul, and a trip to the Minneapolis Museum of Art. Assigned work will include daily textbook readings, two short (1-2 page) papers, and preparation of a book review to be written and presented to the class at the end of the Interim. In addition, there will be two one-hour tests of the short-answer type, using review questions, one at the mid-point of course, and one at the end. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-J Instructor Janelle Bussert A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 1 11, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 111 The Bible: Language and Interpretation REL 445-J Instructor Phil Ouanbeck I1 A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, two presentations to the class, and an examination. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Exploring Human Services SWK 257-1 SWK 257-J Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Field Work I: Integrative Seminar S WK 307-J Instructor: Mike Schock Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit) Instructor Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisite: S WK 462 Maximum Enrollment: open Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time) Room: Old Main 21 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis soc 21 1-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be bases for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 1 Room: Music 24 Topics: Cultures of Violence SOC 295-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 The Fun and Challenge of Advanced Public Speaking SPC 295-J Instructor: Robeit C. Groven Are you tired of courses where you listen to lecture and read volumes day after day? Did you just start to get good at public speaking when your class ended? This class will focus on sharpening your public speaking skills by using intensive practice techniques and participating in extracurricular speech tournaments. These tournaments are a fun and exciting opportunity to learn public speaking by doing. Students will write, perform, and compete in a variety of speech events. Most class time will focus on the nuts and bolts of assembling speeches for competition. This class will rapidly enhance the Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but d o meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Pickleball HPE 002-P Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, 7; M! Th, F Room: Melby Gym-norlWsouth courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F Instructor: Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, b Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sport: Badminton HPE 002-6 Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only. Gradualion Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11:OO-12:OOM, 7; M! Th, F Room: Melby Gym-north/south courts Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-6 Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, 7; M! Th, F Room: Air Structure Interim Abroad UMAIE SPP 201-1 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. African Philosophy Through Kenyan Material Culture Americans in Paris: The Lost Generation Anglican Way Art, Arias, and Architecture: Central Europe from the Alps to the Adriatic Australia's Business Climate Bcrlin nnd Prog~rc:C!ritrirnl,Pnlitirnl, u?ld E a l ~ o m i cIlynottlics o l Qlrl Cnpitnl5 in n New Erdropu Coral I(qJs in the I'lrilippil~~s R P ~ I Il-ln,\nii: lllr rttntr Itnpcicts or1 Ili.npicnl RL'PJ~ TItc EtlgliFl~SC!I001 C I I I I I Flrttzily Eurapu ntrri ;lie Rise of M n ~ l u rScict~ce i~ Explrrre I'rnr: Lniltl of Arivcnhln The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings History of C~ribhcunMusic (see pg. 31) History of tftc Oiyr?rpics History and ??rr~ctict of Medicine and Science in China: A C o r ~ i p n r i s oWith ~ ~ the Wfit lrrnovnfinris r r r ~ r fOrgntrizarion itt Scnt~dittnvirj ftltermeriintc SpanisI1 l , n 1 1 ~ 1 r nrind g C14lttlrein Sor~ther~r Spnin Irclttncl: tlttrlerstnnrii~pl:Clrrislin)~Crllic Spirit~rnrify Li~~~rlsnlprs oj' F~ditlt:Cntlrc,rlrrrls, Ahbi:ys, nncl I'nnslrcr Law in London and Dublin Ma rry Fcices of Jtdpnrr Nn~rrml History $Xtnzania-East Africa ihris nncl Landon-Sculptors in Cities and Environs Performing Arts in Russian Rnlr q r t l ~ Artist e in Contempi~rflryEgypt Socinl Corlflict and Recor~cilrntiotrit1 Jrdnnd Sorrvrls n ~ wSights i of Eurnpc (scc~~g. 48) Theater in and Around London This is New Zealand Sounds and Sights of Europe (UMAIE Course) MUS 179-1 Instructor: Roberta Kagin Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as Paris, Vienna, and Prague. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual arts seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, art-music sheets, and exams over material covered. For information about this course, call Prof. Roberta Kagin, (612) 330-1273. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Show less